TWI514076B - Pattern-forming material, pattern-forming device, and pattern-forming method - Google Patents

Pattern-forming material, pattern-forming device, and pattern-forming method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI514076B
TWI514076B TW102140681A TW102140681A TWI514076B TW I514076 B TWI514076 B TW I514076B TW 102140681 A TW102140681 A TW 102140681A TW 102140681 A TW102140681 A TW 102140681A TW I514076 B TWI514076 B TW I514076B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
pattern forming
light
pattern
forming material
photosensitive layer
Prior art date
Application number
TW102140681A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW201407283A (en
Inventor
Hidenori Takahashi
Yuichi Wakata
Original Assignee
Asahi Kasei E Materials Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Asahi Kasei E Materials Corp filed Critical Asahi Kasei E Materials Corp
Publication of TW201407283A publication Critical patent/TW201407283A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI514076B publication Critical patent/TWI514076B/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/032Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders
    • G03F7/033Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders the binders being polymers obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds, e.g. vinyl polymers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F2/00Processes of polymerisation
    • C08F2/46Polymerisation initiated by wave energy or particle radiation
    • C08F2/48Polymerisation initiated by wave energy or particle radiation by ultraviolet or visible light
    • C08F2/50Polymerisation initiated by wave energy or particle radiation by ultraviolet or visible light with sensitising agents
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/0005Production of optical devices or components in so far as characterised by the lithographic processes or materials used therefor
    • G03F7/0007Filters, e.g. additive colour filters; Components for display devices
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/028Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with photosensitivity-increasing substances, e.g. photoinitiators

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Manufacturing Of Printed Circuit Boards (AREA)
  • Polymerisation Methods In General (AREA)
  • Exposure And Positioning Against Photoresist Photosensitive Materials (AREA)

Description

圖案形成材料、及圖案形成裝置以及圖案形成方法Pattern forming material, pattern forming device, and pattern forming method

本發明關於適用於乾膜光阻(DFR)等的圖案形成材料,以及具備該圖案形成材料的圖案形成裝置,及使用上述圖案形成材料的圖案形成方法。The present invention relates to a pattern forming material suitable for dry film photoresist (DFR) or the like, a pattern forming apparatus including the pattern forming material, and a pattern forming method using the pattern forming material.

迄今,在形成配線圖案等的永久圖案時,係使用藉由在支持體上塗佈感光性樹脂組成物、使乾燥而形成有感光層的圖案形成材料。作為上述永久圖案的製造方法,例如,已知有於形成上述永久圖案的銅面積層板等之基體上,積層上述圖案形成材料以形成積層體,對於該積層體的上述感光層進行曝光,於該曝光後,使上述感光層顯像以形成圖案,然後進行蝕刻處理等,藉由剝離硬化圖案以形成上述永久圖案的方法。Heretofore, when forming a permanent pattern such as a wiring pattern, a pattern forming material in which a photosensitive resin composition is applied onto a support and a photosensitive layer is formed by drying is used. As a method of producing the permanent pattern, for example, it is known that a pattern forming material is laminated on a substrate of a copper area laminate or the like on which the permanent pattern is formed to form a laminated body, and the photosensitive layer of the laminated body is exposed. After the exposure, the photosensitive layer is developed to form a pattern, and then an etching treatment or the like is performed to remove the hardened pattern to form the permanent pattern.

上述圖案形成材料的上述感光層通常係含有黏結劑,但是著眼於該黏結劑的I/O值(有機概念圖的無機性/有機性比,參照非發明專利文獻1~5)和酸價之組合,使該I/O值及酸價皆在一定的數值範圍內時,解像度及遮蔽性優良,顯像性亦優良,而且蝕刻後的硬化圖案之剝離性良化之點係已知的。The photosensitive layer of the pattern forming material usually contains a binder, but focuses on the I/O value of the binder (inorganic/organic ratio of the organic concept map, refer to Non-Invention Patent Documents 1 to 5) and the acid value. When the I/O value and the acid value are combined in a certain numerical range, the resolution and the shielding property are excellent, the developing property is also excellent, and the point of the peeling property of the hardened pattern after etching is known.

因此,現狀為尚未能藉由使上述感光層中所含有的上述黏結劑之I/O值及玻璃轉移溫度皆在一定的數值範圍內,而提供解像度及遮蔽性優良,且顯像性亦優良,而且蝕刻後的硬化圖案之剝離性優良的圖案形成材料、以及具備該圖案形成材料的圖案形成裝置和使用上述圖案形成材料的圖案形成方法,而希望更進一步的改良開發。Therefore, the current state of the art is that the I/O value and the glass transition temperature of the above-mentioned binder contained in the photosensitive layer are not within a certain numerical range, and the resolution and the shielding property are excellent, and the development property is also improved. A pattern forming material excellent in peelability of a hardened pattern after etching, a pattern forming apparatus including the pattern forming material, and a pattern forming method using the pattern forming material are desired, and further improvement development is desired.

非發明專利文獻1 有機概念圖(甲田善生著、三共出版(1984))Non-invention patent document 1 Organic concept map (Ada Satoshi, San Gong Publishing (1984))

非發明專利文獻2 KUMAMOTO藥學公報、第1號、第1~16頁(1954年)Non-invention patent document 2 KUMAMOTO Pharmacopoeia, No. 1, pages 1 to 16 (1954)

非發明專利文獻3 化學的領域、第11卷、第10號、719~725頁(1957年)Non-invention patent document 3 Field of Chemistry, Vol. 11, No. 10, pp. 719-725 (1957)

非發明專利文獻4 FRAGRANCE雜誌、第34號、第97~111頁(1979年)Non-invention patent document 4 FRAGRANCE Magazine, No. 34, pp. 97-111 (1979)

非發明專利文獻5 FRAGRANCE雜誌、第50號、第79~82頁(1981年)Non-invention patent document 5 FRAGRANCE magazine, No. 50, pages 79-82 (1981)

本發明鑑於上述現狀,以解決以往的上述諸問題、達成以下的目的作為課題。即,本發明之目的係藉由使感光層中所含有的上述黏結劑之I/O值及玻璃轉移溫度皆在一定的數值範圍內,而提供解像度及遮蔽性優良,且顯像性亦優良,而且蝕刻後的硬化圖案之剝離性優良的圖案形成材料、以及具備該圖案形成材料的圖 案形成裝置、和使用上述圖案形成材料的圖案形成方法。The present invention has been made in view of the above circumstances, and has been made to solve the above problems and achieve the following objects. That is, the object of the present invention is to provide an excellent resolution and shielding property by providing an I/O value and a glass transition temperature of the above-mentioned binder contained in the photosensitive layer in a certain numerical range, and excellent in development. And a pattern forming material having excellent releasability of the cured pattern after etching and a pattern having the pattern forming material A case forming device and a pattern forming method using the above-described pattern forming material.

解決上述問題的手段係如下。即,The means to solve the above problems are as follows. which is,

<1>一種圖案形成材料,其特徵為在支持體上至少具有感光層,該感光層包含黏結劑、聚合性化合物及光聚合引發劑,該黏結劑的I/O值係0.300~0.650,而且酸價係130~250。於該<1>記載的圖案形成材料中,藉由上述感光層含有上述黏結劑、上述聚合性化合物及上述光聚合引發劑,該黏結劑的I/O值係0.300~0.650,且酸價係130~250(mgKOH/g),而同時提高解像度與遮蔽性,而且該解像度、遮蔽性及顯像性係高次元地並存,且蝕刻後的硬化圖案之剝離性被良化。<1> A pattern forming material characterized by having at least a photosensitive layer on a support, the photosensitive layer comprising a binder, a polymerizable compound, and a photopolymerization initiator, and the I/O value of the binder is 0.300 to 0.650, and The acid value is 130~250. In the pattern forming material according to the above aspect 1, the photosensitive layer contains the binder, the polymerizable compound, and the photopolymerization initiator, and the I/O value of the binder is 0.300 to 0.650, and the acid value is 130 to 250 (mgKOH/g), and at the same time, the resolution and the shielding property are improved, and the resolution, the shielding property, and the imaging property are coexisting in a high order, and the peeling property of the hardened pattern after etching is improved.

<2>如上述<1>記載的圖案形成材料,其中黏結劑的I/O值係0.350~0.630。<2> The pattern forming material according to the above <1>, wherein the I/O value of the binder is 0.350 to 0.630.

<3>如上述<1>記載的圖案形成材料,其中黏結劑的酸價係150~230(mgKOH/g)。<3> The pattern forming material according to the above <1>, wherein the acid value of the binder is 150 to 230 (mgKOH/g).

<4>如上述<1>記載的圖案形成材料,其中黏結劑含有共聚物,該共聚物含有30質量%以上的構成I/O值為0.350以下的均聚物之單體。於上述<4>記載的圖案形成材料中,藉由上述黏結劑的共聚物含有30質量%以上的構成I/O值為0.350以下的均聚物之單體,而使得低I/O值與高酸價並存。The pattern forming material according to the above <1>, wherein the binder contains a copolymer containing 30% by mass or more of a monomer constituting a homopolymer having an I/O value of 0.350 or less. In the pattern forming material according to the above <4>, the copolymer of the binder contains 30% by mass or more of a monomer constituting a homopolymer having an I/O value of 0.350 or less, so that a low I/O value is obtained. High acid prices coexist.

<5>如上述<1>記載的圖案形成材料,其中黏結劑包含共聚物,該共聚物具有來自苯乙烯及苯乙烯衍生物中至少一者的構造單位。The pattern forming material according to the above <1>, wherein the binder comprises a copolymer having a structural unit derived from at least one of styrene and a styrene derivative.

<6>如上述<1>記載的圖案形成材料,其中黏結劑具有酸性基。<6> The pattern forming material according to the above <1>, wherein the binder has an acidic group.

<7>如上述<1>記載的圖案形成材料,其中黏結劑包含乙烯基共聚物。<7> The pattern forming material according to the above <1>, wherein the binder comprises a vinyl copolymer.

<8>如上述<1>記載的圖案形成材料,其中黏結劑的玻璃轉移溫度係80℃以上。<8> The pattern forming material according to the above <1>, wherein the glass transition temperature of the binder is 80 ° C or higher.

<9>如上述<1>記載的圖案形成材料,其中聚合性化合物含有具胺甲酸酯基及芳基中至少一者的單體。The pattern forming material according to the above <1>, wherein the polymerizable compound contains a monomer having at least one of a urethane group and an aryl group.

<10>如上述<1>記載的圖案形成材料,其中光聚合引發劑包含由鹵化烴衍生物、六芳基二咪唑、肟衍生物、有機過氧化物、硫化合物、酮化合物、芳香族鎓鹽及金屬茂類中所選出的至少一種。<10> The pattern forming material according to the above <1>, wherein the photopolymerization initiator comprises a halogenated hydrocarbon derivative, a hexaaryldiimidazole, an anthracene derivative, an organic peroxide, a sulfur compound, a ketone compound, and an aromatic hydrazine. At least one selected from the group consisting of salts and metallocenes.

<11>如上述<1>記載的圖案形成材料,其中感光層的厚度係0.1~100μm。<11> The pattern forming material according to the above <1>, wherein the photosensitive layer has a thickness of 0.1 to 100 μm.

<12>如上述<1>記載的圖案形成材料,其中感光層含有30~90質量%的黏結劑、5~60質量%的聚合性化合物、0.1~30質量%的光聚合引發劑。The pattern forming material according to the above <1>, wherein the photosensitive layer contains 30 to 90% by mass of a binder, 5 to 60% by mass of a polymerizable compound, and 0.1 to 30% by mass of a photopolymerization initiator.

<13>如上述<1>記載的圖案形成材料,其中支持體包含合成樹脂且係透明的。<13> The pattern forming material according to the above <1>, wherein the support comprises a synthetic resin and is transparent.

<14>如上述<1>記載的圖案形成材料,其中支持體係長條狀。<14> The pattern forming material according to the above <1>, wherein the support system has a long strip shape.

<15>如上述<1>記載的圖案形成材料,其中圖案形成材料係長條狀、捲成輥狀。<15> The pattern forming material according to the above <1>, wherein the pattern forming material is elongated and rolled into a roll shape.

<16>如上述<1>記載的圖案形成材料,其中圖案形成材料的感光層上具有保護膜。<16> The pattern forming material according to the above <1>, wherein the photosensitive layer of the pattern forming material has a protective film thereon.

<17>一種圖案形成裝置,其特徵為在支持體上至少具有感光層,該感光層包含黏結劑、聚合性化合物及光聚合引發劑,該黏結劑的I/O值係0.300~0.650,而且酸價係130~250(mgKOH/g),且至少具有可照射光的光照射機構,及將來自該光照射機構的光作調變、對上述圖案形成材料的感光層進行曝光的光調變機構。於該<17>記載的圖案形成裝置中,上述光照射機構係朝向上述光調變機構照射光。上述光調變機構係將接受自上述光照射機構的光作調變。由上述光調變機構所調變後的光係對上述感光層作曝光。例如,然後使上述感光層顯像時,可形成高精細的圖案。<17> A pattern forming apparatus characterized by having at least a photosensitive layer on a support, the photosensitive layer comprising a binder, a polymerizable compound, and a photopolymerization initiator, and the I/O value of the binder is 0.300 to 0.650, and The acid value is 130 to 250 (mgKOH/g), and has at least a light irradiation mechanism that can illuminate light, and a light modulation that changes the light from the light irradiation means and exposes the photosensitive layer of the pattern forming material. mechanism. In the pattern forming apparatus according to <17>, the light irradiation means irradiates light toward the light modulation means. The light modulation mechanism adjusts light received from the light irradiation means. The light system modulated by the light modulation mechanism exposes the photosensitive layer. For example, when the photosensitive layer is then developed, a high-definition pattern can be formed.

<18>如上述<17>記載的圖案形成裝置,其中光調變機構更具有以所形成的圖案資訊為基礎,生成控制信號的圖案信號產生機構,以對應於該圖案信號產生機構所產生的控制信號,調變自光照射機構所照射的光。於該<18>記載的圖案形成裝置中,由於上述光調變機構具有上述圖案信號產生機構,故自上述光照射機構所照射的光係對應於該圖案信號產生機構所產生的控制信號而被調變。<18> The pattern forming apparatus according to the above <17>, wherein the light modulation means further has a pattern signal generating means for generating a control signal based on the formed pattern information to correspond to the pattern signal generating means The control signal modulates the light irradiated by the light irradiation mechanism. In the pattern forming apparatus according to the above aspect of the invention, the light modulation means includes the pattern signal generating means, and the light emitted from the light irradiation means is associated with a control signal generated by the pattern signal generating means. Modulation.

<19>如上述<17>記載的圖案形成裝置,其中光調變機構具有n個圖素部,可對應於圖案資訊而控制該n個圖素部中所連續配置的任意少於n個之上述圖素部。於該<19>記載的圖案形成裝置中,由於對應圖案資訊而控制上述光調變機構的n個圖素部中所連續配置的 任意少於n個之圖素部,故可高速地調變來自上述光照射機構的光。<19> The pattern forming apparatus according to the above <17>, wherein the light modulation means has n pixel parts, and can control any less than n consecutively arranged in the n pixel parts in accordance with the pattern information. The above picture part. In the pattern forming apparatus according to the above <19>, the n pixel elements of the optical modulation mechanism are continuously arranged in accordance with the pattern information. Since there are less than n pixel parts, the light from the light irradiation means can be modulated at high speed.

<20>如上述<17>記載的圖案形成裝置,其中光調變機構係空間光調變元件。<20> The pattern forming apparatus according to the above <17>, wherein the light modulation mechanism is a spatial light modulation element.

<21>如上述<20>記載的圖案形成裝置,其中空間光調變元件係數位微鏡片裝置(DMD)。<21> The pattern forming apparatus according to <20> above, wherein the spatial light modulation element coefficient bit microlens device (DMD).

<22>如上述<19>記載的圖案形成裝置,其中圖素部係微鏡片。<22> The pattern forming apparatus according to the above <19>, wherein the pixel portion is a microlens.

<23>如上述<17>記載的圖案形成裝置,其中光照射機構係合成2個以上的光而可照射。於該<23>記載的圖案形成裝置中,由於上述光照射機構係合成2個以上的光而可照射,故曝光係藉由焦點深度深的曝光之光來進行。其結果為可極高精細地進行對上述圖案形成材料的曝光。例如,然後使上述感光層顯像時,可形成極高精細的圖案。<23> The pattern forming apparatus according to the above <17>, wherein the light irradiation means combines two or more lights to be irradiated. In the pattern forming apparatus according to the above <23>, since the light irradiation means combines two or more lights to be irradiated, the exposure is performed by exposure light having a deep depth of focus. As a result, exposure of the pattern forming material can be performed with extremely high precision. For example, when the photosensitive layer is then developed, an extremely fine pattern can be formed.

<24>如上述<17>項記載的圖案形成裝置,其中光照射機構具備數個雷射、多模光纖、與使由該數個雷射所各自照射的雷射光束聚光結合於該多模光纖之集合光學系統。於該<24>記載的圖案形成裝置中,由於上述光照射機構可藉由上述集合光學系統將該數個雷射所各自照射的雷射光束聚光,而結合於上述多模光纖,故曝光係可藉由焦點深度深的曝光之光來進行。其結果為可極高精細地進行對上述圖案形成材料的曝光。例如,然後使上述感光層顯像時,可形成極高精細的圖案。The pattern forming apparatus according to the item <17>, wherein the light-irradiating means includes a plurality of lasers, a multimode optical fiber, and a plurality of laser beams illuminating each of the plurality of lasers. A collection optical system of mode fibers. In the pattern forming apparatus according to the above <24>, the light irradiation means can condense the laser beam irradiated by each of the plurality of lasers by the collecting optical system to be coupled to the multimode optical fiber, thereby exposing This can be done by exposure light with a deep depth of focus. As a result, exposure of the pattern forming material can be performed with extremely high precision. For example, when the photosensitive layer is then developed, an extremely fine pattern can be formed.

<25>一種圖案形成方法,其特徵為至少包括對圖案形成材料的感光層進行曝光,其中該圖案形成材料係在支持體上至少具有感光層,該感光層包含黏結劑、聚合性化合物及光聚合引發劑,該黏結劑的I/O值係0.300~0.650,而且酸價係130~250(mgKOH/g)。於該<25>記載的圖案形成方法中,曝光係對上述圖案形成材料進行。例如,然後使上述感光層顯像時,可形成高精細的圖案。<25> A pattern forming method comprising at least exposing a photosensitive layer of a pattern forming material, wherein the pattern forming material has at least a photosensitive layer on a support, the photosensitive layer comprising a binder, a polymerizable compound, and light The polymerization initiator has an I/O value of 0.300 to 0.650 and an acid value of 130 to 250 (mgKOH/g). In the pattern forming method according to <25>, the exposure system is performed on the pattern forming material. For example, when the photosensitive layer is then developed, a high-definition pattern can be formed.

<26>如<25>記載的圖案形成方法,其中對於感光層,以藉由具有對來自光照射機構的光作受光及出射的n個圖素部之光調變機構,將來自上述光照射機構的光作調變後,通過具有可校正因該圖素部的出射面之畸變所致的像差之非球面的微透鏡所排列成的微透鏡陣列之光來曝光。於該<26>記載的圖案形成方法中,對於上述感光層,以藉由具有對來自光照射機構的光作受光及出射的n個圖素部之光調變機構,將來自上述光照射機構的光作調變後,通過具有可校正因該圖素部的出射面之畸變所致的像差之非球面的微透鏡所排列成的微透鏡陣列之光來曝光,而可以能校正上述圖素部的出射面之畸變所致的像差且可抑制上述圖案形成材料上所成像的影像之畸變的光來進行曝光。其結果為可對該圖案形成材料進行高精細的曝光,故藉由將上述感光層顯像,可形成高精細的圖案。<26> The pattern forming method according to <25>, wherein the photosensitive layer is provided with the light modulation mechanism having n pixel portions that receive and emit light from the light irradiation means. After the light of the mechanism is modulated, it is exposed by light having a microlens array in which aspherical microlenses capable of correcting aberrations due to distortion of the exit surface of the pixel portion are arranged. In the pattern forming method according to the <26>, the photosensitive layer is provided with the light modulation mechanism having n pixel portions that receive and emit light from the light irradiation means. After the light is modulated, the light is exposed by the light of the microlens array arranged to correct the aspherical microlenses due to the aberration caused by the distortion of the exit surface of the pixel portion, and the above figure can be corrected. Exposure is performed by suppressing aberration caused by distortion of the exit surface of the element portion and suppressing distortion of the image formed on the pattern forming material. As a result, the pattern forming material can be subjected to high-definition exposure, so that the photosensitive layer can be developed to form a high-definition pattern.

<27>如上述<25>記載的圖案形成方法,其中在基體上積層圖案形成材料及使曝光。<27> The pattern forming method according to the above <25>, wherein the pattern forming material is laminated on the substrate and exposed.

<28>如上述<27>記載的圖案形成方法,其中基體係印刷配線形成用基板。<28> The pattern forming method according to the above <27>, wherein the base system prints the wiring forming substrate.

<29>如上述<27>記載的圖案形成方法,其中邊對基體上的圖案形成材料進行加熱及加壓中至少一者邊積層。<29> The pattern forming method according to the above <27>, wherein at least one of heating and pressurizing the pattern forming material on the substrate is laminated.

<30>如上述<25>記載的圖案形成方法,其中曝光係以所形成的圖案資訊為基礎之影像圖樣來進行。<30> The pattern forming method according to the above <25>, wherein the exposure is performed based on the image pattern based on the formed pattern information.

<31>如上述<25>記載的圖案形成方法,其中曝光係以所形成的圖案資訊為基礎,產生控制信號,使用對應於該控制信號而調變的光來進行。於該<31>記載的圖案形成方法中,以所形成的圖案形成資訊為基礎,產生控制信號,對應於該控制信號而將光調變。<31> The pattern forming method according to the above <25>, wherein the exposure system generates a control signal based on the formed pattern information, and performs light modulation using the control signal. In the pattern forming method according to the <31>, a control signal is generated based on the formed pattern forming information, and the light is modulated in accordance with the control signal.

<32>如上述<25>記載的圖案形成方法,其中曝光係使用照射光的光照射機構及以所形成的圖案資訊為基礎將自上述光照射機構所照射的光作調變的光調變機構來進行。<32> The pattern forming method according to the above <25>, wherein the exposure system uses a light irradiation mechanism that irradiates light and a light modulation that modulates light irradiated from the light irradiation means based on the formed pattern information. Institutions to carry out.

<33>如上述<32>記載的圖案形成方法,其中曝光係在藉由光調變機構將光調變後,通過具有可校正因上述光調變機構的圖素部的出射面之畸變所致的像差之非球面的微透鏡所排列成的微透鏡陣列來進行。於該<33>記載的圖案形成方法中,上述光調變機構所調變後的光係藉由通過上述微透鏡陣列的上述非球面,而校正上述圖素部的出射面之畸變所致的像差。其結果為可抑制圖案形成材料上所成像的影像之畸變,可對該圖案形成材料進行極高精細的曝光。例如,然後使上述感光層顯像時,可形成極高精細的圖案。<33> The pattern forming method according to the above <32>, wherein the exposure system is modulated by the light modulation mechanism, and then has distortion of the exit surface of the pixel portion that can be corrected by the light modulation mechanism. The resulting aspherical aspherical microlenses are arranged in a microlens array. In the pattern forming method according to the <33>, the light modulated by the optical modulation means is corrected by the distortion of the exit surface of the pixel portion by the aspherical surface of the microlens array. Aberration. As a result, distortion of the image formed on the pattern forming material can be suppressed, and the pattern forming material can be subjected to extremely high-definition exposure. For example, when the photosensitive layer is then developed, an extremely fine pattern can be formed.

<34>如上述<33>記載的圖案形成方法,其中非球面係複曲面。於該<34>記載的圖案形成方法中,由於上述非球面係複曲面,故可效率高地校正上述圖素部的放射面之畸變所致的像差,可效率高地抑制圖案形成材料上所成像的影像之畸變。其結果為可對上述圖案形成材料進行極高精細的曝光。例如,然後使上述感光層顯像時,可形成極高精細的圖案。<34> The pattern forming method according to the above <33>, wherein the aspherical surface is a toric surface. In the pattern forming method according to the above <34>, since the aspherical surface is a toric surface, the aberration due to the distortion of the radiation surface of the pixel portion can be efficiently corrected, and the image forming material can be efficiently suppressed. Distortion of the image. As a result, extremely fine exposure can be applied to the pattern forming material described above. For example, when the photosensitive layer is then developed, an extremely fine pattern can be formed.

<35>如上述<25>項記載的圖案形成方法,其中曝光係通過開口陣列來進行。於該<35>記載的圖案形成方法中,由於曝光係通過上述開口陣列而進行,故可提高消光比。其結果可極高精細地進行曝光。例如,然後使上述感光層顯像時,可形成極高精細的圖案。<35> The pattern forming method according to the above <25>, wherein the exposure system is performed through an array of openings. In the pattern forming method according to <35>, since the exposure is performed through the opening array, the extinction ratio can be improved. As a result, exposure can be performed with extremely high precision. For example, when the photosensitive layer is then developed, an extremely fine pattern can be formed.

<36>如上述<25>記載的圖案形成方法,其中曝光係使曝光之光與感光層邊相對地移動邊進行。於該<36>記載的圖案形成方法中,由於邊使上述調變後的光與上述感光層相對地移動邊曝光,故可高速進行曝光。例如,然後使上述感光層顯像時,可形成高精細的圖案。<36> The pattern forming method according to the above <25>, wherein the exposure is performed by moving the exposed light to the side of the photosensitive layer. In the pattern forming method according to the above <36>, since the modulated light is exposed while being moved relative to the photosensitive layer, exposure can be performed at a high speed. For example, when the photosensitive layer is then developed, a high-definition pattern can be formed.

<37>如上述<25>記載的圖案形成方法,其中曝光係對感光層的一部分區域進行。<37> The pattern forming method according to the above <25>, wherein the exposure system is performed on a part of the photosensitive layer.

<38>如上述<25>記載的圖案形成方法,其中在曝光進行後,進行感光層的顯像。於該<38>記載的圖案形成方法中,由於在上述曝光進行後,使上述感光層顯像,故可形成高精細的圖案。<38> The pattern forming method according to the above <25>, wherein the development of the photosensitive layer is performed after the exposure is performed. In the pattern forming method according to <38>, since the photosensitive layer is developed after the exposure is performed, a high-definition pattern can be formed.

<39>如上述<25>記載的圖案形成方法,其中在顯像進行後,進行永久圖案的形成。<39> The pattern forming method according to the above <25>, wherein the permanent pattern is formed after the development is performed.

<40>如上述<39>記載的圖案形成方法,其中永久圖案係配線圖案,該永久圖案的形成係藉由蝕刻處理及鍍敷處理中至少一者來進行。<40> The pattern forming method according to the above <39>, wherein the permanent pattern is a wiring pattern, and the formation of the permanent pattern is performed by at least one of an etching treatment and a plating treatment.

根據本發明可以解決習知問題,藉由使感光層中所含有的黏結劑之I/O值及玻璃轉移溫度皆在一定的數值範圍內,而提供解像度及遮蔽性優良,且顯像性亦優良,而且蝕刻後的硬化圖案之剝離性優良的圖案形成材料以及具備該圖案形成材料的圖案形成裝置,及使用上述圖案形成材料的圖案形成方法。According to the present invention, the conventional problem can be solved, and the I/O value and the glass transition temperature of the adhesive contained in the photosensitive layer are all within a certain numerical range, thereby providing excellent resolution and shielding properties, and also exhibiting properties. A pattern forming material excellent in peelability of a hardened pattern after etching, a pattern forming apparatus including the pattern forming material, and a pattern forming method using the pattern forming material.

LD1~LD7‧‧‧GaN系半導體雷射LD1~LD7‧‧‧GaN semiconductor laser

B1~B7‧‧‧雷射光束B1~B7‧‧‧Laser beam

10‧‧‧加熱區10‧‧‧heating area

11~17‧‧‧準直透鏡11~17‧‧‧ collimating lens

20‧‧‧聚光透鏡20‧‧‧ Concentrating lens

30~31‧‧‧多模光纖30~31‧‧‧Multimode fiber

30a‧‧‧芯30a‧‧ core

31a‧‧‧芯31a‧‧ core

40‧‧‧包封體40‧‧‧Encapsulation

41‧‧‧包封體蓋41‧‧‧Enclosure cover

42‧‧‧基板42‧‧‧Substrate

44‧‧‧準直透鏡固定器44‧‧‧ collimating lens holder

45‧‧‧聚光透鏡固定器45‧‧‧Concentrating lens holder

46‧‧‧纖維固定器46‧‧‧Fiber holder

47‧‧‧配線47‧‧‧Wiring

3,50‧‧‧數位微鏡片裝置(DMD)3,50‧‧‧Digital Microlens Device (DMD)

51‧‧‧成像光學系統51‧‧‧ imaging optical system

52‧‧‧透鏡系統52‧‧‧Lens system

53‧‧‧反射光像(曝光光束)53‧‧‧Reflected light image (exposure beam)

4,54‧‧‧透鏡系統4,54‧‧‧ lens system

55‧‧‧微透鏡陣列55‧‧‧Microlens array

55a‧‧‧微透鏡55a‧‧‧microlens

5,56‧‧‧被曝光面(掃描面)5,56‧‧‧Exposed surface (scanning surface)

57‧‧‧透鏡系統57‧‧‧Lens system

6,58‧‧‧透鏡系統6,58‧‧‧ lens system

59‧‧‧開口陣列59‧‧‧Open array

59a‧‧‧開口59a‧‧‧ openings

60‧‧‧SRAM單元60‧‧‧SRAM unit

62‧‧‧微鏡片62‧‧‧Microlens

64‧‧‧雷射模組64‧‧‧Laser module

65‧‧‧支持板65‧‧‧Support board

1,66‧‧‧纖維陣列光源1,66‧‧‧Fiber Array Light Source

2,67‧‧‧透鏡系統2,67‧‧‧ lens system

68‧‧‧雷射出射部68‧‧‧Laser exit department

69‧‧‧鏡片69‧‧‧ lenses

70‧‧‧稜鏡70‧‧‧稜鏡

71‧‧‧聚光透鏡71‧‧‧ Concentrating lens

72‧‧‧棒積分器72‧‧‧ rod integrator

73‧‧‧稜鏡對73‧‧‧稜鏡对

74‧‧‧成像透鏡74‧‧‧ imaging lens

100‧‧‧加熱區100‧‧‧heating area

110‧‧‧多槽雷射110‧‧‧Multi-slot laser

110a‧‧‧發光點110a‧‧‧Lighting point

111‧‧‧加熱區111‧‧‧heating area

113‧‧‧棒透鏡113‧‧‧ rod lens

114‧‧‧透鏡陣列114‧‧‧ lens array

120‧‧‧聚光透鏡120‧‧‧ Concentrating lens

130‧‧‧多模光纖130‧‧‧Multimode fiber

130a‧‧‧芯130a‧‧ core

140‧‧‧雷射陣列140‧‧‧Laser array

144‧‧‧光照射手段144‧‧‧Lighting means

150‧‧‧圖案形成材料150‧‧‧ pattern forming materials

152‧‧‧平台152‧‧‧ platform

154‧‧‧腳部154‧‧‧ feet

155a‧‧‧微透鏡155a‧‧‧microlens

156‧‧‧設置台156‧‧‧Setting table

158‧‧‧導件158‧‧‧Guide

160‧‧‧閘160‧‧‧ brake

162‧‧‧掃描器162‧‧‧Scanner

164‧‧‧感應器164‧‧‧ sensor

166‧‧‧曝光頭166‧‧‧Exposure head

168‧‧‧曝光範圍168‧‧‧Exposure range

170‧‧‧曝光完成區域170‧‧‧Exposure completion area

180‧‧‧加熱區180‧‧‧heating area

182‧‧‧加熱區182‧‧‧heating area

184‧‧‧準直透鏡陣列184‧‧‧ collimating lens array

300‧‧‧全體控制部300‧‧‧All Control Department

301‧‧‧調變電路301‧‧‧Modulation circuit

302‧‧‧控制器302‧‧‧ Controller

303‧‧‧LD驅動電路303‧‧‧LD drive circuit

304‧‧‧平台驅動304‧‧‧ platform driver

454‧‧‧透鏡系統454‧‧‧Lens system

458‧‧‧透鏡系統458‧‧‧ lens system

468‧‧‧曝光範圍468‧‧‧Exposure range

472‧‧‧微透鏡陣列472‧‧‧Microlens array

474‧‧‧微透鏡474‧‧‧Microlens

476‧‧‧開口陣列476‧‧‧Open array

478‧‧‧開口478‧‧‧ openings

480‧‧‧透鏡系統480‧‧‧Lens system

482‧‧‧透鏡系統482‧‧‧Lens system

B‧‧‧雷射光B‧‧‧Laser light

BS‧‧‧光束點BS‧‧‧beam point

O,Z1‧‧‧光軸O, Z1‧‧‧ optical axis

H0‧‧‧全光束寬度H0‧‧‧full beam width

H1‧‧‧全光束寬度H1‧‧‧full beam width

h0,h1,h10,h11‧‧‧光束寬度H0, h1, h10, h11‧‧‧ beam width

第1圖係顯示數位微鏡片裝置(DMD)之構造的部分擴大圖例。Figure 1 is a partially enlarged illustration showing the construction of a digital microlens device (DMD).

第2A圖係用以為說明DMD作動之說明圖例。Figure 2A is an illustration for illustrating the operation of the DMD.

第2B圖係與第2A圖同樣地為說明DMD作動之說明圖例。Fig. 2B is an explanatory diagram for explaining the operation of the DMD in the same manner as Fig. 2A.

第3A圖係顯示於DMD沒有傾斜配置時與傾斜配置時,比較曝光光束之配置及掃描線的平面圖例。Fig. 3A shows an example of a plan view of the arrangement of the exposure light beams and the scanning lines when the DMD is not tilted and arranged in an inclined configuration.

第3B圖係與第3A圖同樣地顯示於DMD沒有傾斜配置時與傾斜配置時,比較曝光光束之配置及掃描線的平面圖例。In the same manner as in the third embodiment, FIG. 3B shows an example of a plan view of the arrangement of the exposure light beams and the scanning lines when the DMD is not tilted and arranged obliquely.

第4A圖係顯示DMD之使用區域例的圖例。Fig. 4A is a diagram showing an example of a use area of the DMD.

第4B圖係與第4A圖相同地顯示DMD之使用區域例的圖例。Fig. 4B is a view showing an example of a use area of the DMD in the same manner as Fig. 4A.

第5圖係說明以掃描器掃描1次而使感光層曝光的曝光方式之平面圖例。Fig. 5 is a plan view showing an example of an exposure mode in which a photosensitive layer is exposed by scanning with a scanner once.

第6A圖係說明以掃描器多次掃描而使感光層曝光的曝光方式之平面圖例。Fig. 6A is a plan view showing an example of an exposure mode in which a photosensitive layer is exposed by scanning a plurality of times by a scanner.

第6B圖係說明以同樣於第6A圖地以掃描器多次掃描而使感光層曝光的曝光方式之平面圖例。Fig. 6B is a plan view showing an example of an exposure mode in which the photosensitive layer is exposed by scanning a plurality of times in the same manner as in Fig. 6A.

第7圖係顯示圖案形成裝置例之外觀的示意斜視圖例。Fig. 7 is a schematic perspective view showing an appearance of an example of a pattern forming apparatus.

第8圖係顯示圖案形成裝置之掃描器構造的示意斜視圖例。Fig. 8 is a schematic perspective view showing a configuration of a scanner of a pattern forming apparatus.

第9A圖係顯示感光層中所形成的曝光完成區域之平面圖例。Fig. 9A is a plan view showing an example of an exposure completion region formed in the photosensitive layer.

第9B圖係顯示各曝光頭的曝光範圍排列的圖例。Fig. 9B is a diagram showing the arrangement of the exposure ranges of the respective exposure heads.

第10圖係顯示含有光調變機構之曝光頭的示意構造之斜視圖例。Fig. 10 is a perspective view showing an example of a schematic configuration of an exposure head including a light modulation mechanism.

第11圖係顯示沿著第10圖所示之曝光頭構造的光軸之副掃描方向的截面圖例。Fig. 11 is a cross-sectional view showing the sub-scanning direction of the optical axis of the exposure head structure shown in Fig. 10.

第12圖係為以圖案資訊為基準,控制DMD之控制器例。Fig. 12 is an example of a controller that controls the DMD based on the pattern information.

第13A圖係顯示沿著與組合光學系統不同的其它曝光頭構造之光軸的截面圖例。Figure 13A is a cross-sectional view showing the optical axis along other exposure head configurations than the combined optical system.

第13B圖係為沒有使用微透鏡陣列等時投影於被曝光面之光像的平面圖例。Fig. 13B is a plan view example of an optical image projected on the surface to be exposed when no microlens array or the like is used.

第13C圖係顯示使用微透鏡陣列等時投影於被曝光面之光像的平面圖例。Fig. 13C is a plan view showing an example of a plan of an optical image projected on an exposure surface when a microlens array or the like is used.

第14圖係為以等高線顯示構成DMD之微鏡片的反射面畸變之圖例。Fig. 14 is a diagram showing the distortion of the reflecting surface of the microlens constituting the DMD in a contour line.

第15A圖係針對上述微鏡片的2個對角線顯示該鏡片的反射面之畸變的曲線圖例。Fig. 15A is a graph showing a distortion of the distortion of the reflecting surface of the lens for the two diagonal lines of the above microlens.

第15B圖係與第15A圖同樣地係針對上述微鏡片的2個對角線顯示該鏡片的反射面之畸變的曲線圖例。Fig. 15B is a graph showing a distortion of the reflection surface of the lens for the two diagonal lines of the microlens, similarly to Fig. 15A.

第16A圖係為圖案形成裝置所使用的微透鏡陣列之正面圖例。Fig. 16A is a front view of a microlens array used in the patterning device.

第16B圖係為圖案形成裝置所使用的微透鏡陣列之側面圖例。Fig. 16B is a side view showing a microlens array used in the patterning device.

第17A圖係為構成微透鏡陣列之微透鏡的正面圖例。Fig. 17A is a front view of a microlens constituting a microlens array.

第17B圖係為構成微透鏡陣列之微透鏡的側面圖例。Fig. 17B is a side view showing a microlens constituting a microlens array.

第18A圖係顯示在1個截面內藉由微透鏡之聚光狀態的示意圖例。Fig. 18A is a schematic view showing a state of condensing light by a microlens in one section.

第18B圖係顯示在與第18A圖不同的另1個截面內藉由微透鏡之聚光狀態的示意圖例。Fig. 18B is a schematic view showing a state of condensing light by a microlens in another cross section different from Fig. 18A.

第19A圖係顯示使本發明微透鏡之聚光位置附近的光束直徑模擬結果之圖例。Fig. 19A is a diagram showing a simulation result of the beam diameter in the vicinity of the condensing position of the microlens of the present invention.

第19B圖係顯示與第19A圖同樣地,在其它位置模擬結果之圖例。Fig. 19B is a view showing a simulation result of simulation results at other positions as in the case of Fig. 19A.

第19C圖係顯示與第19A圖及第19B圖同樣地,在其它位置模擬結果之圖例。Fig. 19C shows a legend of the simulation results at other positions as in the 19A and 19B drawings.

第19D圖係顯示與第19A圖~第19C圖同樣地,在其它位置模擬結果之圖例。Fig. 19D shows a legend of the simulation results at other positions as in the 19th to 19thth views.

第20A圖係顯示於習知的圖案形成方法中,在微透鏡之聚光位置附近之光束直徑模擬結果的圖例。Fig. 20A is a diagram showing a simulation result of beam diameter in the vicinity of the condensing position of the microlens in the conventional pattern forming method.

第20B圖係顯示與第20A圖相同地,在另一位置模擬結果之圖例。Fig. 20B is a diagram showing a simulation result at another position as in Fig. 20A.

第20C圖係顯示與第20A圖及第20B圖相同地,在另一位置模擬結果之圖例。Fig. 20C shows a legend of the simulation result at another position as in the 20A and 20B drawings.

第20D圖係顯示與第20A圖~第20C圖相同地,在另一位置模擬結果之圖例。Fig. 20D shows a legend of the simulation result at another position as in the 20A to 20C.

第21圖係顯示複合波雷射光源之其它構造的平面圖例。Fig. 21 is a plan view showing another configuration of the composite wave laser light source.

第22A圖係為構成微透鏡陣列之微透鏡的正面圖例。Fig. 22A is a front view of a microlens constituting a microlens array.

第22B圖係為構成微透鏡陣列之微透鏡的側面圖例。Fig. 22B is a side view showing a microlens constituting a microlens array.

第23A圖係顯示在一個截面內藉由第22A圖及第22B圖之微透鏡的聚光狀態例之示意圖例。Fig. 23A is a schematic view showing an example of a condensed state of the microlens in Figs. 22A and 22B in one section.

第23B圖係顯示在與第23A圖不同的另一截面內藉由第22A圖及第22B圖之微透鏡的聚光狀態例之示意圖例。Fig. 23B is a schematic view showing an example of a condensed state of the microlens of Figs. 22A and 22B in another cross section different from Fig. 23A.

第24A圖係顯示有關藉由光量分佈校正光學系統進行校正之概念的說明圖例。Fig. 24A is an explanatory diagram showing the concept of correction by the light quantity distribution correcting optical system.

第24B圖係與第24A圖同樣地有關藉由光量分佈校正光學系統進行校正的概念之說明圖例。Fig. 24B is an explanatory diagram showing the concept of correction by the light amount distribution correction optical system in the same manner as Fig. 24A.

第24C圖係與第24A圖及第24B圖同樣地有關藉由光量分佈校正光學系統進行校正的概念之說明圖例。Fig. 24C is an explanatory diagram for explaining the concept of correction by the light amount distribution correcting optical system in the same manner as in Figs. 24A and 24B.

第25圖係顯示光照射機構為高斯分佈而沒有進行光量分佈校正時之光量分佈的圖例。Fig. 25 is a diagram showing the light amount distribution when the light irradiation mechanism is Gaussian and the light amount distribution is not corrected.

第26圖係顯示藉由光量分佈校正系統校正後之光量分佈的圖例。Fig. 26 is a diagram showing the light amount distribution corrected by the light amount distribution correction system.

第27A(A)圖係纖維陣列光源之構造的斜視圖,第27A(B)圖係(A)之部分放大圖的一例,27A(C)及(D)圖係雷射出射部之發光點排列平面圖的一例。Fig. 27A(A) is a perspective view showing the structure of the fiber array light source, and Fig. 27A(B) is an example of a partially enlarged view of (A), and 27A(C) and (D) are the light emitting points of the laser exit portion. An example of arranging a plan.

第27B圖係顯示纖維陣列光源之雷射出射部的發光點之排列的正面圖例。Figure 27B is a front elevational view showing the arrangement of the light-emitting points of the laser exit portion of the fiber array light source.

第28圖係顯示多模光纖之構造的圖例。Figure 28 is a diagram showing the construction of a multimode fiber.

第29圖係顯示複合波雷射光源之構造的平面圖例。Fig. 29 is a plan view showing a configuration of a composite wave laser light source.

第30圖係顯示雷射模組之構造的平面圖例。Fig. 30 is a plan view showing an example of the configuration of the laser module.

第31圖係顯示如第30圖所示雷射模組的構造之側面圖例。Fig. 31 is a side view showing the configuration of the laser module shown in Fig. 30.

第32圖係顯示如第30圖所示雷射模組的構造之部分側面圖例。Figure 32 is a partial side elevational view showing the construction of the laser module as shown in Figure 30.

第33圖係顯示雷射陣列之構造的斜視圖例。Fig. 33 is a perspective view showing an example of the configuration of the laser array.

第34A圖係顯示多槽雷射之構造的斜視圖例Figure 34A is a perspective view showing a structure of a multi-slot laser.

第34B圖係顯示使第34A圖所示多槽雷射所排列的多槽雷射陣列之斜視圖例。Figure 34B is a perspective view showing an example of a multi-slot laser array in which the multi-slot lasers shown in Figure 34A are arranged.

第35圖係顯示複合波雷射光源之另一構造的平面圖例。Figure 35 is a plan view showing another configuration of a composite wave laser light source.

第36A圖係顯示複合波雷射光源之另一構造的平面圖例。Fig. 36A is a plan view showing another configuration of a composite wave laser light source.

第36B圖係顯示沿著第36A圖之光軸的截面圖例。Figure 36B shows a cross-sectional illustration along the optical axis of Figure 36A.

第37A圖係為顯示習知曝光裝置之焦點深度與藉由本發明圖案形成方法(圖案形成裝置)之焦點深度的不同處之沿著光軸的截面圖例。Fig. 37A is a cross-sectional view showing the difference in the depth of focus of the conventional exposure apparatus and the depth of focus of the pattern forming method (pattern forming apparatus) of the present invention along the optical axis.

第37B圖係為與第37A圖同樣地顯示習知曝光裝置之焦點深度與藉由本發明圖案形成方法(圖案形成裝置)之焦點深度的不同處之沿著光軸的截面圖例。Fig. 37B is a cross-sectional view along the optical axis showing the difference between the depth of focus of the conventional exposure apparatus and the depth of focus of the pattern forming method (pattern forming apparatus) of the present invention, similarly to Fig. 37A.

[實施發明的最佳形態][Best Mode for Carrying Out the Invention]

(圖案形成材料)(patterning material)

本發明的圖案形成材料係為在支持體上至少具有感光層,亦可具有適當選擇的其它層。The pattern forming material of the present invention has at least a photosensitive layer on the support, and may have other layers appropriately selected.

<感光層><Photosensitive layer>

上述感光層只要含有黏結劑、聚合性化合物及光聚合引發劑即可,並沒有特別的限制,亦可含有依照目的所適當選擇的其它成分。又,上述感光層的積層數可為1層,亦可為2層以上。The photosensitive layer is not particularly limited as long as it contains a binder, a polymerizable compound, and a photopolymerization initiator, and may contain other components appropriately selected according to the purpose. Further, the number of layers of the photosensitive layer may be one layer or two or more layers.

-黏結劑--Adhesives -

作為上述黏結劑,只要I/O值係0.300~0.650而且酸價係130~250即可,並沒有特別的限制,可依照目的作適當的選擇。The above-mentioned binder is not particularly limited as long as the I/O value is 0.300 to 0.650 and the acid value is 130 to 250, and can be appropriately selected according to the purpose.

又,上述黏結劑係含有共聚物,該共聚物較佳為含衍生自苯乙烯及苯乙烯衍生物中至少一者的構造單位。Further, the above binder contains a copolymer, and the copolymer preferably contains a structural unit derived from at least one of styrene and a styrene derivative.

作為上述I/O值的上限值,例如從更提高解像度及遮蔽性中至少一者的觀點看,其較佳為0.630,特佳為0.600。The upper limit of the I/O value is preferably 0.630, and particularly preferably 0.600, from the viewpoint of at least one of improving the resolution and the shielding property.

作為上述I/O值的下限值,例如就從提高顯像性的觀點看,其較佳為0.350,特佳為0.40。The lower limit of the I/O value is preferably 0.350, and particularly preferably 0.40, from the viewpoint of improving developability.

上述I/O值係為被稱為(無機性值)/(有機性值)的有機概念操作各種有機化合物的極性之值,係在各官能基設定參數的官能基賦予法之一個。上述I/O值在有機概念圖(甲田善生著,三共出版(1984));KUMAMOTO PHARMACEUTICAL BULLETIN,第1號,第1~16頁(1954年);化學的領域,第11卷,第10號,719~725頁(1957年);FRAGRANCE雜誌,第34號,第97~111頁(1979年);FRAGRANCE雜誌,第50號,第79~82頁(1981年);等的文獻中有詳細說明。The above I/O value is a value called a (inorganic value)/(organic value) organic concept for operating the polarity of various organic compounds, and is one of the functional group imparting methods for setting parameters for each functional group. The above I/O values are in the organic concept map (Jia Tian Shansheng, San Gong Publishing (1984)); KUMAMOTO PHARMACEUTICAL BULLETIN, No. 1, pp. 1~16 (1954); Chemical Fields, Volume 11, No. 10 , 719~725 (1957); FRAGRANCE Magazine, No. 34, pp. 97-111 (1979); FRAGRANCE Magazine, No. 50, pp. 79-82 (1981); details in the literature Description.

上述I/O值的概念係為將化合物的性質分成表示共價鍵結性的有機性基與表示離子鍵結性的無機性基,將全部的有機化合物在由有機軸與無機軸所成為正交座標上的每1點上給予適當位置。The above I/O value is a concept in which the properties of a compound are classified into an organic group indicating covalent bonding and an inorganic group indicating ionic bonding, and all organic compounds are made positive by the organic axis and the inorganic axis. Appropriate positions are given at every point on the coordinates.

上述無機性值係將有機化合物所具有的各種取代基或鍵等對於沸點的影響力之大小以羥基為基準而數值化者。具體言之,將直鏈烷醇的沸點曲線與直鏈烷屬烴的沸點曲線之距離以在碳數5附近取約100℃,將水酸基1 個的影響力定為數值100,以該數值為基準,各種取代基或各種鍵等對於沸點的影響力被數值化之值係為有機化合物所有的取代基之無機性值。例如,-COOH基的無機性值係150,雙鍵的無機性值係2。因此,某種有機化合物的無機性值係意味該化合物所具有的各種取代基或鍵等之無機性值的總和。The inorganic value is a numerical value which affects the boiling point of various substituents, bonds, and the like which are possessed by the organic compound, based on the hydroxyl group. Specifically, the boiling point curve of the linear alkanol is separated from the boiling point curve of the linear paraffin by taking about 100 ° C near the carbon number of 5, and the water acid group 1 is The influence of each is set to a value of 100, and the value of the influence of various substituents or various bonds on the boiling point is quantified as the inorganic value of all the substituents of the organic compound. For example, the inorganic value of the -COOH group is 150, and the inorganic value of the double bond is 2. Therefore, the inorganic value of an organic compound means the sum of the inorganic values of various substituents or bonds which the compound has.

上述有機性值係指將分子內的亞甲基當作單位,以代表該亞甲基的碳原子對沸點之影響力當作基準而訂定者。即,在直鏈飽和烴化合物的碳數5~10附近,由於增加碳1個會造成沸點上升的平均值為20℃,故以此作基準,碳原子1個的有機性值定為20,以其它作基礎,各種取代基或鍵等對於沸點的影響力被數值化之值係為有機性值。例如,硝基(-NO2 )的有機性值係70。The above organic value means that the methylene group in the molecule is used as a unit, and the influence of the carbon atom representing the methylene group on the boiling point is used as a reference. In other words, in the vicinity of the carbon number of the linear saturated hydrocarbon compound of 5 to 10, the average value of the boiling point rise is 20 ° C in the case of increasing the carbon number. Therefore, the organic value of one carbon atom is set to 20 based on this. On the basis of others, the value of the influence of various substituents or bonds on the boiling point is quantified as an organic value. For example, the organic value of nitro (-NO 2 ) is 70.

上述I/O值愈接近0則愈顯示非極性(大的疏水性、有機性)的有機化合物,愈大則顯示愈極性(大的親水性、無機性)的有機化合物。The closer the I/O value is to 0, the more the non-polar (large hydrophobic, organic) organic compound is exhibited, and the larger the organic compound is, the more polar (large hydrophilic, inorganic) organic compound is.

以下說明上述I/O值的計算方法之一例。An example of the calculation method of the above I/O value will be described below.

甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯共聚物(共聚物組成(莫耳比):2/5/3)的I/O值係將該共聚物的無機性值及有機性值用以下方法計算,藉由下式(上述共聚物的無機性值)/(上述共聚物的有機性值)計算而求得。The I/O value of the methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate/styrene copolymer (copolymer composition (mole ratio): 2/5/3) is the inorganic value and the organic value of the copolymer. The method was calculated and calculated by the following formula (inorganic value of the above copolymer) / (organic value of the above copolymer).

上述共聚物的無機性值係為藉由求得(上述甲基丙烯酸的無機性值)×(上述甲基丙烯酸的莫耳比)、(上述甲基丙烯酸甲酯的無機性值)×(上述甲基丙烯酸甲酯的莫耳比)與(上述苯乙烯的無機性值)×(上述苯乙烯的莫耳比)之合計而計算出。The inorganic value of the copolymer is determined by (the inorganic value of methacrylic acid) × (the molar ratio of the above methacrylic acid), (the inorganic value of the methyl methacrylate) × (above The molar ratio of methyl methacrylate) (the inorganic value of the above styrene) × (the molar ratio of the above styrene) was calculated.

由於上述甲基丙烯酸具有1個羧基,上述甲基丙烯酸甲酯具有1個酯基,且上述苯乙烯具有1個芳香環,故上述甲基丙烯酸的無機性值係150(羧基的無機性值)×1(羧基的個數)=150,上述甲基丙烯酸甲酯的無機性值係60(酯基的無機性值)×1(酯基的個數)=60,上述苯乙烯的無機性值係15(芳香環的無機性值)×1(芳香環的個數)=15。因此,上述共聚物的無機性值係藉由下式150×2(甲基丙烯酸的莫耳比)+60×5(甲基丙烯酸甲酯的莫耳比)+15×3(苯乙烯的莫耳比)計算,得到645。Since the methacrylic acid has one carboxyl group, the methyl methacrylate has one ester group, and the styrene has one aromatic ring, the inorganic value of the methacrylic acid is 150 (inorganic value of a carboxyl group). ×1 (the number of carboxyl groups) = 150, and the inorganic value of the above methyl methacrylate is 60 (inorganic value of the ester group) × 1 (the number of ester groups) = 60, and the inorganic value of the above styrene Line 15 (inorganic value of aromatic ring) × 1 (number of aromatic rings) = 15. Therefore, the inorganic value of the above copolymer is obtained by the following formula: 150 × 2 (molar ratio of methacrylic acid) + 60 × 5 (mole ratio of methyl methacrylate) + 15 × 3 (more than styrene) Ear ratio) calculation, get 645.

上述共聚物的有機性值係為藉由求得(上述甲基丙烯酸的有機性值)×(上述甲基丙烯酸的莫耳比)、(上述甲基丙烯酸甲酯的有機性值)×(上述甲基丙烯酸甲酯的莫耳比)與(上述苯乙烯的有機性值)×(上述苯乙烯的莫耳比)之合計而計算出。The organic value of the copolymer is determined by (the organic value of methacrylic acid) × (the molar ratio of the above methacrylic acid), (the organic value of the methyl methacrylate) × (described above) The molar ratio of methyl methacrylate) (the organic value of styrene mentioned above) × (the molar ratio of the above styrene) was calculated.

由於上述甲基丙烯酸具有4個碳原子,上述甲基丙烯酸甲酯具有5個碳原子,且上述苯乙烯具有8個碳原子,故上述甲基丙烯酸的有機性值係20(碳原子的有機性值)×4(碳原子數)=80,上述甲基丙烯酸甲酯的有機性值係20(碳原子的有機性值)×5(碳原子數)=100,上述苯乙烯的有機性值係20(碳原子的有機性值)×8(碳原子數)=160。因此,上述共聚物的有機性值係藉由下式80×2(上述甲基丙烯酸的莫耳比)+100×5(上述甲基丙烯酸甲酯的莫耳比)+160×3(上述苯乙烯的莫耳比)計算,得到1140。Since the above methacrylic acid has 4 carbon atoms, the above methyl methacrylate has 5 carbon atoms, and the styrene has 8 carbon atoms, the organic value of the above methacrylic acid is 20 (organicity of carbon atoms) The value of x4 (number of carbon atoms) = 80, and the organic value of the above methyl methacrylate is 20 (organic value of carbon atom) × 5 (number of carbon atoms) = 100, and the organic value of the above styrene is 20 (organic value of carbon atom) × 8 (number of carbon atoms) = 160. Therefore, the organic value of the above copolymer is obtained by the following formula: 80 × 2 (the above molar ratio of methacrylic acid) + 100 × 5 (the above molar ratio of methyl methacrylate) + 160 × 3 (the above benzene) The molar ratio of ethylene was calculated to give 1140.

因此,可了解上述共聚物的I/O值係645(上述共聚物的無機性值)/1140(上述共聚物的有機性值)=0.566。Therefore, the I/O value of the above copolymer was 645 (inorganic value of the above copolymer) / 1140 (organic value of the above copolymer) = 0.566.

上述黏結劑的酸價(酸性基的含量)只要係130~250(mgKOH/g)即可,並沒有特別的限制,可依照目的作適當的選擇,但較佳為150~230(mgKOH/g),特佳為160~220(mgKOH/g)。The acid value (the content of the acidic group) of the above-mentioned binder is not particularly limited as long as it is 130 to 250 (mgKOH/g), and may be appropriately selected according to the purpose, but is preferably 150 to 230 (mgKOH/g). ), particularly preferably 160~220 (mgKOH/g).

上述酸價若低於130(mgKOH/g),則顯像性不足,解像性差,且無法得到高精細配線圖案等之永久圖案。另一方面,若大於250(mgKOH/g)時,則圖案之耐顯像液性及密接性中至少一者會惡化,解像度及遮蔽性變差,無法得到高精細配線圖案等之永久圖案。When the acid value is less than 130 (mgKOH/g), the developability is insufficient, the resolution is poor, and a permanent pattern such as a high-definition wiring pattern cannot be obtained. On the other hand, when it is more than 250 (mgKOH/g), at least one of the image-resistant liquid resistance and the adhesion of the pattern is deteriorated, and the resolution and the shielding property are deteriorated, and a permanent pattern such as a high-definition wiring pattern cannot be obtained.

為了調整上述黏結劑的I/O值及酸價使其皆滿足一定的數值範圍,可藉由適當地選擇構成黏結劑中所含有的共聚物之單體種類及聚合該單體時的聚合比(含量)中至少一者來調整。In order to adjust the I/O value and the acid value of the above-mentioned binder so as to satisfy a certain numerical range, the monomer type constituting the copolymer contained in the binder and the polymerization ratio at the time of polymerizing the monomer can be appropriately selected. At least one of (content) is adjusted.

例如,就構成上述黏結劑中所含有的共聚物之單體而言,在以具有上述酸性基的單體之比例為a質量%、以構成I/O值0.35以下的均聚物之單體的比例為b質量%,以其它單體的比例為c質量%的情況(此處a+b+c=100,c亦為可0)中,以提高蝕刻後的硬化圖案之剝離性為目的時,由於若增加上述a的值上述黏結劑的I/O值有變高的傾向,故上述a、b及c較佳為滿足a<(b+c)的關係。For example, the monomer constituting the copolymer contained in the above-mentioned binder is a monomer having a ratio of a monomer having the above acidic group of a mass% and a homopolymer having an I/O value of 0.35 or less. The ratio is b% by mass, and the ratio of the other monomer is c% by mass (here, a+b+c=100, and c is also 0), in order to improve the peeling property of the hardened pattern after etching. In the case where the value of the above a is increased, the I/O value of the binder tends to be high. Therefore, the above a, b, and c preferably satisfy the relationship of a < (b + c).

具體地,上述黏結劑中所含有的上述共聚物較佳係含有25質量%以上構成I/O值0.35以下的均聚物之單體,更佳為含有30質量%以上。Specifically, the copolymer contained in the above-mentioned binder is preferably a monomer containing 25% by mass or more of a homopolymer having an I/O value of 0.35 or less, more preferably 30% by mass or more.

作為構成上述I/O值0.35以下的均聚物之單體,例如為苯乙烯、甲基丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、甲基丙烯酸環己酯及甲基丙烯酸苯甲酯。Examples of the monomer constituting the above homopolymer having an I/O value of 0.35 or less include styrene, 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate, cyclohexyl methacrylate, and benzyl methacrylate.

作為上述酸性基,並沒有特別的限制,可依照目的作適當的選擇,例如為羧基、磺酸基、磷酸基等,於此等之中以羧基較佳。The acidic group is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected according to the purpose, and is, for example, a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group or a phosphoric acid group. Among them, a carboxyl group is preferred.

作為具羧基之黏結劑,例如為具羧基之乙烯系共聚物、聚胺甲酸酯樹脂、聚醯胺酸樹脂、改質環氧樹脂等,於此等之中,就對塗布溶劑之溶解性、對鹼顯像液之溶解性、合成適合性、膜物性之調整容易性等而言,以具羧基之乙烯系共聚物較佳。The carboxyl group-containing binder is, for example, a carboxyl group-containing ethylene copolymer, a polyurethane resin, a polyaminic acid resin, a modified epoxy resin, etc., among these, solubility in a coating solvent. The vinyl copolymer having a carboxyl group is preferred for the solubility of the alkali developing solution, the suitability for synthesis, and the ease of adjustment of the film properties.

上述具羧基之乙烯系共聚物,可藉由至少使(1)具羧基之乙烯系單體及(2)可與此等共聚合的單體共聚合製得。The above-mentioned carboxyl group-containing ethylene-based copolymer can be obtained by copolymerizing at least (1) a carboxyl group-containing vinyl monomer and (2) a monomer copolymerizable therewith.

上述具有羧基之乙烯系單體,例如為(甲基)丙烯酸、乙烯基苯甲酸、馬來酸、馬來酸單烷酯、富馬酸、伊康酸、巴豆酸、肉桂酸、丙烯酸二聚物、具羥基之單體(例如(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥乙酯等)與環狀酸酐(例如馬來酸酐或富馬酸酐、環己烷二羧酸酐)之加成反應物、ω-羧基-聚己內酯單(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。於此等之中,就共聚性或成本、溶解性等而言,以(甲基)丙烯酸更佳。The above vinyl monomer having a carboxyl group is, for example, (meth)acrylic acid, vinylbenzoic acid, maleic acid, monoalkyl maleate, fumaric acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, cinnamic acid, acrylic acid dimerization. Addition reaction of a monomer having a hydroxyl group (for example, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate) to a cyclic acid anhydride (for example, maleic anhydride or fumaric anhydride, cyclohexane dicarboxylic anhydride), ω- Carboxy-polycaprolactone mono(meth)acrylate and the like. Among these, (meth)acrylic acid is more preferable in terms of copolymerizability, cost, solubility, and the like.

而且,亦可使用具有馬來酸酐、伊康酸酐、檸康酸酐等酸酐之單體作為羧基的前驅體。Further, a monomer having an acid anhydride such as maleic anhydride, itaconic anhydride or citraconic anhydride may be used as a precursor of a carboxyl group.

作為上述其它可共聚合的單體,並沒有特別的限制,可依照目的作適當的選擇,例如為(甲基)丙烯酸酯類、巴豆酸酯類、乙烯酯類、馬來酸二酯類、富馬酸二酯類、伊康酸二酯類、(甲基)丙烯醯胺類、乙烯醚類、乙烯醇之酯類、苯乙烯類(例如苯乙烯、苯乙烯衍生物等)、(甲基)丙烯腈、經乙烯基取代的雜環狀基(例如乙烯基吡啶、乙烯基吡咯啶酮、乙烯基咔唑等)、N-乙烯基甲醯胺、N-乙烯基乙醯胺、N-乙烯基咪唑、乙烯基己內酯、2-丙烯醯胺-2-甲基丙烷磺酸、磷酸單(2-丙烯醯氧基乙酯)、磷酸單(1-甲基-2-丙烯醯氧基乙酯)、具有官能基(例如胺甲酸酯基、脲基、磺胺基、苯酚基、亞胺基)之乙烯系單體等。於此等之中,從能降低上述黏結劑的上述I/O值、可高精細地形成配線圖案等的永久圖案之點看,及從能提高上述遮蔽性之點看,較佳為上述苯乙烯及苯乙烯衍生物。The other copolymerizable monomer is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected depending on the purpose, and examples thereof include (meth)acrylates, crotonates, vinyl esters, and maleic acid diesters. Fumaric acid diesters, itaconic acid diesters, (meth) acrylamides, vinyl ethers, vinyl alcohol esters, styrenes (eg styrene, styrene derivatives, etc.), (a) Acrylonitrile, vinyl substituted heterocyclic group (eg vinyl pyridine, vinyl pyrrolidone, vinyl carbazole, etc.), N-vinylformamide, N-vinylacetamide, N -vinylimidazole, vinylcaprolactone, 2-propenylamine-2-methylpropanesulfonic acid, mono(2-propenyloxyethyl phosphate), mono(1-methyl-2-propenyl phosphate) Ethyl ethoxylate), a vinyl monomer having a functional group (for example, a urethane group, a ureido group, a sulfonamide group, a phenol group, or an imino group). Among these, from the viewpoint of reducing the above-described I/O value of the above-mentioned binder, forming a permanent pattern such as a wiring pattern in a high-definition manner, and from the viewpoint of improving the above-mentioned shielding property, the benzene is preferably used. Ethylene and styrene derivatives.

作為上述(甲基)丙烯酸酯類,例如為(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁基環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十二烷酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十八烷酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙醯氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸 2-羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-甲氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸(2-甲氧基乙氧基)乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-苯氧基-2-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯甲酯、二乙二醇單甲醚(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二乙二醇單乙醚(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二乙二醇單苯醚(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三乙二醇單甲醚(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三乙二醇單乙醚(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚乙二醇單甲醚(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚乙二醇單乙醚(甲基)丙烯酸酯、β-苯氧基乙氧基丙烯酸酯、壬基苯氧基聚乙二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二環戊烷基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二環戊烯基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二環戊烯氧基乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三氟乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、八氟戊基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、全氟辛基乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三溴苯基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三溴化苯氧基乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。Examples of the (meth) acrylate include methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, and (methyl). N-butyl acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, tert-butyl (meth)acrylate, n-hexyl (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, tert-butyl (meth)acrylate Cyclohexyl ester, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, third octyl (meth)acrylate, dodecyl (meth)acrylate, octadecyl (meth)acrylate, (methyl) Ethyloxyethyl acrylate, phenyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylate 2-hydroxyethyl ester, 2-methoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, (2-methoxyethoxy)ethyl (meth)acrylate, 3-phenoxy-2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, benzyl (meth)acrylate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether (meth) acrylate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether (methyl) Acrylate, diethylene glycol monophenyl ether (meth) acrylate, triethylene glycol monomethyl ether (meth) acrylate, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether (meth) acrylate, polyethylene glycol monomethyl Ether (meth) acrylate, polyethylene glycol monoethyl ether (meth) acrylate, β-phenoxy ethoxy acrylate, nonyl phenoxy polyethylene glycol (meth) acrylate, bicyclo Pentyl (meth) acrylate, dicyclopentenyl (meth) acrylate, dicyclopentenyloxyethyl (meth) acrylate, trifluoroethyl (meth) acrylate, octafluoro Pento (meth) acrylate, perfluorooctylethyl (meth) acrylate, tribromophenyl (meth) acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth) acrylate or the like.

上述巴豆酸酯類例如為巴豆酸丁酯、巴豆酸己酯等。The above crotonate is, for example, butyl crotonate, hexyl crotonate or the like.

上述乙烯酯類例如為醋酸乙烯酯、丙酸乙烯酯、丁酸乙烯酯、甲氧基醋酸乙烯酯、苯甲酸乙烯酯等。The vinyl esters are, for example, vinyl acetate, vinyl propionate, vinyl butyrate, methoxyvinyl acetate, vinyl benzoate or the like.

上述馬來酸二酯類例如馬來酸二甲酯、馬來酸二乙酯、馬來酸二丁酯等。The above maleic acid diesters are, for example, dimethyl maleate, diethyl maleate, dibutyl maleate and the like.

上述富馬酸二酯類例如為富馬酸二甲酯、富馬酸二乙酯、富馬酸二丁酯等。The above fumaric acid diester is, for example, dimethyl fumarate, diethyl fumarate or dibutyl fumarate.

上述伊康酸二酯類例如為伊康酸二甲酯、伊康酸二乙酯、伊康酸二丁酯等。The above-mentioned itaconic acid diester is, for example, dimethyl itaconate, diethyl itaconate or dibutyl itaconate.

上述(甲基)丙烯醯胺類例如為(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-乙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-異丙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-正丁基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-第三丁基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-環己基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-(2-甲氧基乙基)(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N,N-二甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N,N-二乙基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-苯基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、N-苯甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、(甲基)丙烯醯基嗎啉、二丙酮丙烯醯胺等。The above (meth) acrylamides are, for example, (meth) acrylamide, N-methyl (meth) acrylamide, N-ethyl (meth) acrylamide, N-propyl (methyl) Acrylamide, N-isopropyl (meth) acrylamide, N-n-butyl (meth) acrylamide, N-tert-butyl (meth) acrylamide, N-cyclohexyl ( Methyl) acrylamide, N-(2-methoxyethyl)(methyl) acrylamide, N,N-dimethyl(meth) decylamine, N,N-diethyl (A Base) acrylamide, N-phenyl (meth) acrylamide, N-benzyl (meth) acrylamide, (meth) propylene decyl morpholine, diacetone acrylamide, and the like.

上述苯乙烯類例如為上述苯乙烯、上述苯乙烯衍生物(例如甲基苯乙烯、二甲基苯乙烯、三甲基苯乙烯、乙基苯乙烯、異丙基苯乙烯、丁基苯乙烯、羥基苯乙烯、甲氧基苯乙烯、丁氧基苯乙烯、乙醯氧基苯乙烯、氯化苯乙烯、二氯化苯乙烯、溴化苯乙烯、氯化甲基苯乙烯、以藉由酸性物質可脫保護的基(例如t-Boc等)保護的羥基苯乙烯、乙烯基苯甲酸甲酯、α-甲基苯乙烯等)等。The styrenes are, for example, the above styrene, the above styrene derivatives (for example, methyl styrene, dimethyl styrene, trimethyl styrene, ethyl styrene, isopropyl styrene, butyl styrene, Hydroxystyrene, methoxystyrene, butoxystyrene, ethoxylated styrene, styrene chloride, styrene dichloride, styrene bromide, methyl styrene chloride, by acidity A substance (for example, t-Boc or the like) protected by a substance (for example, t-Boc or the like), hydroxystyrene, methyl benzoate, α-methylstyrene, etc.).

上述乙烯醚類例如為甲基乙烯醚、丁基乙烯醚、己基乙烯醚、甲氧基乙基乙烯醚等。The vinyl ethers are, for example, methyl vinyl ether, butyl vinyl ether, hexyl vinyl ether, methoxyethyl vinyl ether or the like.

作為具有上述官能基的乙烯系單體之合成方法,例如為異氰酸基與羥基或胺基之加成反應,具體地例如具有異氰酸基之單體、與含有1個羥基之化合物或具有1個一級或二級胺基之化合物的加成反應,具有羥基之單體或具有一級或二級胺基之單體與單異氰酸酯的加成反應。The method for synthesizing the vinyl monomer having the above functional group is, for example, an addition reaction of an isocyanato group with a hydroxyl group or an amine group, specifically, for example, a monomer having an isocyanate group, and a compound having one hydroxyl group or An addition reaction of a compound having one primary or secondary amine group, an addition reaction of a monomer having a hydroxyl group or a monomer having a primary or secondary amine group with a monoisocyanate.

上述具有異氰酸基之單體,例如為下述構造式(1)~(3)所示之化合物。The monomer having an isocyanate group is, for example, a compound represented by the following structural formulae (1) to (3).

於上述構造式(1)~(3)中,R 表示氫原子或甲基。In the above structural formulae (1) to (3), R ' represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.

上述單異氰酸酯例如為異氰酸環己酯、異氰酸正丁酯、異氰酸甲苯酯、異氰酸苯甲酯、異氰酸苯酯等。The above monoisocyanate is, for example, cyclohexyl isocyanate, n-butyl isocyanate, toluene isocyanate, benzyl isocyanate or phenyl isocyanate.

上述具羥基之單體例如是下述構造式(4)~(12)所示之化合物。The monomer having a hydroxyl group is, for example, a compound represented by the following structural formulae (4) to (12).

[化4] [Chemical 4]

[化9] [Chemistry 9]

於上述構造式(4)~(12)中,R 表示氫原子或甲基,n1 、n2 及n3 表示1以上之整數。In the above structural formulae (4) to (12), R ' represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and n 1 , n 2 and n 3 represent an integer of 1 or more.

作為上述含有1個上述羥基的化合物,例如可為醇類(例如甲醇、乙醇、正丙醇、異丙醇、正丁醇、第二丁醇、第三丁醇、正己醇、2-乙基己醇、正癸醇、正十二烷醇、正十八烷醇、環戊醇、環己醇、苯甲醇、苯基乙醇等)、苯酚類(例如苯酚、甲酚、萘酚等),另含有取代基者例如有氟乙醇、三氟乙醇、甲氧基乙醇、苯 氧基乙醇、氯苯酚、二氯苯酚、甲氧基苯酚、乙醯氧基苯酚等。The compound containing one of the above hydroxyl groups may be, for example, an alcohol (for example, methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, n-butanol, second butanol, third butanol, n-hexanol, 2-ethyl). Hexanol, n-nonanol, n-dodecanol, n-octadecyl alcohol, cyclopentanol, cyclohexanol, benzyl alcohol, phenylethanol, etc.), phenols (eg phenol, cresol, naphthol, etc.), Other substituents include, for example, fluoroethanol, trifluoroethanol, methoxyethanol, and benzene. Oxyethanol, chlorophenol, dichlorophenol, methoxyphenol, ethoxylated phenol, and the like.

上述具有一級或二級胺基之單體例如為乙烯基苄胺等。The above monomer having a primary or secondary amine group is, for example, vinylbenzylamine or the like.

作為上述含有1個一級或二級胺基之化合物,例如可為烷胺(甲胺、乙胺、正丙胺、異丙胺、正丁胺、第二丁胺、第三丁胺、己胺、2-乙基己胺、癸胺、十二烷胺、十八烷胺、二甲胺、二乙胺、二丁胺、二辛胺)、環狀烷胺(環戊胺、環己胺等)、芳烷胺(苯甲胺、苯乙胺等)、芳胺(苯胺、甲苯醯胺、二甲苯胺、萘胺等)、另可組合此等(N-甲基-N-苯甲胺等)、另含有取代基之胺(三氟乙胺、六氟異丙胺、甲氧基苯胺、甲氧基丙胺等)等。As the above compound containing one primary or secondary amine group, for example, it may be an alkylamine (methylamine, ethylamine, n-propylamine, isopropylamine, n-butylamine, second butylamine, third butylamine, hexylamine, 2 -ethylhexylamine, decylamine, dodecylamine, octadecylamine, dimethylamine, diethylamine, dibutylamine, dioctylamine), cyclic alkylamine (cyclopentylamine, cyclohexylamine, etc.) , an arylamine (benzylamine, phenethylamine, etc.), an aromatic amine (aniline, toluidine, xylene, naphthylamine, etc.), or a combination of these (N-methyl-N-benzylamine, etc.) And an amine (trifluoroethylamine, hexafluoroisopropylamine, methoxyaniline, methoxypropylamine, etc.) which further contains a substituent.

又,作為上述以外的上述其它可共聚合的單體,例如可為(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、苯乙烯、氯苯乙烯、溴苯乙烯、羥基苯乙烯等。Further, as the other copolymerizable monomer other than the above, for example, methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, butyl (meth)acrylate, or benzyl (meth)acrylate may be used. , 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, styrene, chlorostyrene, bromostyrene, hydroxystyrene, and the like.

上述其它可共聚合的單體,可以單獨1種使用、或2種以上併用。The other copolymerizable monomers may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

上述乙烯系共聚物係可使各對應的單體藉由已知的方法以常法共聚合調製。例如可藉由使上述單體溶解於適當的溶劑中,利用於其中添加自由基聚合引發劑,而於溶液中聚合的方法(溶液聚合法)以調製。又,可藉由在水性溶劑中使上述單體分散的狀態下,即利用乳化聚合等來聚合以調製。The above ethylene-based copolymer can be prepared by conventional copolymerization by a known method. For example, the monomer can be prepared by dissolving the above monomer in a suitable solvent by a method in which a radical polymerization initiator is added and polymerized in a solution (solution polymerization method). Further, it can be prepared by polymerization in a state in which the above monomers are dispersed in an aqueous solvent, that is, by emulsion polymerization or the like.

作為上述溶液聚合法所使用的適當溶劑,並沒有特別的限制,可視所使用的單體及生成的共聚物之溶解性等而適當地選擇,例如可為甲醇、乙醇、丙醇、異丙醇、1-甲氧基-2-丙醇、丙酮、甲基乙酮、甲基異丁酮、甲氧基丙基乙酸酯、乳酸乙酯、醋酸乙酯、乙烯腈、四氫呋喃、二甲基甲醯胺、氯仿、甲苯等。此等溶劑可以單獨1種使用、或2種以上併用。The suitable solvent to be used in the solution polymerization method is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected depending on the solubility of the monomer to be used and the copolymer to be produced, and the like, and may be, for example, methanol, ethanol, propanol or isopropanol. , 1-methoxy-2-propanol, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, methoxy propyl acetate, ethyl lactate, ethyl acetate, vinyl nitrile, tetrahydrofuran, dimethyl Formamide, chloroform, toluene, etc. These solvents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

作為上述自由基聚合引發劑,並沒有特別的限制,例如可為2,2’-偶氮雙(異丁腈)(AIBN)、2,2’-偶氮雙-(2,4’-二甲基戊腈)等之偶氮化合物、苯甲醯基過氧化物等之過氧化物、過硫酸鉀、過硫酸銨等之過硫酸鹽等。The radical polymerization initiator is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 2,2'-azobis(isobutyronitrile) (AIBN), 2,2'-azobis-(2,4'-di An azo compound such as methylvaleronitrile or a persulfate such as a peroxide such as benzammonium peroxide or potassium persulfate or ammonium persulfate.

於上述乙烯系共聚物中,具羧基的聚合性化合物之含有率,只要上述I/O值和上述酸價在上述數值範圍內即可,並沒有特別的限制,可依照目的作適當的選擇,例如較佳為10~70莫耳%,更佳15~65莫耳%,特佳20~60莫耳%。In the ethylene-based copolymer, the content of the polymerizable compound having a carboxyl group is not particularly limited as long as the I/O value and the acid value are within the above numerical ranges, and may be appropriately selected depending on the purpose. For example, it is preferably 10 to 70 mol%, more preferably 15 to 65 mol%, and particularly preferably 20 to 60 mol%.

上述含有率小於10莫耳%時,對鹼性水之顯像性不足,若大於70莫耳%時,硬化部(影像部)之顯像液耐性不足。When the content is less than 10 mol%, the developability to alkaline water is insufficient, and when it is more than 70 mol%, the development liquid resistance of the cured portion (image portion) is insufficient.

作為上述具羧基的黏結劑之分子量,並沒有特別的限制,可依照目的作適當的選擇,例如質量平均分子量較佳為2,000~300,000,更佳4,000~150,000。The molecular weight of the carboxyl group-containing binder is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected depending on the purpose. For example, the mass average molecular weight is preferably 2,000 to 300,000, more preferably 4,000 to 150,000.

上述質量平均分子量小於2,000時,膜之強度容易變得不足且難以安定地製造,而若大於300,000時,顯像性會降低。When the mass average molecular weight is less than 2,000, the strength of the film tends to be insufficient and it is difficult to manufacture stably, and when it is more than 300,000, the developability is lowered.

上述具羧基的黏結劑,可以單獨1種使用,亦可以2種以上併用。併用2種以上的上述黏結劑之情況,例如為由不同共聚合成分所成之2種以上黏結劑、不同質量平均分子量之2種以上黏結劑、不同分散度之2種以上黏結劑等的組合。The above-mentioned carboxyl group-containing binder may be used alone or in combination of two or more. In the case of using two or more kinds of the above-mentioned binders, for example, a combination of two or more kinds of binders composed of different copolymerization components, two or more kinds of binders having different mass average molecular weights, and two or more kinds of binders having different degrees of dispersion .

上述具羧基的黏結劑,其部分或全部羧基可被鹼性物質中和。而且,上述黏結劑可另外併用聚酯樹脂、聚醯胺樹脂、聚胺甲酸酯樹脂、環氧樹脂、聚乙烯醇、明膠等構造不同的樹脂。In the above carboxyl group-containing binder, part or all of the carboxyl groups may be neutralized by a basic substance. Further, the above-mentioned binder may be used in combination with a resin having a different structure such as a polyester resin, a polyamide resin, a polyurethane resin, an epoxy resin, a polyvinyl alcohol or a gelatin.

又,作為上述黏結劑,亦可使用日本發明專利2873889號公報等中記載的可溶於鹼性水溶液之樹脂等。於併用該等樹脂的情況中,相對於上述感光層所含有的黏結劑全量,上述黏結劑的含量係可依照目的作適當的選擇,例如較佳為50質量%以上,更佳為70質量%以上,特佳為90質量%以上。Further, as the above-mentioned binder, a resin soluble in an alkaline aqueous solution described in Japanese Patent No. 2873889 or the like can be used. In the case where these resins are used in combination, the content of the above-mentioned binder may be appropriately selected depending on the purpose, for example, preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 70% by mass, based on the total amount of the binder contained in the photosensitive layer. The above is particularly preferably 90% by mass or more.

作為I/O值0.300~0.650且酸價130~250(mgKOH/g)的上述黏結劑,例如為甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸苄酯共聚物(共聚物組成(質量比):25/8/30/37)、甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸苄酯共聚物(共聚物組成(質量比):23/8/15/54)甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸苄酯共聚物(共聚物組成(質量比):21/47/23/9)、甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯/丙烯酸乙酯共聚物(共聚物組成(質量比):23/30/30/17)、甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯/丙烯酸乙酯共聚物(共聚物組成(質量 比):25/25/45/5)、甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯/丙烯酸乙酯共聚物(共聚物組成(質量比):25/34/33/8)、甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸環己酯/甲基丙烯酸2-乙基己酯共聚物(共聚物組成(質量比):25/70/5)、甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸環己酯/甲基丙烯酸2-乙基己酯共聚物(共聚物組成(質量比):23/70/7)、甲基丙烯酸/苯乙烯/丙烯酸甲酯共聚物(共聚物組成(質量比):22/58/20)、甲基丙烯酸/苯乙烯/丙烯酸甲酯共聚物(共聚物組成(質量比):25/38/37)、甲基丙烯酸/苯乙烯/丙烯酸甲酯共聚物(共聚物組成(質量比):29/61/10)、甲基丙烯酸/苯乙烯/丙烯酸乙酯共聚物(共聚物組成(質量比):23/60/17)、甲基丙烯酸/苯乙烯/丙烯酸乙酯共聚物(共聚物組成(質量比):29/61/10)、甲基丙烯酸/苯乙烯/丙烯酸乙酯共聚物(共聚物組成(質量比):20/76/4)、甲基丙烯酸/苯乙烯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):21/79)、甲基丙烯酸/苯乙烯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):29/71)、甲基丙烯酸/苯乙烯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):36/64)、甲基丙烯酸/苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸2-乙基己酯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):23/50/27)、甲基丙烯酸/苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸2-乙基己酯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):29/60/11)、甲基丙烯酸/苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸2-乙基己酯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):36/33/31)、甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸2-乙基己酯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):25/25/37/13)、甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸2-乙基己酯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比 ):29/15/47/9)、甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸2-乙基己酯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):29/18/50/3)、甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸2-乙基己酯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):25/15/40/20)、甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸2-乙基己酯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):36/5/45/14)、甲基丙烯酸/苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸環己酯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):31/64/5)、甲基丙烯酸/苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸環己酯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):25/15/60)、甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸丁酯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):23/37/30/10)、甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸丁酯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):36/10/44/10)、甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸丁酯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):25/27/36/12)、甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸丁酯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):29/13/38/20)、甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸丁酯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):24/10/29/37)、甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):25/29/46)、甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):20/53/27)、甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):29/19/52)、甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):30/13/57)、甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯共聚物( 共聚合組成比(質量比):31/5/64)、甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):36/15/49)、甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):29/31/40)、甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):25/41/34)、甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):36/5/59)、及甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):24/46/30)等,於此等之中,較佳為甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸苄酯共聚物(共聚物組成(質量比):25/8/30/37)、甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸苄酯共聚物(共聚物組成(質量比):23/8/15/54)、甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯/丙烯酸乙酯共聚物(共聚物組成(質量比):25/25/45/5)、甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯/丙烯酸乙酯共聚物(共聚物組成(質量比):25/34/33/8)、甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸環己酯/甲基丙烯酸2-乙基己酯共聚物(共聚物組成(質量比):25/70/5)、甲基丙烯酸/苯乙烯/丙烯酸甲酯共聚物(共聚物組成(質量比):22/58/20)、甲基丙烯酸/苯乙烯/丙烯酸甲酯共聚物(共聚物組成(質量比):25/38/37)、甲基丙烯酸/苯乙烯/丙烯酸甲酯共聚物(共聚物組成(質量比):29/61/10)、甲基丙烯酸/苯乙烯/丙烯酸乙酯共聚物(共聚物組成(質量比):23/60/17)、甲基丙烯酸/苯乙烯/丙烯酸乙酯共聚物(共聚物組成(質量比):29/61/10)、甲基丙烯酸/苯乙烯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):29/71)、甲基丙烯酸/ 苯乙烯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):36/64)、甲基丙烯酸/苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸2-乙基己酯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):23/40/27)、甲基丙烯酸/苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸2-乙基己酯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):29/60/11)、甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸2-乙基己酯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):25/25/37/13)、甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸2-乙基己酯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):29/15/47/9)、甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸2-乙基己酯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):29/18/50/3)、甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸2-乙基己酯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):25/15/40/20)、甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸2-乙基己酯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):36/5/45/14)、甲基丙烯酸/苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸環己酯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):31/64/5)、甲基丙烯酸/苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸環己酯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):25/15/60)、甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸丁酯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):23/37/30/10)、甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸丁酯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):25/27/36/12)、甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸丁酯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):29/13/38/20)、甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸丁酯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):24/10/29/37)、甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量 比):25/29/46)、甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):29/19/52)、甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):30/13/57)、甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):31/5/64)、甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):29/31/40)、甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):25/41/34)、及甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):36/5/59),特佳為甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸苄酯共聚物(共聚物組成(質量比):25/8/30/37)、甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯/丙烯酸乙酯共聚物(共聚物組成(質量比):25/25/45/5)、甲基丙烯酸/苯乙烯/丙烯酸甲酯共聚物(共聚物組成(質量比):29/61/10)、甲基丙烯酸/苯乙烯/丙烯酸乙酯共聚物(共聚物組成(質量比):29/61/10)、甲基丙烯酸/苯乙烯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):29/71)、甲基丙烯酸/苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸2-乙基己酯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):29/60/11)、甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸2-乙基己酯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):25/25/37/13)、甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸2-乙基己酯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):29/18/50/3)、甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸2-乙基己酯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):25/15/40/20)、甲基丙烯酸/苯乙 烯/甲基丙烯酸環己酯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):31/64/5)、甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸丁酯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):25/27/36/12)、甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸丁酯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):29/13/38/20)、甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):25/29/46)、甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):29/19/52)、甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):30/13/57)、甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):31/5/64)、甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):29/31/40)、及甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):25/41/34)。The above-mentioned binder having an I/O value of 0.300 to 0.650 and an acid value of 130 to 250 (mgKOH/g) is, for example, a methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate/styrene/benzyl methacrylate copolymer (copolymer composition). (mass ratio): 25/8/30/37), methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate/styrene/benzyl methacrylate copolymer (copolymer composition (mass ratio): 23/8/15/54 ) Methacrylic acid / methyl methacrylate / styrene / benzyl methacrylate copolymer (copolymer composition (mass ratio): 21/47/23/9), methacrylic acid / methyl methacrylate / benzene Ethylene/ethyl acrylate copolymer (copolymer composition (mass ratio): 23/30/30/17), methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate/styrene/ethyl acrylate copolymer (copolymer composition (quality) Ratio: 25/25/45/5), methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate/styrene/ethyl acrylate copolymer (copolymer composition (mass ratio): 25/34/33/8), methyl Acrylic/cyclohexyl methacrylate/2-ethylhexyl methacrylate copolymer (copolymer composition (mass ratio): 25/70/5), methacrylic acid/cyclohexyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid 2-ethylhexyl ester copolymer (copolymer composition (mass ratio): 23/70/7), methacrylic acid/styrene/methyl acrylate copolymer (copolymer composition (mass ratio): 22/58/20 ), methacrylic acid / styrene / methyl acrylate copolymer (copolymer composition (mass ratio): 25 / 38 / 37), methacrylic acid / styrene / methyl acrylate copolymer (copolymer composition (mass ratio) :29/61/10), methacrylic acid/styrene/ethyl acrylate copolymer (copolymer composition (mass ratio): 23/60/17), methacrylic acid/styrene/ethyl acrylate copolymer (copolymerization Composition (mass ratio): 29/61/10), methacrylic acid/styrene/ethyl acrylate copolymer (copolymer composition (mass ratio): 20/76/4), methacrylic acid/styrene copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 21/79 ), methacrylic acid/styrene copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 29/71), methacrylic acid/styrene copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 36/64), methyl group Acrylic/styrene/2-ethylhexyl methacrylate copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 23/50/27), methacrylic acid/styrene/2-ethylhexyl methacrylate copolymerization (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 29/60/11), methacrylic acid/styrene/2-ethylhexyl methacrylate copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 36/33/ 31), methacrylic acid / methyl methacrylate / styrene / 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 25 / 25 / 37 / 13), methacrylic acid / Methyl methacrylate/styrene/2-ethylhexyl methacrylate copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio) ): 29/15/47/9), methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate/styrene/2-ethylhexyl methacrylate copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 29/18/50 /3), methacrylic acid / methyl methacrylate / styrene / 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 25/15/40/20), methacrylic acid /Methyl methacrylate / styrene / 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 36/5/45/14), methacrylic acid / styrene / methacrylic acid Cyclohexyl ester copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 31/64/5), methacrylic acid/styrene/cyclohexyl methacrylate copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 25/15 /60), methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate/styrene/butyl methacrylate copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 23/37/30/10), methacrylic acid/methacrylic acid Methyl ester/styrene/butyl methacrylate copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 36/10/44/10), methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate/styrene/butyl methacrylate Copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 25/27/36/12) , methacrylic acid / methyl methacrylate / styrene / butyl methacrylate copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 29/13/38/20), methacrylic acid / methyl methacrylate / Styrene/butyl methacrylate copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 24/10/29/37), methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate/styrene copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (quality) Ratio: 25/29/46), methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate/styrene copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 20/53/27), methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate /styrene copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 29/19/52), methacrylic acid / methyl methacrylate / styrene copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 30/13 / 57), methacrylic acid / methyl methacrylate / styrene copolymer ( Copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 31/5/64), methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate/styrene copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 36/15/49), methacrylic acid /methyl methacrylate / styrene copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 29/31 / 40), methacrylic acid / methyl methacrylate / styrene copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio ): 25/41/34), methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate/styrene copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 36/5/59), and methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate /styrene copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 24/46/30), etc., among them, methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate/styrene/benzyl methacrylate is preferred. Copolymer (copolymer composition (mass ratio): 25/8/30/37), methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate/styrene/benzyl methacrylate copolymer (copolymer composition (mass ratio): 23 /8/15/54), methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate/styrene/ethyl acrylate copolymer (copolymer composition (mass ratio): 25/25/45/5), methacrylic acid/methyl Methyl acrylate / styrene / acrylic acid Ester copolymer (copolymer composition (mass ratio): 25/34/33/8), methacrylic acid/cyclohexyl methacrylate/2-ethylhexyl methacrylate copolymer (copolymer composition (mass ratio) ): 25/70/5), methacrylic acid/styrene/methyl acrylate copolymer (copolymer composition (mass ratio): 22/58/20), methacrylic acid/styrene/methyl acrylate copolymer ( Copolymer composition (mass ratio): 25/38/37), methacrylic acid/styrene/methyl acrylate copolymer (copolymer composition (mass ratio): 29/61/10), methacrylic acid/styrene/ Ethyl acrylate copolymer (copolymer composition (mass ratio): 23/60/17), methacrylic acid/styrene/ethyl acrylate copolymer (copolymer composition (mass ratio): 29/61/10), A Acrylic/styrene copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 29/71), methacrylic acid / Styrene copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 36/64), methacrylic acid/styrene/2-ethylhexyl methacrylate copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 23/40 /27), methacrylic acid/styrene/2-ethylhexyl methacrylate copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 29/60/11), methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate/benzene Ethylene/2-ethylhexyl methacrylate copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 25/25/37/13), methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate/styrene/methacrylic acid 2- Ethylhexyl ester copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 29/15/47/9), methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate/styrene/2-ethylhexyl methacrylate copolymer ( Copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 29/18/50/3), methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate/styrene/2-ethylhexyl methacrylate copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio) ): 25/15/40/20), methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate/styrene/2-ethylhexyl methacrylate copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 36/5/45 /14), methacrylic acid / styrene / cyclohexyl methacrylate (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 31/64/5), methacrylic acid/styrene/cyclohexyl methacrylate copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 25/15/60), Methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate/styrene/butyl methacrylate copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 23/37/30/10), methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate/benzene Ethylene/butyl methacrylate copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 25/27/36/12), methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate/styrene/butyl methacrylate copolymer (total Polymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 29/13/38/20), methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate/styrene/butyl methacrylate copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 24/10 /29/37), methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate/styrene copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (quality Ratio: 25/29/46), methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate/styrene copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 29/19/52), methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate /styrene copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 30/13/57), methacrylic acid / methyl methacrylate / styrene copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 31/5 / 64), methacrylic acid / methyl methacrylate / styrene copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 29/31 / 40), methacrylic acid / methyl methacrylate / styrene copolymer (total Polymer composition ratio (mass ratio): 25/41/34), and methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate/styrene copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 36/5/59), particularly preferred Methyl acrylate/methyl methacrylate/styrene/benzyl methacrylate copolymer (copolymer composition (mass ratio): 25/8/30/37), methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate/styrene /ethyl acrylate copolymer (copolymer composition (mass ratio): 25/25/45/5), methacrylic acid / styrene / methyl acrylate copolymer (copolymer composition (mass ratio): 29/61/10 ), methacrylic acid / styrene / acrylic acid Ethyl ester copolymer (copolymer composition (mass ratio): 29/61/10), methacrylic acid/styrene copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 29/71), methacrylic acid/styrene/ 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 29/60/11), methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate/styrene/2-ethylhexyl methacrylate Copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 25/25/37/13), methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate/styrene/2-ethylhexyl methacrylate copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio) (mass ratio): 29/18/50/3), methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate/styrene/2-ethylhexyl methacrylate copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 25/ 15/40/20), methacrylic acid / styrene Alkene/cyclohexyl methacrylate copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 31/64/5), methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate/styrene/butyl methacrylate copolymer (copolymerization) Composition ratio (mass ratio): 25/27/36/12), methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate/styrene/butyl methacrylate copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 29/13/ 38/20), methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate/styrene copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 25/29/46), methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate/styrene copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 29/19/52), methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate/styrene copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 30/13/57), methyl group Acrylic acid/methyl methacrylate/styrene copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 31/5/64), methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate/styrene copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (quality) Ratio: 29/31/40), and methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate/styrene copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 25/41/34).

於上述黏結劑係具有玻璃轉移溫度的物質時,該玻璃轉移溫度並沒有特別的限制,可依照目的作適當的選擇,例如從上述圖案形成材料的膠黏、邊緣熔化及上述支持體的剝離性中至少一個觀點看,較佳為80℃以上,更佳為100℃以上,特佳115℃以上。When the above-mentioned binder is a material having a glass transition temperature, the glass transition temperature is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected according to the purpose, for example, from the above-mentioned pattern forming material, adhesion, edge melting, and peelability of the above support. At least one point of view is preferably 80 ° C or higher, more preferably 100 ° C or higher, and particularly preferably 115 ° C or higher.

上述玻璃轉移溫度若超過80℃,上述圖案形成材料的膠黏性會增加、上述支持體的剝離性會變差。When the glass transition temperature exceeds 80 ° C, the adhesiveness of the pattern forming material increases, and the peelability of the support is deteriorated.

於上述感光層中,上述黏結劑的含量並沒有特別的限制,可依照目的作適當的選擇,例如較佳為10~90質量%,更佳20~80質量%,特佳40~80質量%。In the above photosensitive layer, the content of the above-mentioned binder is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected according to the purpose, and is, for example, preferably 10 to 90% by mass, more preferably 20 to 80% by mass, particularly preferably 40 to 80% by mass. .

上述含量小於10質量%時,鹼顯像性或與印刷配線板形成用基板(例如銅面積層板)之密接性會降低,若大於90質量%時,對顯像時間而言之安定性或硬化膜(遮蔽膜)之強度降低。而且,上述含量可以為上述黏結劑與視需要併用的高分子結合劑合計之含量。When the content is less than 10% by mass, the alkali developability or the adhesion to the substrate for forming a printed wiring board (for example, a copper-area laminate) is lowered, and when it is more than 90% by mass, the stability to the development time or The strength of the cured film (masking film) is lowered. Further, the content may be a total amount of the above-mentioned binder and a polymer binder which are used in combination as needed.

-聚合性化合物-- Polymeric compound -

作為上述聚合性化合物,並沒有特別的限制,可依照目的作適當的選擇,例如具有胺甲酸酯基及芳基中至少一者的單體或寡聚物係適合的。又,此等較佳為具有2種以上的聚合性基。The polymerizable compound is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected according to the purpose. For example, a monomer or an oligomer having at least one of a urethane group and an aryl group is suitable. Moreover, it is preferable to have two or more types of polymerizable groups.

作為上述聚合性基,例如可為乙烯性不飽和鍵(例如(甲基)丙烯醯基、(甲基)丙烯醯胺基、苯乙烯基、乙烯酯或乙烯醚等的乙烯基、烯丙醚或烯丙酯等的烯丙基等)、可聚合的環狀醚基(例如環氧基、氧雜環丁烷等)等,此等之中以乙烯性不飽和鍵較佳。The polymerizable group may, for example, be an ethylenically unsaturated bond (for example, a vinyl group or an allyl ether such as a (meth) acrylonitrile group, a (meth) acryl amide group, a styryl group, a vinyl ester or a vinyl ether. Or an allyl group such as an allyl ester or the like, a polymerizable cyclic ether group (for example, an epoxy group or an oxetane), and the like, and among these, an ethylenically unsaturated bond is preferred.

--具胺甲酸酯基的單體---- Monomers with urethane groups --

作為上述具胺甲酸酯基的單體,只要具有胺甲酸酯基即可,而沒有特別的限制,可依照目的作適當的選擇,例如為特公昭48-41708、特開昭51-37193、特公平5-50737、特公平7-7208、特開2001-154346、特開2001-356476號公報等中記載的化合物等,例如,在分子中具有2個以上異氰酸基的聚異氰酸酯化合物與在分子中具有羥基的乙烯系單體之加成物等。The urethane group-containing monomer is not particularly limited as long as it has a urethane group, and can be appropriately selected according to the purpose, for example, JP-A-48-41708, JP-A-51-37193 A compound or the like described in JP-A No. 2001-356476, for example, a polyisocyanate compound having two or more isocyanate groups in a molecule, and the like. An adduct of a vinyl monomer having a hydroxyl group in a molecule or the like.

作為上述在分子中具有2個以上異氰酸基的聚異氰酸酯化合物,例如可為六亞甲基二異氰酸酯、三 甲基六亞甲基二異氰酸酯、異佛爾酮二異氰酸酯、苯二甲基二異氰酸酯、伸甲苯二異氰酸酯、伸苯基二異氰酸酯、原冰片烯二異氰酸酯、二苯基二異氰酸酯、二苯基甲烷二異氰酸酯、3,3’二甲基-4,4’-二苯基二異氰酸酯等的二異氰酸酯;該二異氰酸酯更與2官能醇的聚加成物(於該情況中兩末端為異氰酸基);該二異氰酸酯的縮二脲或異氰尿酸酯等的三聚物;該二異氰酸酯或二異氰酸酯類與三羥甲基丙烷、異戊四醇、甘油等的多官能醇,或此等之環氧乙烷加成物等所可得到的其它官能醇的加成物等。The polyisocyanate compound having two or more isocyanate groups in the molecule may be, for example, hexamethylene diisocyanate or the like. Methylhexamethylene diisocyanate, isophorone diisocyanate, benzodimethyl diisocyanate, toluene diisocyanate, phenyl diisocyanate, norbornene diisocyanate, diphenyl diisocyanate, diphenylmethane a diisocyanate such as diisocyanate or 3,3' dimethyl-4,4'-diphenyl diisocyanate; a polyaddition of the diisocyanate to a bifunctional alcohol (in this case, isocyanic acid at both ends) a terpolymer of a biuret or isocyanurate such as a diisocyanate; a polyfunctional alcohol such as a diisocyanate or a diisocyanate and trimethylolpropane, isopentaerythritol or glycerin; or An adduct of another functional alcohol obtainable by an ethylene oxide adduct or the like.

作為上述在分子中具有羥基的乙烯系單體,例如可為2-羥乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2-羥丙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、4-羥丁基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二乙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三乙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、四乙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、八乙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚乙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二丙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三丙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、四丙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、八丙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚丙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二丁二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三丁二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、四丁二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、八丁二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚丁二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、異戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。又,例如為環氧乙烷與環氧丙烷的共聚物(無規、嵌段等)等的具有不同環氧烷部分的二醇物之一末端(甲基)丙烯酸酯物等。The vinyl monomer having a hydroxyl group in the molecule may be, for example, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate or 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate. Ester, diethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, triethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, tetraethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, octaethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, Polyethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, dipropylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, tripropylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, tetrapropylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, octapropylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate Ester, polypropylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, dibutyl diol mono (meth) acrylate, tributyl diol mono (meth) acrylate, tetrabutyl diol mono (meth) acrylate, octagonal Alcohol mono(meth)acrylate, polytetramethylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane di(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, and the like. Further, for example, it is a terminal (meth) acrylate of a diol having a different alkylene oxide moiety such as a copolymer of ethylene oxide and propylene oxide (random, block, etc.).

又,作為上述具有胺甲酸酯基的單體,例如為三((甲基)丙烯醯基氧乙基)異氰尿酸酯、二(甲基)丙烯酸化異氰尿酸酯、環氧乙烷改質異氰尿酸的(甲基)丙烯酸酯等的具有異氰尿酸環有的化合物。於此等之中,下述構造式(13)或構造式(14)所表示的化合物係較佳的,而從遮蔽性的觀點看,特佳為至少含有上述構造式(14)所表示的化合物。又,此等化合物可被單獨1種使用,亦可2種以上併用。Further, as the monomer having a urethane group, for example, tris((meth)acryloyloxyethyl)isocyanurate, di(meth)acrylated isocyanurate, epoxy Ethane is a compound having an isocyanuric acid ring such as (meth) acrylate of isocyanuric acid. Among these, the compound represented by the following structural formula (13) or structural formula (14) is preferable, and from the viewpoint of shielding properties, it is particularly preferable to contain at least the above-mentioned structural formula (14). Compound. Further, these compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

於上述構造式(13)及(14)中,R’1 ~R’3 各表示氫原子或甲基。X1 ~X3 表示環氧烷基,可以為單獨1種,亦可以2種以上併用。In the above-described structure of formula (13) and (14), R '1 ~ R' 3 each represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. X 1 to X 3 are each an epoxy group, and may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

上述環氧烷基例如環氧乙烷、環氧丙烷、環氧丁烷、環氧戊烷、環氧己烷,組合此等之基(無規、嵌段中任何一種組合皆可)等,於此等之中以環氧乙烷、環氧丙烷、環氧丁烷、或此等組合之基較佳,以環氧乙烷、環氧丙烷更佳。The above epoxyalkyl group such as ethylene oxide, propylene oxide, butylene oxide, pentylene oxide, hexylene oxide, a combination of these groups (random, any combination of blocks), etc. Among them, ethylene oxide, propylene oxide, butylene oxide, or a combination thereof is preferred, and ethylene oxide and propylene oxide are more preferred.

於上述構造式(13)及(14)中,m1 ~m3 表示1~60之整數,較佳為2~30,更佳為4~15。In the above structural formulas (13) and (14), m 1 to m 3 represent an integer of 1 to 60, preferably 2 to 30, more preferably 4 to 15.

於上述構造式(13)及(14)中,Y1 及Y2 表示碳數2~30之2價有機基,例如伸烷基、伸芳基、伸烯基、伸炔基、羰基(-CO-)、氧原子(-O-)、硫原子(-S-)、亞胺基(-NH-)、亞胺基之氫原子以1價烴基取代的取代亞胺基、磺醯基(-SO2 -)或組合此等之基等,於此等之中以伸烷基、伸芳基、或組合此等之基較佳。In the above-described structure of formula (13) and (14), Y 1 and Y 2 represents a C 2 to 30. The divalent organic group such as alkylene, arylene group, alkenylene group, extending alkynyl group, a carbonyl group (- CO-), an oxygen atom (-O-), a sulfur atom (-S-), an imido group (-NH-), an imido group, a substituted imido group substituted with a monovalent hydrocarbon group, or a sulfonyl group ( -SO 2 -) or a combination of such groups, etc., wherein the alkyl group, the aryl group, or a combination thereof is preferred.

上述伸烷基可以具有分枝構造或環狀構造,例如亞甲基、伸乙基、伸丙基、伸異丙基、伸丁基、伸異丁基、伸戊基、伸新戊基、伸己基、伸三甲基己基、伸環己基、伸庚基、伸辛基、2-乙基伸己基、伸壬基、伸癸基、伸十二烷基、伸十八烷基、或下述所示任何一種之基等。The above alkylene group may have a branched structure or a cyclic structure, such as methylene, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, pentyl, neopentyl, Extending a hexyl group, stretching a trimethylhexyl group, stretching a cyclohexyl group, stretching a heptyl group, stretching an octyl group, a 2-ethylexene group, a hydrazine group, a hydrazine group, a dodecyl group, an octadecyl group, or the following Show any kind of basis.

上述伸芳基可以被烴基取代,例如伸苯基、伸甲苯基、二伸苯基、伸萘基、或下述所表示之基等係適合的。The above aryl group may be substituted by a hydrocarbon group such as a phenyl group, a tolyl group, a diphenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a group represented by the following.

上述組合此等之基例如有苯二甲基等。The above-mentioned combination of such groups is, for example, benzodimethyl group or the like.

上述伸烷基、伸芳基、或組合此等之基,可以另具有取代基,該取代基例如鹵素原子(例如氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子)、芳基、烷氧基(例如甲氧基、乙氧基、2-乙氧基乙氧基)、芳氧基(例如苯氧基)、醯基(例如乙醯基、丙醯基)、醯氧基(例如乙醯氧基、丁醯氧基)、烷氧基羰基(例如甲氧基羰基、乙氧基羰基)、芳氧基羰基(例如苯氧基羰基)等。The above alkyl group, aryl group, or a combination thereof may further have a substituent such as a halogen atom (e.g., a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom), an aryl group, or an alkoxy group ( For example, methoxy, ethoxy, 2-ethoxyethoxy), aryloxy (eg phenoxy), fluorenyl (eg ethionyl, propyl), decyloxy (eg ethoxylated) A group, a butyloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group (e.g., a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group), an aryloxycarbonyl group (e.g., a phenoxycarbonyl group), and the like.

於上述構造式(13)及(14)中,n4 表示3~6之整數,就為了合成聚合性單體時原料的供給性等而言,以3、4或6較佳。In the above structural formulas (13) and (14), n 4 represents an integer of 3 to 6, and it is preferable to use 3, 4 or 6 in order to supply raw materials in the case of synthesizing a polymerizable monomer.

於上述構造式(13)及(14)中,Z1 表示n4 價(3價~6價)之連結基,例如下述所表示之任何一種基等。In the above-described structure of formula (13) and (14), Z 1 represents a divalent n 4 (3 to 6. The) of the linking group, for example, any of the following as the group represented.

其中,X4 表示環氧烷基。m4 表示1~20之整數。n5 表示3~6之整數。A2 表示n5 價(3價~6價)之有機基。Wherein X 4 represents an alkylene oxide group. m 4 represents an integer from 1 to 20. n 5 represents an integer from 3 to 6. A 2 represents a divalent n 5 (3 to 6. The) of the organic group.

上述A2 例如以n5 價脂肪族基、n5 價芳香族基、或此等與伸烷基、伸芳基、伸烯基、羰基、氧原子、硫原子、亞胺基、亞胺基之氫原子以1價烴基取代的取代亞胺基、或與磺醯基組合之基較佳,以n5 價(3價~6價)脂肪族基、n5 價(3價~6價)芳香族基、或此等與伸 烷基、伸芳基、氧原子組合的基更佳,以n5 價脂肪族基、n5 價(3價~6價)脂肪族基與伸烷基、氧原子組合的基特佳。The above A 2 is, for example, an n 5 -valent aliphatic group, an n 5 -valent aromatic group, or the like, an alkyl group, an extended aryl group, an extended alkenyl group, a carbonyl group, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an imido group, or an imido group. The substituted imine group in which the hydrogen atom is substituted with a monovalent hydrocarbon group or the group in combination with the sulfonyl group is preferably an n 5 valence (3 valence to 6 valence) aliphatic group and an n 5 valence (3 valence to 6 valence). An aromatic group, or a combination of these groups with an alkyl group, an aryl group, and an oxygen atom, preferably an n 5 valent aliphatic group, an n 5 valence (trivalent to hexavalent) aliphatic group and an alkylene group, The combination of oxygen atoms is excellent.

上述A2 之碳原子數,例如較佳為1~100之整數,更佳1~50之整數,特佳3~30之整數。The number of carbon atoms of the above A 2 is, for example, preferably an integer of from 1 to 100, more preferably an integer of from 1 to 50, and particularly preferably an integer of from 3 to 30.

作為上述n5 價(3價~6價)脂肪族基,可以具有支鏈構造或環狀構造。The n 5- valent (trivalent to hexavalent) aliphatic group may have a branched structure or a cyclic structure.

上述脂肪族基之碳原子數,例如較佳為1~30之整數,更佳1~20之整數,特佳3~10之整數。The number of carbon atoms of the above aliphatic group is, for example, preferably an integer of 1 to 30, more preferably an integer of 1 to 20, and particularly preferably an integer of 3 to 10.

上述芳香族基之碳原子數,較佳為6~100之整數,更佳6~50之整數,特佳6~30之整數。The number of carbon atoms of the above aromatic group is preferably an integer of 6 to 100, more preferably an integer of 6 to 50, and particularly preferably an integer of 6 to 30.

上述n5 價(3價~6價)之脂肪族基、或芳香族基,可以更具有取代基,該取代基例如為羥基、鹵素原子(例如氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子)、芳基、烷氧基(例如甲氧基、乙氧基、2-乙氧基乙氧基)、芳氧基(例如苯氧基)、醯基(例如乙醯基、丙醯基)、醯氧基(例如乙醯氧基、丁醯氧基)、烷氧基羰基(例如甲氧基羰基、乙氧基羰基)、芳氧基羰基(例如苯氧基羰基)等。The above-mentioned n 5 valence (trivalent to hexavalent) aliphatic group or aromatic group may further have a substituent such as a hydroxyl group or a halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom). , aryl, alkoxy (eg methoxy, ethoxy, 2-ethoxyethoxy), aryloxy (eg phenoxy), fluorenyl (eg ethionyl, propyl), An alkoxy group (e.g., an ethoxycarbonyl group, a butoxy group), an alkoxycarbonyl group (e.g., a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group), an aryloxycarbonyl group (e.g., a phenoxycarbonyl group), and the like.

上述伸烷基可以具有分枝構造或環狀構造。The above alkylene group may have a branched structure or a cyclic structure.

上述伸烷基之碳數,例如較佳為1~18之整數,更佳1~10之整數。The carbon number of the above alkyl group is, for example, preferably an integer of from 1 to 18, more preferably an integer of from 1 to 10.

上述伸芳基可以更被烴基取代。The above aryl group may be further substituted by a hydrocarbon group.

上述伸芳基之碳數,較佳為6~18之整數,更佳為6~10之整數。The carbon number of the above aryl group is preferably an integer of 6 to 18, more preferably an integer of 6 to 10.

上述取代亞胺基之1價烴基的碳數,較佳為1~18之整數,特佳1~10之整數。The carbon number of the monovalent hydrocarbon group of the substituted imido group is preferably an integer of from 1 to 18, particularly preferably an integer of from 1 to 10.

上述A2 的較佳例子係如下。Preferred examples of the above A 2 are as follows.

作為上述構造式(13)及(14)所表示的化合物,例如可為下述構造式(15)~(34)所表示的化合物等。The compound represented by the above structural formulae (13) to (14) may, for example, be a compound represented by the following structural formulae (15) to (34).

於上述構造式(15)~(34)中,n6 、n7 、n8 及m5 意味1~60,l意味1~20,R’表示氫原子或甲基。In the above structural formulae (15) to (34), n 6 , n 7 , n 8 and m 5 mean 1 to 60, and l means 1 to 20, and R' represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.

--具芳基的單體----A monomer with an aryl group --

作為上述具芳基的單體,只要是具有芳基即可,並沒有特別的限制,可依照目的作適當的選擇,例如具芳基之多元醇化合物、多元胺化合物及多元胺基醇化合物中至少一者,與不飽和羧酸之酯或醯胺等。The aryl group-containing monomer is not particularly limited as long as it has an aryl group, and may be appropriately selected according to the purpose, for example, an aryl group-containing polyol compound, a polyamine compound, and a polyamino alcohol compound. At least one, an ester with an unsaturated carboxylic acid or a guanamine or the like.

上述具芳基之多元醇化合物、多元胺化合物或多元胺基醇化合物,例如為聚苯乙烯氧化物、苯二甲基二醇、二(β-羥基乙氧基)苯、1,5-二羥基-1,2,3,4-四氫萘、2,2,-二苯基-1,3-丙二醇、羥基苯甲醇、羥基乙基間苯二酚、1-苯基-1,2-乙二醇、2,3,5,6-四甲基-p-二甲苯-α,α’-二醇、1,1,4,4-四苯基-1,4-丁二醇、1,1,4,4-四苯基-2-丁炔-1,4-二醇、1,1’-二-2-萘酚、二羥基萘、1,1’-亞甲基-二-2-萘酚、1,2,4-苯三醇、雙酚、2,2’-雙(4-羥基苯基)丁烷、1,1-雙(4-羥基苯基)環己烷、雙(羥基苯基)甲烷、兒茶酚、4-氯間苯二酚、氫醌、羥基苯甲醇、甲基氫醌、亞甲基-2,4,6-三羥基苯甲酸酯、氟化環氧丙酚、焦培酚、間苯二酚、α-(1-胺基乙基)-p-羥基苯甲醇、α-(1-胺基乙基)-p-羥基苯甲醇、3-胺基-4-羥基苯基碸等。又,其它例如苯二甲基雙(甲基)丙烯醯胺、酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂或雙酚A二縮水甘油醚等之縮水甘油基化合物中加成α,β-不飽和羧酸所得的化合物、酞酸或偏苯三甲酸等與在分子中含有羥基之乙烯系單體所得的酯化物、酞酸二烯丙酯、偏苯三酸三烯丙酯、苯二磺酸二烯丙酯、作為聚合性單體之陽離子聚合性二乙烯醚類(例如雙酚A二乙烯醚)、環氧化合物(例如酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂、雙 酚A二縮水甘油醚等)、乙烯酯類(例如二乙烯基酞酸酯、二乙烯基對酞酸酯、二乙烯基苯-1,3-二磺酸酯等)、苯乙烯化合物(例如二乙烯基苯、p-烯丙基苯乙烯、p-異丙烯苯乙烯等)。於此等之中,較佳為下述構造式(35)所表示的化合物。The above aryl group-containing polyol compound, polyamine compound or polyvalent amino alcohol compound, for example, polystyrene oxide, benzene dimethyl glycol, bis(β-hydroxyethoxy)benzene, 1,5-di Hydroxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene, 2,2,-diphenyl-1,3-propanediol, hydroxybenzyl alcohol, hydroxyethyl resorcinol, 1-phenyl-1,2- Ethylene glycol, 2,3,5,6-tetramethyl-p-xylene-α,α'-diol, 1,1,4,4-tetraphenyl-1,4-butanediol, 1 , 1,4,4-tetraphenyl-2-butyne-1,4-diol, 1,1'-di-2-naphthol, dihydroxynaphthalene, 1,1'-methylene-di- 2-naphthol, 1,2,4-benzenetriol, bisphenol, 2,2'-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)butane, 1,1-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)cyclohexane, Bis(hydroxyphenyl)methane, catechol, 4-chlororesorcinol, hydroquinone, hydroxybenzyl alcohol, methylhydroquinone, methylene-2,4,6-trihydroxybenzoate, fluorine Glycidylphenol, pyrogallol, resorcinol, α-(1-aminoethyl)-p-hydroxybenzyl alcohol, α-(1-aminoethyl)-p-hydroxybenzyl alcohol, 3 -Amino-4-hydroxyphenylhydrazine and the like. Further, other examples are obtained by adding an α,β-unsaturated carboxylic acid to a glycidyl compound such as benzodimethylbis(meth)acrylamide, a novolak epoxy resin or bisphenol A diglycidyl ether. An esterified product of a compound, a citric acid or a trimellitic acid with a vinyl monomer having a hydroxyl group in a molecule, diallyl phthalate, triallyl trimellitate, diallyl benzenedisulfonate a cationically polymerizable divinyl ether (for example, bisphenol A divinyl ether) or an epoxy compound (for example, a novolac type epoxy resin, a double as a polymerizable monomer) Phenol A diglycidyl ether, etc.), vinyl esters (for example, divinyl phthalate, divinyl phthalate, divinyl benzene - 1,3-disulfonate, etc.), styrene compounds (for example) Divinylbenzene, p-allylstyrene, p-isopropenestyrene, etc.). Among these, a compound represented by the following structural formula (35) is preferred.

於上述構造式(35)中,R' 4、R' 5表示氫原子或烷基。In the above structural formula (35), R ' 4, R ' 5 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.

於上述構造式(35)中,X5 及X6 表示環氧烷基,可以單獨1種使用,或2種以上併用。該環氧烷基例如環氧乙烷、環氧丙烷、環氧丁烷、環氧戊烷、環氧己烷、組合此等之基(可以為無規、嵌段中任何一種組合)等,於此等之中以環氧乙烷、環氧丙烷、環氧丁烷、或組合此等之基較佳,以環氧乙烷、環氧丙烷更佳。In the above structural formula (35), X 5 and X 6 represent an alkylene oxide group, and they may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The epoxyalkyl group is, for example, ethylene oxide, propylene oxide, butylene oxide, pentylene oxide, hexylene oxide, a combination of these groups (may be random, any combination of blocks), etc. Among these, ethylene oxide, propylene oxide, butylene oxide, or a combination thereof is preferred, and ethylene oxide and propylene oxide are more preferred.

於上述構造式(35)中,m6 、m7 較佳為1~60之整數,更佳為2~30之整數,特佳為4~15之整數。In the above structural formula (35), m 6 and m 7 are preferably an integer of from 1 to 60, more preferably an integer of from 2 to 30, particularly preferably an integer of from 4 to 15.

於上述構造式(35)中,T表示2價連結基,例如亞甲基、伸乙基、MeCMe、CF3 CCF3 、CO、SO2 等。In the above structural formula (35), T represents a divalent linking group such as a methylene group, an exoethyl group, MeCMe, CF 3 CCF 3 , CO, SO 2 or the like.

於上述構造式(35)中,Ar1 、Ar2 表示可具取代基之芳基,例如伸苯基、伸萘基等。上述取代基例如為烷基、芳基、芳烷基、鹵素基、烷氧基、或此等之組合等。In the above structural formula (35), Ar 1 and Ar 2 represent a aryl group which may have a substituent, such as a phenylene group, a naphthyl group or the like. The above substituent is, for example, an alkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, a halogen group, an alkoxy group, or a combination thereof.

作為上述具芳基的單體之具體例子,例如可為2,2-雙[4-(3-(甲基)丙烯氧基-2-羥基丙氧基)苯基]丙烷、2,2-雙[4-((甲基)丙烯氧基乙氧基)苯基]丙烷、1個苯酚性OH基經取代的乙氧基之數為2~20的2,2-雙(4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基聚乙氧基)苯基)丙烷(如2,2-雙(4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基二乙氧基)苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基四乙氧基)苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基五乙氧基)苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基十乙氧基)苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基十五乙氧基)苯基)丙烷等)、2,2-雙[4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙氧基)苯基]丙烷、1個苯酚性OH基經取代的乙氧基之數為2~20之2,2-雙(4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基聚丙氧基)苯基)丙烷(如2,2-雙(4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基二丙氧基)苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基四丙氧基)苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基五丙氧基)苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基十丙氧基)苯基)丙烷、2,2-雙(4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基十五丙氧基)苯基)丙烷等)、或在同一分子中含有聚環乙烷骨架與聚環氧丙烷骨架兩者作為此等化合物之聚醚部位的化合物(例如WO01/98832號公報記載之化合物等、或市售品之新中村化學工業公司製、BPE-200、BPE-500、BPE-1000)、具有雙酚骨架與胺甲酸酯基之聚合性化合物等。而且,此等亦可以為使雙酚A骨架由來的部分改成雙酚F或雙酚S等之化合物。Specific examples of the above aryl group-containing monomer may be, for example, 2,2-bis[4-(3-(methyl)propenyloxy-2-hydroxypropoxy)phenyl]propane, 2,2- Bis[4-((meth)acryloxyethoxy)phenyl]propane, 2 phenolic OH group substituted 2,2-bis(4-(() Methyl)propenyloxypolyethoxy)phenyl)propane (eg 2,2-bis(4-((methyl)propenyloxydiethoxy)phenyl)propane, 2,2-double (4-((meth)acryloxytetraethoxy)phenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(4-((methyl)propenyloxypentaethoxy)phenyl)propane, 2 , 2-bis(4-((meth)propenyloxylethoxy)phenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(4-((methyl)propenyloxypentadecane)benzene The number of substituted ethoxy groups of 2,2-bis[4-((methyl)propenyloxypropoxy)phenyl]propane, 1 phenolic OH group is 2-20 2,2-bis(4-((meth)propenyloxypolypropoxy)phenyl)propane (eg 2,2-bis(4-((methyl)propenyloxydipropoxy)) Phenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(4-((meth)propenyloxytetrapropoxy)phenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(4-((methyl)propenyloxy-5) Propoxy)phenyl)propane, 2,2- (4-((meth)propenyloxydapoxy)phenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(4-((methyl)propenyloxypentadecapropoxy)phenyl)propane, etc. Or a compound containing a polycyclohexane skeleton and a polypropylene oxide skeleton in the same molecule as a polyether moiety of such a compound (for example, a compound described in WO01/98832, or a commercial product of Shin-Nakamura) Chemical industry company, BPE-200, BPE-500, BPE-1000), a polymerizable compound having a bisphenol skeleton and a urethane group, and the like. Further, these may be a compound obtained by changing a portion derived from the bisphenol A skeleton into bisphenol F or bisphenol S.

作為上述具有雙酚骨架與胺甲酸酯基之聚合性化合物,例如可為雙酚與環氧乙烷或環氧丙烷等之加 成物、聚加成物所得的在末端具有羥基之化合物中具有異氰酸基與聚合性基的化合物(例如2-異氰酸酯乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、α,α-二甲基-乙烯基苯甲基異氰酸酯等)等。As the above polymerizable compound having a bisphenol skeleton and a urethane group, for example, bisphenol and ethylene oxide or propylene oxide may be added. a compound having an isocyanato group and a polymerizable group in a compound having a hydroxyl group at a terminal obtained by a product or a polyaddition product (for example, 2-isocyanate ethyl (meth) acrylate, α, α-dimethyl-ethylene Benzomethyl isocyanate, etc.).

--其它聚合性單體----Other polymerizable monomers --

於在本發明之圖案形成方法中,亦可併用上述含有胺甲酸酯基的單體及具芳基的單體以外之聚合性單體。In the pattern forming method of the present invention, a polymerizable monomer other than the above-described urethane group-containing monomer and aryl group-containing monomer may be used in combination.

作為上述含有胺甲酸酯基之單體及含有芳香環之單體以外的聚合性單體,例如可為不飽和羧酸(如丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸、伊康酸、巴豆酸、異巴豆酸、馬來酸等)與脂肪族多元醇化合物之酯、不飽和羧酸與多元胺化合物之醯胺等。The polymerizable monomer other than the urethane group-containing monomer and the aromatic ring-containing monomer may be, for example, an unsaturated carboxylic acid (e.g., acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid). An ester of an aliphatic polyol compound, an unsaturated carboxylic acid, and a guanamine of a polyamine compound.

作為上述不飽和羧酸與脂肪族多元醇化合物之酯的單體,例如可為(甲基)丙烯酸酯之乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙烯基數為2~18之聚乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯(例如二乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、四乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、九乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、十二乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、十四乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯等)、丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、丙烯基數為2~18之聚丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯(例如二丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、四丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、十二丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯等)、新戊醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、環氧乙烷改質新戊醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、環氧丙烷改質新戊醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷二( 甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三((甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基)醚、三羥甲基乙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,3-丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,3-丁二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,4-丁二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1.6-己二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、四甲二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,4-環己二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,2,4-丁三醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,5-戊二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、異戊四醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、異戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、異戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二異戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二異戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、山梨糖醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、山梨糖醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、山梨糖醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯、山梨糖醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二羥甲基二環戊烷二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三環癸烷二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊醇改質三羥甲基丙烷二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、至少具有各1個乙二醇鏈/丙二醇鏈之二(甲基)丙烯酸酯(例如WO01/98832號公報記載的化合物等)、至少加成有環氧乙烷及環氧丙烷中任何一種之三羥甲基丙烷的三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚丁二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、丙三醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、丙三醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二甲苯酚二(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。The monomer which is an ester of the unsaturated carboxylic acid and the aliphatic polyol compound may, for example, be ethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate of (meth)acrylate or polyethylene glycol having a vinyl number of 2-18. Di(meth)acrylate (eg diethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, triethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, tetraethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, nine ethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, dodecaethylene glycol di(meth) acrylate, tetradecyl glycol di(meth) acrylate, etc.), propylene glycol di(meth) acrylate, propylene group number 2 to 18 Polypropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate (for example, dipropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, tripropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, tetrapropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, dodecapropanediol di(methyl) Acrylate, etc., neopentyl alcohol di(meth)acrylate, ethylene oxide modified neopentyl alcohol di(meth)acrylate, propylene oxide modified neopentyl alcohol di(meth)acrylate, three Hydroxymethylpropane tri(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane II Methyl) acrylate, trimethylolpropane tris((meth) propylene methoxypropyl) ether, trimethylolethane tri(meth) acrylate, 1,3-propanediol di(methyl) Acrylate, 1,3-butanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,4-butanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1.6-hexanediol di(meth)acrylate, tetramethyl glycol Di(meth)acrylate, 1,4-cyclohexanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,2,4-butanetriol tri(meth)acrylate, 1,5-pentanediol (A) Acrylate, pentaerythritol di(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, diisopentaerythritol penta (methyl) Acrylate, diisopentaerythritol hexa(meth) acrylate, sorbitol tri(meth) acrylate, sorbitol tetra(meth) acrylate, sorbitol penta (meth) acrylate, Sorbitol hexa(meth) acrylate, dimethylol dicyclopentane di(meth) acrylate, tricyclodecane di(meth) acrylate, neopentyl bis (meth) acrylate, Neopentyl alcohol modified trimethylolpropane di(meth)acrylate, having at least one ethylene glycol chain per a di(meth)acrylate of a diol chain (for example, a compound described in WO01/98832), and a tris(methyl group) of at least trimethylolpropane having any one of ethylene oxide and propylene oxide. Acrylate, polybutylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, glycerol di(meth)acrylate, glycerol tri(meth)acrylate, xylenol di(meth)acrylate, and the like.

於上述(甲基)丙烯酸酯類中,就可容易取得等的觀點看,較佳為乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、至少具有各1個乙二醇鏈/丙二醇鏈之烷二醇鏈的二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、異戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、異戊四醇三( 甲基)丙烯酸酯、異戊四醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二異戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二異戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、丙三醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二丙三醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,3-丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,2,4-丁三醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,4-環己二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,5-戊二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、環氧乙烷加成的三羥甲基丙烷之(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。Among the above (meth) acrylates, ethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, polyethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, and propylene glycol di(a) are preferable from the viewpoint of availability. Acrylate, polypropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, di(meth)acrylate having at least one aglycol chain of one ethylene glycol chain/propylene glycol chain, trimethylolpropane tris(methyl) ) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, isovalerol tri ( Methyl) acrylate, pentaerythritol di(meth) acrylate, diisopentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, diisopentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, glycerol tris (a) Acrylate, diglycerol di(meth)acrylate, 1,3-propanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,2,4-butanetriol tri(meth)acrylate, 1,4 -cyclohexanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,5-pentanediol (meth)acrylate, neopentyl alcohol di(meth)acrylate, ethylene oxide addition trimethylolpropane (meth) acrylate and the like.

作為上述伊康酸與上述脂肪族多元醇化合物之酯(伊康酸酯),例如可為乙二醇二伊康酸酯、丙二醇二伊康酸酯、1,3-丁二醇二伊康酸酯、1,4-丁二醇二伊康酸酯、四亞甲二醇二伊康酸酯、異戊四醇二伊康酸酯、及山梨糖醇四伊康酸酯等。As the ester (ikonate) of the above-mentioned itaconic acid and the above aliphatic polyol compound, for example, ethylene glycol dicone ester, propylene glycol diconcanate, and 1,3-butylene glycol diacon An acid ester, 1,4-butanediol diconconate, tetramethylene glycol diconconate, isoprenol diconconate, and sorbitol tetraconcanate.

作為上述巴豆酸與上述脂肪族多元醇化合物之酯(如巴豆酸酯),例如可為乙二醇二巴豆酸酯、四亞甲二醇二巴豆酸酯、異戊四醇二巴豆酸酯、山梨糖醇四巴豆酸酯等。As the ester of the above-mentioned crotonic acid and the above aliphatic polyhydric alcohol compound (for example, crotonate), for example, ethylene glycol dicrotonate, tetramethylene glycol dicrotonate, pentaerythritol dicrotonate, Sorbitol tetracrotonate and the like.

作為上述異巴豆酸與上述脂肪族多元醇化合物之酯(如異巴豆酸酯),例如可為乙二醇二異巴豆酸酯、異戊四醇二異巴豆酸酯、山梨糖醇四異巴豆酸酯等。As the ester of the above-mentioned isocrotonic acid and the above aliphatic polyol compound (for example, isocrotonate), for example, ethylene glycol diisocrotonate, pentaerythritol diisocrotonate, sorbitol tetraisocroton may be used. Acid esters, etc.

作為上述馬來酸與上述脂肪族多元醇化合物之酯(如馬來酸酯),例如可為乙二醇二馬來酸酯、三乙二醇二馬來酸酯、異戊四醇二馬來酸酯、山梨糖醇四馬來酸酯等。As the ester of the above maleic acid and the above aliphatic polyol compound (for example, maleate), for example, ethylene glycol dimaleate, triethylene glycol dimaleate, and isopentaerythritol can be used. Ester, sorbitol tetramaleate, and the like.

作為上述多元胺化合物與上述不飽和羧酸類衍生的醯胺,例如可為亞甲基雙(甲基)丙烯醯胺、伸乙 基雙(甲基)丙烯醯胺、1,6-六亞甲基雙(甲基)丙烯醯胺、八亞甲基雙(甲基)丙烯醯胺、二伸乙三胺參(甲基)丙烯醯胺、二伸乙三胺雙(甲基)丙烯醯胺等。The above-mentioned polyamine compound and the above-mentioned unsaturated carboxylic acid-derived guanamine may be, for example, methylene bis(meth) acrylamide, and Bis-(meth)acrylamide, 1,6-hexamethylenebis(meth)acrylamide, octamethylbis(meth)acrylamide, diamethylenetriamine (methyl) Acrylamide, diethylenetriamine bis(meth)acrylamide, and the like.

又,除上述外,上述聚合性單體例如為丁二醇-1,4-二縮水甘油醚、環己烷二甲醇縮水甘油醚、乙二醇二縮水甘油醚、二乙二醇二縮水甘油醚、二丙二醇二縮水甘油醚、己二醇二縮水甘油醚、三羥甲基丙烷三縮水甘油醚、異戊四醇四縮水甘油醚、丙三醇三縮水甘油醚等含縮水甘油基之化合物中加成α,β-不飽和羧酸所得的化合物、特開昭48-64183號、特公昭49-43191號、特公昭52-30490號各公報記載的聚酯丙烯酸酯或聚酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯寡聚物類、環氧化合物(例如丁二醇-1,4-二縮水甘油醚、環己烷二甲醇縮水甘油醚、二乙二醇二縮水甘油醚、二丙二醇二縮水甘油醚、己二醇二縮水甘油醚、三羥甲基丙烷三縮水甘油醚、異戊四醇四縮水甘油醚、丙三醇三縮水甘油醚等)與(甲基)丙烯酸反應的環氧基丙烯酸酯類等之多官能丙烯酸酯或甲基丙烯酸酯、日本接著協會誌vol.20、No.7,300~308頁(1984年)記載的光硬化性單體及寡聚物、烯丙酯(例如酞酸二烯丙酯、己二酸二烯丙酯、丙二酸二烯丙酯、二烯丙基醯胺(例如二烯丙基乙醯胺等)、陽離子聚合性二乙烯醚類(例如丁二醇-1,4-二乙烯醚、環己烷二甲醇二乙烯醚、乙二醇二乙烯醚、二乙二醇二乙烯醚、二丙二醇二乙烯醚、己二醇二乙烯醚、三羥甲基丙烷三乙烯醚、異戊四醇四乙烯醚、丙三醇三乙烯醚等)、環氧化合物(例如丁二醇-1,4-二縮水甘油醚、環己烷二甲醇縮水甘油醚、乙二醇 二縮水甘油醚、二乙二醇二縮水甘油醚、二丙二醇二縮水甘油醚、己二醇二縮水甘油醚、三羥甲基丙烷三縮水甘油醚、異戊四醇四縮水甘油醚、丙三醇三縮水甘油醚等)、氧雜環丁烷類(例如1,4-雙[(3-乙基-3-氧雜環丁烷基甲氧基)甲基]苯等)、環氧化合物、氧雜環丁烷類(例如WO01/22165號公報中記載的化合物)、N-β-羥基乙基-β-(甲基丙烯醯胺)乙基丙烯酸酯、N,N-雙(β-甲基丙烯氧基乙基)丙烯醯胺、烯丙基甲基丙烯酸酯等之具有2個以上不同的乙烯性不飽和雙鍵之化合物等。Further, in addition to the above, the polymerizable monomer is, for example, butanediol-1,4-diglycidyl ether, cyclohexane dimethanol glycidyl ether, ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, diethylene glycol diglycidyl glycol. a glycidyl group-containing compound such as ether, dipropylene glycol diglycidyl ether, hexanediol diglycidyl ether, trimethylolpropane triglycidyl ether, isoprene tetraglycidyl ether, glycerol triglycidyl ether or the like A compound obtained by adding an α,β-unsaturated carboxylic acid, a polyester acrylate or a polyester (method) described in each of JP-A-48-64183, JP-A-49-43191, and JP-A-52-30490 Acrylate oligomers, epoxy compounds (for example, butanediol-1,4-diglycidyl ether, cyclohexane dimethanol glycidyl ether, diethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, dipropylene glycol diglycidyl ether) Epoxy acrylate reacted with (meth)acrylic acid, hexanediol diglycidyl ether, trimethylolpropane triglycidyl ether, pentaerythritol tetraglycidyl ether, glycerol triglycidyl ether, etc. Multifunctional acrylate or methacrylate, etc., Japan Association of Associations vol.20 Photohardenable monomers and oligomers, allyl esters (for example, diallyl citrate, diallyl adipate, diallyl malonate), No. 7, 300-308 (1984) , diallylguanamine (for example, diallylacetamide, etc.), cationically polymerizable divinyl ether (for example, butanediol-1,4-divinyl ether, cyclohexane dimethanol divinyl ether, B) Glycol divinyl ether, diethylene glycol divinyl ether, dipropylene glycol divinyl ether, hexanediol divinyl ether, trimethylolpropane trivinyl ether, pentaerythritol tetravinyl ether, glycerol trivinyl ether Ethylene compound (such as butanediol-1,4-diglycidyl ether, cyclohexane dimethanol glycidyl ether, ethylene glycol) Diglycidyl ether, diethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, dipropylene glycol diglycidyl ether, hexanediol diglycidyl ether, trimethylolpropane triglycidyl ether, isoprenol tetraglycidyl ether, C3 Alcohol triglycidyl ether, etc., oxetane (for example, 1,4-bis[(3-ethyl-3-oxetanylmethoxy)methyl]benzene, etc.), epoxy compound Oxetane (for example, a compound described in WO01/22165), N-β-hydroxyethyl-β-(methacrylamide)ethyl acrylate, N,N-bis (β-) A compound having two or more different ethylenically unsaturated double bonds, such as methacryloxyethyl)acrylamide or allyl methacrylate.

作為上述乙烯酯類,例如可為二乙烯基水楊酸酯、二乙烯基己二酸酯等。The vinyl esters may be, for example, divinyl salicylate or divinyl adipate.

此等多官能單體或寡聚物可以單獨1種使用,亦可以2種以上併用。These polyfunctional monomers or oligomers may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

上述聚合性單體,視需要亦可併用在一分子中含有1個聚合性基之聚合性化合物(單官能單體)。The polymerizable monomer may be used in combination with a polymerizable compound (monofunctional monomer) containing one polymerizable group in one molecule.

作為上述單官能單體,例如可為上述作為黏結劑原料所例示的化合物、特開平6-236031號公報中記載的2價之單((甲基)丙烯醯氧基烷酯)單(鹵化羥基烷酯)等之單官能單體(例如γ-氯-β-羥基丙基-β’-甲基丙烯醯氧基乙基-o-酞酸酯等)、日本發明專利第2744643號公報、WO00/52529號公報、日本發明專利2548016號公報等中記載的化合物。The monofunctional monomer can be, for example, the compound exemplified as the binder raw material, and the monovalent mono((meth) propylene oxyalkyl ester) monovalent (halogenated hydroxyl group) described in JP-A-6-236031. Monofunctional monomer such as alkyl ester) (for example, γ-chloro-β-hydroxypropyl-β'-methacryloxyethyl-o-phthalate), Japanese Patent No. 2744643, WO00 A compound described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 25,480,916, and the like.

上述感光層中的聚合性化合物之含量,例如較佳為5~90質量%,更佳15~60質量%,特佳20~50質量%。The content of the polymerizable compound in the photosensitive layer is, for example, preferably from 5 to 90% by mass, more preferably from 15 to 60% by mass, particularly preferably from 20 to 50% by mass.

上述含量為5質量%時,遮蔽膜之強度會降低,而大於90質量%時,保存時邊緣熔解情形(自輥端部滲出產生故障)惡化。When the content is 5% by mass, the strength of the masking film is lowered, and when it is more than 90% by mass, the edge melting condition (a failure due to bleeding from the end portion of the roller) during storage is deteriorated.

又,於聚合性化合物中,上述具有2個聚合性基之多官能單體的含量,較佳為5~100質量%,更佳20~100質量%,特佳40~100質量%。Further, in the polymerizable compound, the content of the polyfunctional monomer having two polymerizable groups is preferably from 5 to 100% by mass, more preferably from 20 to 100% by mass, particularly preferably from 40 to 100% by mass.

-光聚合引發劑--Photopolymerization initiator -

上述光聚合引發劑只要是具有使上述聚合性化合物開始聚合的能力即可,沒有特別的限制,可適當選自於習知光聚合引發劑,例如對來自紫外線範圍~可見光線而言以具有感光性者較佳,可以為與光激發的增感劑產生任何作用、生成活性自由基之活性劑,亦可以視單體之種類而定使陽離子聚合開始的引發劑。The photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited as long as it has the ability to start polymerization of the polymerizable compound, and can be appropriately selected from conventional photopolymerization initiators, for example, those having photosensitivity from the ultraviolet range to the visible light. Preferably, it may be an active agent which generates any action with a photoexcited sensitizer to form a living radical, or an initiator which initiates cationic polymerization depending on the kind of the monomer.

另外,上述光聚合引發劑以在約300~800nm(較佳者為330~500nm)範圍內至少含有1種具有至少約50之分子光係數的成分較佳。Further, the photopolymerization initiator preferably contains at least one component having a molecular light coefficient of at least about 50 in a range of from about 300 to 800 nm, preferably from 330 to 500 nm.

上述光聚合引發劑,例如是鹵化烴衍生物(如具有三骨架者、具有噁二唑骨架者等)、六芳基二咪唑、肟衍生物、有機過氧化物、硫化合物、酮化合物、芳香族鎓鹽、金屬茂衍生物類等。於此等之中,就感光層之感度、保存性、及感光層與印刷配線板形成用基板之密接性等而言,以具有三骨架之鹵化烴、肟衍生物、酮化合物、六芳基二咪唑系化合物較佳。The above photopolymerization initiator is, for example, a halogenated hydrocarbon derivative (for example, having three A skeleton, a oxadiazole skeleton, etc., a hexaaryldiimidazole, an anthracene derivative, an organic peroxide, a sulfur compound, a ketone compound, an aromatic onium salt, a metallocene derivative or the like. Among these, the sensitivity and storage stability of the photosensitive layer, and the adhesion between the photosensitive layer and the substrate for forming a printed wiring board are three The halogenated hydrocarbon, the anthracene derivative, the ketone compound, and the hexaaryldiimidazole-based compound of the skeleton are preferred.

上述六芳基二咪唑,例如是2,2’-雙(2-氯苯基)-4,4’,5,5’-四苯基二咪唑、2,2’-雙(o-氯苯基)-4,4’,5,5’- 四苯基二咪唑、2,2’-雙(2-溴苯基)-4,4’,5,5’-四苯基二咪唑、2,2’-雙(2,4-二氯苯基)-4,4’,5,5’-四苯基二咪唑、2,2’-雙(2-氯苯基)-4,4’,5,5’-四(3-甲氧基苯基)二咪唑、2,2’-雙(2-氯苯基)-4,4’,5,5’-四(4-甲氧基苯基)二咪唑、2,2’-雙(4-甲氧基苯基)-4,4’,5,5’-四苯基二咪唑、2,2’-雙(2,4-二氯苯基)-4,4’,5,5’-四苯基二咪唑、2,2’-雙(2-硝基苯基)-4,4’,5,5’-四苯基二咪唑、2,2’-雙(2-甲基苯基)-4,4’,5,5’-四苯基二咪唑、2,2’-雙(2-三氟甲基苯基)-4,4’,5,5’-四苯基二咪唑、WO00/52529號公報中記載的化合物等。The above hexaaryldiimidazole is, for example, 2,2'-bis(2-chlorophenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetraphenyldiimidazole, 2,2'-bis(o-chlorobenzene) Base)-4,4',5,5'- Tetraphenyldiimidazole, 2,2'-bis(2-bromophenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetraphenyldiimidazole, 2,2'-bis(2,4-dichlorobenzene -4,4',5,5'-tetraphenyldiimidazole, 2,2'-bis(2-chlorophenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetrakis(3-methoxy Phenyl)diimidazole, 2,2'-bis(2-chlorophenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetrakis(4-methoxyphenyl)diimidazole, 2,2'-bis ( 4-methoxyphenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetraphenyldiimidazole, 2,2'-bis(2,4-dichlorophenyl)-4,4',5,5 '-Tetraphenyldiimidazole, 2,2'-bis(2-nitrophenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetraphenyldiimidazole, 2,2'-bis(2-methyl Phenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetraphenyldiimidazole, 2,2'-bis(2-trifluoromethylphenyl)-4,4',5,5'-tetraphenyl Diimidazole, a compound described in WO00/52529, and the like.

上述二咪唑類,例如可藉由Bull.Chem.Soc.Japan,33,565(1960)及J.Org.Chem,36(16)2262(1971)中揭示的方法容易地合成。The above diimidazoles can be easily synthesized, for example, by the method disclosed in Bull. Chem. Soc. Japan, 33, 565 (1960) and J. Org. Chem, 36 (16) 2262 (1971).

作為上具有三架構之鹵化烴化合物,例如可為若林等人著的Bull.Chem.Soc.Japan,42,2924(1969)記載的化合物、英國專利1388492號說明書記載的化合物、特開昭53-133428號公報記載的化合物、德國專利3337024號說明書記載的化合物、F.C.Schaefer等之J.Org.Chem.;29,1527(1964)記載的化合物、特開昭62-58241號公報記載的化合物、特開平5-281728號公報記載的化合物、特開平5-34920號公報記載的化合物、美國專利第4212976號說明書中記載的化合物等。As having three on The halogenated hydrocarbon compound of the structure is, for example, a compound described in Bull. Chem. Soc. Japan, 42, 2924 (1969), and a compound described in the specification of the British Patent No. 1,388,492, and JP-A-53-133428. The compound described in the specification of the German Patent No. 3337024, the compound described in J. Org. Chem.; 29, 1527 (1964) of FC Schaefer et al., and the compound described in JP-A-62-58241, JP-A No. 5-281728 The compound described in the publication, the compound described in JP-A-H05-34920, and the compound described in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 4,212,976.

作為上述若林等人著的Bull.Chem.Soc.Japan,42,2924(1969)記載的化合物,例如可為2-苯基 -4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-1,3,5-三、2-(4-氯苯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-1,3,5-三、2-(4-甲苯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-1,3,5-三、2-(4-甲氧基苯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-1,3,5-三、2-(2,4-二氯苯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-1,3,5-三、2,4,6-參(三氯甲基)-1,3,5-三、2-甲基-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-1,3,5-三、2-正壬基-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-1,3,5-三、及2-(α,α,β-三氯乙基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-1,3,5-三等。The compound described in Bull. Chem. Soc. Japan, 42, 2924 (1969), which is mentioned above, may be, for example, 2-phenyl-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-1,3,5. -three , 2-(4-chlorophenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-1,3,5-three ,2-(4-tolyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-1,3,5-three , 2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-1,3,5-three ,2-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-1,3,5-three , 2,4,6-gin (trichloromethyl)-1,3,5-three 2-methyl-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-1,3,5-three 2-n-indenyl-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-1,3,5-three And 2-(α,α,β-trichloroethyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-1,3,5-three Wait.

作為上述英國專利1388492號說明書中記載的化合物,例如可為2-苯乙烯基-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-1,3,5-三、2-(4-甲基苯乙烯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-1,3,5-三、2-(4-甲氧基苯乙烯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-1,3,5-三、2-(4-甲氧基苯乙烯基)-4-胺基-6-三氯甲基-1,3,5-三等。The compound described in the above-mentioned British Patent No. 1,388,492 may be, for example, 2-styryl-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-1,3,5-three. ,2-(4-methylstyryl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-1,3,5-three , 2-(4-methoxystyryl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-1,3,5-three 2-(4-methoxystyryl)-4-amino-6-trichloromethyl-1,3,5-three Wait.

作為上述特開昭53-133428號公報中記載的化合物,例如可為2-(4-甲氧基-萘-1-基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-1,3,5-三、2-(4-乙氧基-萘-1-基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-1,3,5-三、2-[4-(2-乙氧基乙基)-萘-1-基]-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-1,3,5-三、2-(4,7-二甲氧基-萘-1-基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-1,3,5-三、及2-(乙醯萘-5-基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-1,3,5-三等。The compound described in JP-A-53-133428 can be, for example, 2-(4-methoxy-naphthalen-1-yl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-1,3. 5-three , 2-(4-ethoxy-naphthalen-1-yl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-1,3,5-three ,2-[4-(2-ethoxyethyl)-naphthalen-1-yl]-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-1,3,5-three ,2-(4,7-Dimethoxy-naphthalen-1-yl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-1,3,5-three And 2-(ethylindolin-5-yl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-1,3,5-three Wait.

作為上述德國專利3337024號說明書中記載的化合物,例如可為2-(4-苯乙烯基苯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-1,3,5-三、2-(4-(4-甲氧基苯乙烯基)苯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-1,3,5-三、2-(1-萘基伸乙烯基苯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-1,3,5-三、2-氯苯乙烯基苯基-4,6-雙(三氯甲 基)-1,3,5-三、2-(4-噻吩-2-伸乙烯基苯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-1,3,5-三、2-(4-噻吩-3-亞乙烯基苯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-1,3,5-三、2-(4-呋喃-2-伸乙烯基苯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-1,3,5-三、及2-(4-苯并呋喃-2-伸乙烯基苯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-1,3,5-三等。The compound described in the above-mentioned German Patent No. 3337024 can be, for example, 2-(4-styrylphenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-1,3,5-three. , 2-(4-(4-methoxystyryl)phenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-1,3,5-three , 2-(1-naphthyl-extended vinylphenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-1,3,5-three 2-chlorostyrylphenyl-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-1,3,5-three , 2-(4-thiophene-2-extended vinylphenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-1,3,5-three , 2-(4-thiophene-3-vinylidenephenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-1,3,5-three , 2-(4-furan-2-extended vinylphenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-1,3,5-three And 2-(4-benzofuran-2-strandylphenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-1,3,5-three Wait.

作為上述F.C.Schaefer等之J.Org.Chem.;29,1527(1964)中記載的化合物,例如可為2-甲基-4,6-雙(三溴甲基)-1,3,5-三、2,4,6-參(三溴甲基)-1,3,5-三、2,4,6-參(二溴甲基)-1,3,5-三、2-胺基-4-甲基-6-三(溴甲基)-1,3,5-三、及2-甲氧基-4-甲基-6-三氯甲基-1,3,5-三等。The compound described in the above-mentioned FC Schaefer et al., J. Org. Chem.; 29, 1527 (1964), for example, may be 2-methyl-4,6-bis(tribromomethyl)-1,3,5-three. , 2,4,6-gin (tribromomethyl)-1,3,5-three , 2,4,6-gin(dibromomethyl)-1,3,5-three 2-amino-4-methyl-6-tris(bromomethyl)-1,3,5-three And 2-methoxy-4-methyl-6-trichloromethyl-1,3,5-three Wait.

作為上述特開昭62-58241號公報中記載的化合物,例如可為2-(4-苯基乙炔基苯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-1,3,5-三、2-(4-萘基-1-乙炔基苯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-1,3,5-三、2-(4-(4-三乙炔基)苯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-1,3,5-三、2-(4-(4-甲氧基苯基)乙炔基苯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-1,3,5-三、2-(4-(4-異丙基苯基乙炔基)苯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-1,3,5-三、2-(4-(4-乙基苯基乙炔基)苯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-1,3,5-三等。The compound described in JP-A-62-58241 can be, for example, 2-(4-phenylethynylphenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-1,3,5-trid. , 2-(4-naphthyl-1-ethynylphenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-1,3,5-three , 2-(4-(4-triethynyl)phenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-1,3,5-three , 2-(4-(4-methoxyphenyl)ethynylphenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-1,3,5-three ,2-(4-(4-isopropylphenylethynyl)phenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-1,3,5-three ,2-(4-(4-ethylphenylethynyl)phenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-1,3,5-three Wait.

作為上述特開平5-281728號公報中記載的化合物,例如可為2-(4-三氟甲基苯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-1,3,5-三、2-(2,6-二氟苯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-1,3,5-三、2-(2,6-二氯苯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-1,3,5-三、2-(2,6-二溴苯基)-4,6-雙(三氯甲基)-1,3,5-三等。The compound described in JP-A-H05-281728 can be, for example, 2-(4-trifluoromethylphenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-1,3,5-trid. ,2-(2,6-difluorophenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-1,3,5-three ,2-(2,6-dichlorophenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-1,3,5-three ,2-(2,6-dibromophenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-1,3,5-three Wait.

作為上述特開平5-34920號公報中記載的化合物,例如可為2,4-雙(三氯甲基)-6-[4-(N,N-二乙氧基羰基甲基胺基)-3-溴苯基]-1,3,5-三、美國專利第4239850號說明書中記載的三鹵甲基-s-三化合物、以及2,4,6-參(三氯甲基)-s-三、2-(4-氯苯基)-4,6-雙(三溴甲基)-s-三等。The compound described in JP-A-H05-34920 can be, for example, 2,4-bis(trichloromethyl)-6-[4-(N,N-diethoxycarbonylmethylamino)- 3-bromophenyl]-1,3,5-three Trihalomethyl-s-three as described in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 4,239,850 Compound, and 2,4,6-parade (trichloromethyl)-s-three 2-(4-chlorophenyl)-4,6-bis(tribromomethyl)-s-three Wait.

作為上述美國專利第4212976號說明書中記載的化合物,例如可為美國專利第4212976號說明書中記載的化合物,例如具有噁二唑骨架之化合物(例如2-三氯化甲基-5-苯基-1,3,4-噁二唑、2-三氯化甲基-5-(4-氯苯基)-1,3,4-噁二唑、2-三氯甲基-5-(1-萘基)-1,3,4-噁二唑、2-三氯甲基-5-(2-萘基)-1,3,4-噁二唑、2-三溴甲基-5-苯基-1,3,4-噁二唑、2-三溴甲基-5-(2-萘基)-1,3,4-噁二唑;2-三氯甲基-5-苯乙烯基-1,3,4-噁二唑、2-三氯甲基-5-(4-氯苯乙烯基)-1,3,4-噁二唑、2-三氯甲基-5-(4-甲氧基苯乙烯基-1,3,4-噁二唑、2-三氯甲基-5-(1-萘基)-1,3,4-噁二唑、2-三氯甲基-5-(4-正丁氧基苯乙烯基)-1,3,4-噁二唑、2-三溴甲基-5-苯乙烯基-1,3,4-噁二唑等)等。The compound described in the specification of the above-mentioned U.S. Patent No. 4,212,976, for example, may be a compound described in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 4,212,976, for example, a compound having an oxadiazole skeleton (e.g., 2-trimethylmethyl-5-phenyl-) 1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-trimethylmethyl-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-trichloromethyl-5-(1- Naphthyl)-1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-trichloromethyl-5-(2-naphthyl)-1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-tribromomethyl-5-benzene 1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-tribromomethyl-5-(2-naphthyl)-1,3,4-oxadiazole; 2-trichloromethyl-5-styryl -1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-trichloromethyl-5-(4-chlorostyryl)-1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-trichloromethyl-5-(4 -Methoxystyryl-1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-trichloromethyl-5-(1-naphthyl)-1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-trichloromethyl -5-(4-n-butoxystyryl)-1,3,4-oxadiazole, 2-tribromomethyl-5-styryl-1,3,4-oxadiazole, etc.) .

作為本發明中所可使用的肟衍生物,例如可為下述構造式(36)~(69)所表示的化合物。The anthracene derivative which can be used in the present invention is, for example, a compound represented by the following structural formulae (36) to (69).

[化40] [化40]

作為上述酮化合物,例如可為二苯甲酮、2-甲基二苯甲酮、3-甲基二苯甲酮、4-甲基二苯甲酮、4-甲氧基二苯甲酮、2-氯二苯甲酮、4-氯二苯甲酮、4-溴二苯甲酮、2-羧基二苯甲酮、2-乙氧基羰基二苯甲酮、二苯甲酮四羧酸或其四甲酯、4,4’-雙(二烷基胺基)二苯甲酮類(如4,4’-雙(二甲基胺基)二苯甲酮、4,4’-雙二環己基胺基)二苯甲酮、4,4’-雙(二乙基胺基)二苯甲酮、4,4’-雙(二羥基乙基胺基)二苯甲酮、4-甲氧基-4’-二甲基胺基二苯甲酮、4,4’-二甲氧基二苯甲酮、4-二甲基胺基二苯甲酮、4-二甲基胺基苯乙酮、苯甲基、蒽醌、2-第三丁基蒽醌、2-甲基蒽醌、菲醌、呫噸酮、噻噸酮、2-氯-噻噸酮、2,4-二乙基噻噸酮、茀酮、2-苯甲基-二甲基胺基-1-(4-嗎啉基苯基)-1-丁酮、2-甲基-1-[4-(甲基硫)苯基]-2-嗎啉基-1-丙酮、2-羥基-2-甲基-[4-(1-甲基乙烯基)苯基]丙醇寡聚物、苯偶姻、苯偶姻醚類(如苯偶姻甲醚、苯偶姻乙醚、苯偶姻丙醚、苯偶姻異丙醚、苯偶姻苯醚、苯甲基二甲基縮酮)、吖啶酮、氯吖啶酮、N-甲基吖啶酮、N-丁基吖啶酮、N-丁基-氯化吖啶酮等。Examples of the ketone compound include benzophenone, 2-methylbenzophenone, 3-methylbenzophenone, 4-methylbenzophenone, and 4-methoxybenzophenone. 2-chlorobenzophenone, 4-chlorobenzophenone, 4-bromobenzophenone, 2-carboxybenzophenone, 2-ethoxycarbonylbenzophenone, benzophenone tetracarboxylic acid Or its tetramethyl ester, 4,4'-bis(dialkylamino)benzophenone (such as 4,4'-bis(dimethylamino)benzophenone, 4,4'-double Dicyclohexylamino)benzophenone, 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone, 4,4'-bis(dihydroxyethylamino)benzophenone, 4- Methoxy-4'-dimethylaminobenzophenone, 4,4'-dimethoxybenzophenone, 4-dimethylaminobenzophenone, 4-dimethylamino group Acetophenone, benzyl, hydrazine, 2-tert-butyl fluorene, 2-methyl hydrazine, phenanthrenequinone, xanthone, thioxanthone, 2-chloro-thioxanthone, 2,4- Diethylthioxanthone, anthrone, 2-benzyl-dimethylamino-1-(4-morpholinylphenyl)-1-butanone, 2-methyl-1-[4-( Methylthio)phenyl]-2-morpholinyl-1-propanone, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-[4-(1-methylvinyl)phenyl]propanol oligomer, benzene Infant, benzoin ethers (such as benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin propyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, benzoin phenyl ether, benzyl dimethyl ketal), 吖Pyridone, chloroacridone, N-methylacridone, N-butylacridone, N-butyl-chloroacridone, and the like.

作為上述金屬茂衍生物類,例如可為雙(η5 -2,4-環戊二烯-1-基)-雙(2,6-二氟-3-(1H-吡咯-1-基)-苯基)鈦、η5 -環戊二烯-η6 -枯烯基-鐵(1+)-六氟磷酸鹽(1-)、特開昭53-133428號公報、特公昭57-1819號公報、同57-6096號公報、及美國專利第3615455號說明書中記載的化合物等。As the above metallocene derivative, for example, it may be bis(η 5 -2,4-cyclopentadien-1-yl)-bis(2,6-difluoro-3-(1H-pyrrol-1-yl). -Phenyl)titanium, η 5 -cyclopentadiene-η 6 - cumenyl-iron (1+)-hexafluorophosphate (1-), JP-A-53-133428, JP 59-17-19 The compound described in the Japanese Patent Publication No. 57-6096, and the specification of U.S. Patent No. 3,615,455.

又,作為上述以外的光聚合引發劑,例如可為吖啶衍生物(例如9-苯基吖啶、1,7-雙(9,9’-吖啶基)庚烷等)、N-苯基吖啶等、聚鹵素化合物(例如四溴化碳、苯基三溴甲基碸、苯基三氯甲酮等)、香豆素類(如3-(2-苯並呋喃甲醯基)-7-二乙基胺基香豆素、3-(2-苯並呋喃甲醯基)-7-(1-吡咯啶基)香豆素、3-苯甲醚基-7-二乙基胺基香豆素、3-(2-甲氧基苯甲醯基)-7-二乙基胺基香豆素、3-(4-二甲基胺基苯甲醯基)-7-二乙基胺基香豆素、3,3’-羰基雙(5,7-二-正丙氧基香豆素)、3,3’-羰基雙(7-二乙基胺基香豆素)、3-苯甲醯基-7-甲氧基香豆素、3-(2-呋喃甲醯基)-7-二乙基胺基香豆素、3-(4-二乙基胺基肉桂醯基)-7-二乙基胺基香豆素、7-甲氧基-3-(3-吡啶基羰基)香豆素、3-苯甲醯基-5,7-二丙氧基香豆素、7-苯并三唑-2-基香豆素、以及特開平5-19475號、特開平7-271028號、特開2002-363206號、特開2002-363207號、特開2002-363208號、特開2002-363209號公報等中記載的香豆素化合物等)、胺類(如4-二甲基胺基苯甲酸乙酯、4-二甲基胺基苯甲酸正丁酯、4-二甲基胺基苯甲酸苯乙酯、4-二甲基胺基苯甲酸2-酞醯胺基乙酯、4-二甲基胺基苯甲酸2-甲基丙烯醯氧基乙酯、五亞甲基雙(4-二甲基胺基苯甲酸酯)、3-二甲基胺基苯甲酸之苯乙酯、五亞甲酯、4-二甲基胺基苯甲醛、2-氯-4-二甲基胺基苯甲醛、4-二甲基胺基苯甲醇、乙基(4-二甲基胺基苯甲醯基)乙酸酯、4-哌啶基苯乙酮、4-二甲基胺基苯偶姻、N,N-二甲基-4-甲苯胺、N,N-二乙基-3-苯乙胺、三苯甲胺、二苯甲基苯 胺、N-甲基-N-苯基苯甲胺、4-溴-N,N-二甲基苯胺、三-十二烷胺、胺基螢烴類(ODB、ODBII等)、結晶紫內酯、隱色結晶紫等)、醯基氧化膦類(如雙(2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基)-苯基氧化膦、雙(2,6-二甲氧基苯甲醯基)2,4,4-三甲基-戊基苯基氧化膦、LucirinTPO等)等。Further, examples of the photopolymerization initiator other than the above may be an acridine derivative (for example, 9-phenyl acridine, 1,7-bis(9,9'-acridinyl)heptane, etc.), N-benzene. Acridine or the like, a polyhalogen compound (for example, carbon tetrabromide, phenyltribromomethylhydrazine, phenyltrichloromethane, etc.), coumarins (such as 3-(2-benzofuranylmethyl) -7-diethylamino coumarin, 3-(2-benzofurancarbenyl)-7-(1-pyrrolidinyl)coumarin, 3-anisyl-7-diethyl Amino coumarin, 3-(2-methoxybenzimidyl)-7-diethylamino coumarin, 3-(4-dimethylaminobenzimidyl)-7-di Ethylamine coumarin, 3,3'-carbonylbis(5,7-di-n-propoxycoumarin), 3,3'-carbonylbis(7-diethylaminocoumarin) , 3-benzylidene-7-methoxycoumarin, 3-(2-furanyl)-7-diethylaminocoumarin, 3-(4-diethylamino cinnamon Mercapto)-7-diethylamino coumarin, 7-methoxy-3-(3-pyridylcarbonyl)coumarin, 3-benzylidene-5,7-dipropoxy Bean, 7-benzotriazol-2-ylcoumarin, and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 5-19475, JP-A-7-271028, JP-A-2002-363206, JP-A-2002-36320 A coumarin compound or the like described in JP-A-2002-363208, JP-A-2002-363209, and the like, and an amine such as ethyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate or 4-dimethylamine. N-butyl benzoate, phenylethyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate, 2-nonylaminoethyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate, 2-methyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate Propylene methoxyethyl ester, pentamethylene bis(4-dimethylamino benzoate), phenylethyl ester of 3-dimethylaminobenzoic acid, pentamethyl ester, 4-dimethyl Aminobenzaldehyde, 2-chloro-4-dimethylaminobenzaldehyde, 4-dimethylaminobenzyl alcohol, ethyl (4-dimethylaminobenzimidyl) acetate, 4 - piperidinyl acetophenone, 4-dimethylaminobenzoin, N,N-dimethyl-4-toluidine, N,N-diethyl-3-phenylethylamine, triphenylmethylamine Diphenylmethylbenzene Amine, N-methyl-N-phenylbenzylamine, 4-bromo-N,N-dimethylaniline, tri-dodecylamine, amine-based hydrocarbons (ODB, ODBII, etc.), crystal violet Ester, leuco crystal violet, etc.), fluorenylphosphine oxides (such as bis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzylidene)-phenylphosphine oxide, bis(2,6-dimethoxybenzoate) Mercapto) 2,4,4-trimethyl-pentylphenylphosphine oxide, LucirinTPO, etc.).

此外,例如為美國專利第2367660號說明書中記載的連位聚縮酮腈化合物、美國專利第2448828號說明書記載的偶姻醚化合物、美國專利第2722512號說明書中記載的以α-烴基取代的芳香族偶姻化合物、美國專利第3046127號說明書及同第2951758號說明書中記載的多核醌化合物、特開2002-229194號公報中記載的有機硼化合物、自由基發生劑、三芳基鋶鹽(如六氟化銻或六氟化磷酸鹽之鹽)、鏻鹽化合物(如(苯基硫化苯基)二苯基鋶鹽等)(作為陽離子聚合引發劑有效)、WO01/71428號公報記載的鎓鹽化合物等。Further, for example, the vicinal polyketal nitrile compound described in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 2,367,660, the affinity ether compound described in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 2,448,828, and the aromatic group substituted by α-hydrocarbyl group described in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 2,725,512 The agonist compound, the specification of the U.S. Patent No. 3,046,127, and the polynuclear ruthenium compound described in the specification No. 2,591,758, the organoboron compound described in JP-A-2002-229194, the radical generator, and the triarylsulfonium salt (e.g., a salt of cesium fluoride or a hexafluorophosphate), a sulfonium salt compound (such as a (phenylphenylsulfonylphenyl) diphenyl sulfonium salt) (effective as a cationic polymerization initiator), and a sulfonium salt described in WO01/71428 Compounds, etc.

上述光聚合引發劑可以單獨1種使用、或2種以上併用。2種以上組合時,例如美國專利第3549367號說明書中記載的六芳基二咪唑與4-胺基酮類之組合、特公昭51-48516號公報記載的苯并噻唑化合物與三鹵化甲基-s-三化合物之組合、以及芳香族酮化合物(例如噻噸酮等)與氫供應體(例如含二烷基胺基之化合物、苯酚化合物等)之組合、六芳基二咪唑與氯化鈦系觸媒之組合、香豆素類與氯化鈦系觸媒與苯基甘胺酸類之組合等。These photopolymerization initiators may be used alone or in combination of two or more. In the case of a combination of two or more types, for example, a combination of a hexaaryldiimidazole and a 4-aminoketone described in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 3,549,367, a benzothiazole compound and a trihalogenated methyl group described in Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 51-48516- S-three Combination of a compound, a combination of an aromatic ketone compound (for example, thioxanthone), a hydrogen donor (for example, a dialkylamine-containing compound, a phenol compound, etc.), a hexaaryldiimidazole and a titanium chloride-based catalyst Combination of coumarins, titanium chloride-based catalysts and phenylglycines.

於上述感光層中,光聚合引發劑的含量較佳為0.1~30質量%,更佳0.5~20質量%,特佳0.5~15質量%。The content of the photopolymerization initiator in the photosensitive layer is preferably from 0.1 to 30% by mass, more preferably from 0.5 to 20% by mass, particularly preferably from 0.5 to 15% by mass.

-其它成分--Other ingredients -

上述其它成分例如增感劑、熱聚合抑制劑、可塑劑、顯色劑、著色劑等,另可併用對基體表面之密接性促進劑及其它助劑類(如顏料、導電性粒子、填充劑、消泡劑、難燃劑、均平劑、剝離促進劑、抗氧化劑,香料、熱交聯劑、表面張力調整劑、鏈轉移劑等)。藉由適當含有此等成份,可調整目的之圖案形成材料的安定性、照相性、印像性、膜物性等之性質。The above other components such as a sensitizer, a thermal polymerization inhibitor, a plasticizer, a color developer, a colorant, etc., may also be used in combination with an adhesion promoter on the surface of the substrate and other auxiliary agents (such as pigments, conductive particles, fillers). , defoamers, flame retardants, leveling agents, stripping accelerators, antioxidants, perfumes, thermal crosslinkers, surface tension modifiers, chain transfer agents, etc.). By appropriately containing these components, the properties of the desired pattern forming material such as stability, photographic properties, printability, film properties, and the like can be adjusted.

--增感劑----sensitizer --

上述增感劑可由後述作為光照射機構的可見光線或紫外線-可見光雷射等中適當選擇。The sensitizer can be appropriately selected from visible light rays, ultraviolet-visible lasers, and the like which are light irradiation means to be described later.

上述增感劑藉由活性能量線成激發狀態,可藉由與其它物質(例如自由基產生劑、酸產生劑等)相互作用(例如能量移動、電子移動等),產生自由基或酸等之有用基。The sensitizer is excited by an active energy ray, and can generate a radical or an acid by interacting with other substances (for example, a radical generator, an acid generator, etc.) (for example, energy movement, electron movement, etc.). Useful base.

作為上述增感劑,並沒有特別的限制,可由已知的增感劑中適當地選擇,例如可為已知的多核芳香族類(如芘、苝、三鄰亞苯)、呫噸類(如螢光素、曙紅、赤蘚紅、若丹明B、玫瑰紅)、喹啉藍類(如吲哚羰基喹啉藍、硫雜羰基喹啉藍、氧雜羰基喹啉藍)、份菁類(如份菁、羰基份菁)、噻類(如噻、亞甲基藍、甲苯胺藍)、吖啶類(如吖啶橘、氯黃素、吖啶黃)、蒽醌類(如蒽醌)、二氧化鈦類(如二氧化鈦)、吖啶酮類(例如吖啶酮、氯吖啶酮、N-甲基吖啶酮、N-丁基吖啶酮、N-丁基-氯吖啶酮等)、香豆素(如3-(2-苯并呋喃甲醯基)-7-二乙基胺基 香豆素、3-(2-苯并呋喃甲醯基)-7-(1-吡咯啶基)香豆素、3-苯甲醯基-7-二乙基胺基香豆素、3-(2-甲氧基苯甲醯基)-7-二乙基胺基香豆素、3-(4-二甲基胺基苯甲醯基)-7-二乙基胺基香豆素、3,3’-羰基雙(5,7-二-正丙氧基香豆素)、3,3’-羰基雙(7-二乙基胺基香豆素)、3-苯甲醯基-7-甲氧基香豆素、3-(2-呋喃甲醯基)-7-二乙基胺基香豆素、3-(4-二乙基胺基肉桂醯基)-7-二乙基胺基香豆素、7-甲氧基-3-(3-吡啶基羰基)香豆素、3-苯甲醯基-5,7-二丙氧基香豆素等,其它例如特開平5-19475號、特開平7-271028號、特開2002-363206號、特開2002-363207號、特開2002-363208號、特開2002-363209號等各公報記載的香豆素化合物等)等。The sensitizer is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected from known sensitizers, and may be, for example, known polynuclear aromatics (e.g., ruthenium, osmium, triphenylene), xanthene ( Such as luciferin, eosin, erythrosine, rhodamine B, rose red), quinoline blue (such as hydrazine carbonyl quinoline blue, thiacarbonylquinoline blue, oxacarbonylquinoline blue), part Cyanines (such as phthalocyanine, carbonyl phthalocyanine), thiophene Class , methylene blue, toluidine blue), acridine (such as acridine orange, chlorsulfurin, acridine yellow), anthraquinones (such as hydrazine), titanium dioxide (such as titanium dioxide), acridone (such as acridine) Ketone, chloroacridone, N-methylacridone, N-butylacridone, N-butyl-chloroacridone, etc., coumarin (eg 3-(2-benzofuran) -7-diethylamino coumarin, 3-(2-benzofuranyl)-7-(1-pyrrolidinyl)coumarin, 3-benzylidene-7-di Ethylamino coumarin, 3-(2-methoxybenzimidyl)-7-diethylamino coumarin, 3-(4-dimethylaminobenzimidyl)-7 -diethylamino coumarin, 3,3'-carbonyl bis(5,7-di-n-propoxycoumarin), 3,3'-carbonyl bis(7-diethylamine coumarin , 3-benzylidene-7-methoxycoumarin, 3-(2-furanyl)-7-diethylaminocoumarin, 3-(4-diethylamine Cinnamyl)-7-diethylamino coumarin, 7-methoxy-3-(3-pyridylcarbonyl)coumarin, 3-benzylidene-5,7-dipropoxy Base coumarin, etc., such as, for example, JP-A-5-19475, JP-A-7-271028, JP-A-2002-363206, JP-A-2002-363207, JP-A-2002-36 A coumarin compound or the like described in each of the publications such as No. 3,208 and JP-A-2002-363209.

作為上述光聚合引發劑與上述增感劑的組合,例如可為特開2001-305734號公報號公報中記載的電子轉移型引發系統[(1)電子供應型引發劑及增感色素、(2)電子接受型引發劑及增感色素、(3)電子供應型引發劑、增感色素及電子接受型引發劑(三元引發系統)]等之組合。The combination of the photopolymerization initiator and the sensitizer is, for example, an electron transfer type initiator system described in JP-A-2001-305734 ((1) Electron-supply-type initiator and sensitizing dye, (2) A combination of an electron-accepting initiator and a sensitizing dye, (3) an electron-donating initiator, a sensitizing dye, and an electron-accepting initiator (ternary priming system).

上述增感劑的含量,就相對於上述感光性組成物中的全部成分而言,較佳為0.05~30質量%,更佳0.1~20質量,特佳0.2~10質量%。The content of the sensitizer is preferably 0.05 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass, particularly preferably 0.2 to 10% by mass based on the total amount of the components in the photosensitive composition.

上述含量若低於0.05質量%,則對活性能量線的感度會降低,曝光過程費時,生產性降低,而若超過30質量%,則保存時會從上述感光層析出上述增感劑。When the content is less than 0.05% by mass, the sensitivity to the active energy ray is lowered, the exposure process takes time, and the productivity is lowered. When the content exceeds 30% by mass, the sensitizer is chromatographed from the photosensitive layer during storage.

--熱聚合抑制劑---- Thermal polymerization inhibitor --

上述熱聚合抑制劑係為了防止上述聚合性化合物之熱聚合或經時聚合而添加者。The above thermal polymerization inhibitor is added to prevent thermal polymerization or polymerization over time of the above polymerizable compound.

上述熱聚合抑制劑例如可為4-甲氧基苯酚、氫醌、烷基或芳基取代氫醌、第三丁基兒茶酚、焦棓酚、2-羥基二苯甲酮、4-甲氧基-2-羥基二苯甲酮、氯化亞銅、噻吩、氯醌、萘胺、β-萘酚、2,6-二-第三丁基-4-甲酚、2,2’-亞甲基雙(4-甲基-6-第三丁基苯酚)、吡啶、硝基苯、二硝基苯、苦味酸、4-甲苯胺、甲基藍、銅與有機螯合劑反應物、水楊酸甲酯、及噻、亞硝基化合物、亞硝基化合物與A1之螯合物等。The above thermal polymerization inhibitor may be, for example, 4-methoxyphenol, hydroquinone, alkyl or aryl-substituted hydroquinone, tert-butylcatechol, pyrogallol, 2-hydroxybenzophenone, 4-methyl Oxy-2-hydroxybenzophenone, cuprous chloride, thiophene, chloranil, naphthylamine, β-naphthol, 2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-cresol, 2,2'- Methylene bis(4-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), pyridine, nitrobenzene, dinitrobenzene, picric acid, 4-toluidine, methyl blue, copper and organic chelating agent reactants, Methyl salicylate, and thiophene a nitroso compound, a chelating compound of a nitroso compound and A1, and the like.

上述熱聚合抑制劑之含量,就相對於上述感光層的上述聚合性化合物而言,較佳為0.001~5質量%較佳,更佳0.005~2質量%,特佳0.01~1質量%。The content of the above-mentioned polymerizable compound is preferably 0.001 to 5% by mass, more preferably 0.005 to 2% by mass, particularly preferably 0.01 to 1% by mass, based on the polymerizable compound of the photosensitive layer.

上述含量若低於0.001質量,則保存時之安定性降低,而若超過5質量%,則對活性能量線的感度降低。When the content is less than 0.001 by mass, the stability at the time of storage is lowered, and when it exceeds 5% by mass, the sensitivity to the active energy ray is lowered.

--可塑劑---- Plasticizer --

上述可塑劑係為了控制上述感光層之膜物性(可撓性)而添加者。The plasticizer is added to control the film properties (flexibility) of the photosensitive layer.

作為上述可塑劑,例如可為酞酸二甲酯、酞酸二丁酯、酞酸二異丁酯、酞酸二戊酯、酞酸二辛酯、酞酸二環己酯、酞酸二-十三烷酯、酞酸丁基苯甲酯、酞酸二異癸酯、酞酸二苯酯、酞酸二烯丙酯、酞酸辛基辛醯酯等之酞酸酯類;三乙二醇二乙酸酯、四乙二醇二乙酸酯、二甲基葡萄糖酞酸酯、乙基酞基乙基乙醇酸酯、甲基酞 基乙基乙醇酸酯、丁基酞基丁基乙醇酸酯、三乙二醇二辛酸酯等之醇酯類;三羥甲苯基磷酸酯、三苯基磷酸酯等之磷酸酯類;4-甲苯磺醯胺、苯磺醯胺、N-正丁基苯磺醯胺、N-正丁基乙醯胺等之醯胺類;二異丁基己二酸酯、二辛基己二酸酯、二甲基癸酸酯、二丁基癸酸酯、二辛基癸酸酯、二辛基癸酸酯、二辛基亞硒酸酯、二丁基馬來酸酯等之脂肪族二元酸酯類:檸檬酸三乙酯、檸檬酸三丁酯、丙三醇三乙醯酯、月桂酸丁酯、4,5-二環氧基環己烷-1,2-二羧酸二辛酯等、聚乙二醇、聚丙二醇等之醇類。As the above plasticizer, for example, dimethyl phthalate, dibutyl phthalate, diisobutyl phthalate, diamyl phthalate, dioctyl phthalate, dicyclohexyl phthalate, bismuth citrate- Tridecyl ester, butyl benzyl phthalate, diisononyl phthalate, diphenyl phthalate, diallyl citrate, octyl octyl phthalate, etc.; triethylene glycol Diacetate, tetraethylene glycol diacetate, dimethyl glucose decanoate, ethyl decyl ethyl glycolate, methyl hydrazine Alcohol esters such as ethyl glycolate, butyl decyl butyl glycolate, triethylene glycol dicaprylate, etc.; phosphates such as trishydroxymethylphenyl phosphate and triphenyl phosphate; - decylamines such as toluene sulfonamide, benzene sulfonamide, N-n-butyl benzene sulfonamide, N-n-butyl acetamide, diisobutyl adipate, dioctyl adipate Aliphatic esters of esters, dimethyl phthalate, dibutyl phthalate, dioctyl phthalate, dioctyl phthalate, dioctyl selenite, dibutyl maleate, etc. Terpolymers: triethyl citrate, tributyl citrate, glycerol triethyl decyl acrylate, butyl laurate, 4,5-dicyclooxycyclohexane-1,2-dicarboxylic acid An alcohol such as octyl ester or the like, polyethylene glycol or polypropylene glycol.

上述可塑劑之含量,就相對於上述感光層之全部成分而言,較佳為0.1~50質量%,更佳0.5~40質量%,特佳1~30質量%。The content of the plasticizer is preferably from 0.1 to 50% by mass, more preferably from 0.5 to 40% by mass, particularly preferably from 1 to 30% by mass, based on the total components of the photosensitive layer.

--顯色劑----Reagent--

上述顯色劑係為了賦予曝光後在上述感光層上可見影像(印像機能)而添加者。The developer is added to provide an image (printer function) on the photosensitive layer after exposure.

上述顯色劑例如為參(4-二甲基胺基苯基)甲烷(隱色結晶紫)、參(4-二乙基胺基苯基)甲烷、參(4-二甲基胺基-2-甲基苯基)甲烷、參(4-二乙基胺基-2-甲基苯基)甲烷、雙(4-二丁基胺基苯基)-[4-(2-氰基乙基)甲基胺基苯基]甲烷、雙(4-二甲基胺基苯基)-2-喹啉基甲烷、參(4-二丙基胺基苯基)甲烷等之胺基三芳基甲烷類;3,6-雙(二甲基胺基)-9-苯基黃嘌呤、3-胺基-6-二甲基胺基-2-甲基-9-(2-氯化苯基)黃嘌呤等之胺基黃嘌呤類;3,6雙(二乙基胺基)-9-(2-乙氧基羰基苯基)噻噸酮、3,6-雙(二甲基胺基)噻 噸酮等之胺基噻噸酮類;3,6-雙(二乙基胺基)-9,10-二氫-9-苯基吖啶、3,6-雙(苯甲基胺基)-9,10-二氫-9-甲基吖啶等之胺基-9,10-二氫吖啶類;3,7-雙(二乙基胺基)吩噁等之胺基吩噁類;3,7-雙(乙基胺基)吩噻唑等之胺基吩噻唑類;3,7-雙(二乙基胺基)-5-己基-5,10-二氫吩等之胺基二氫吩類;雙(4-二甲基胺基苯基)苯胺基甲烷等之胺基苯基甲烷類;4-胺基-4’-二甲基胺基二苯胺、4-胺基-α,β-二氰基氫化肉桂酸甲酯等之胺基氫化肉桂酸類;1-(2-萘基)-2-苯基噠等之噠類;1,4-雙(乙基胺基)-2,3-二氫蒽醌類之胺基-2,3-二氫蒽醌類;N,N-二乙基-4-苯乙基苯胺等之苯乙基苯胺類;10-乙醯基-3,7-雙(二甲基胺基)吩噻等之含鹼性NH之隱色色素的醯基衍生物;參(4-二乙基胺基-2-甲苯基)乙氧基羰基萜烷等之氧化且不具氫者,氧化成顯色化合物的隱色化合物;隱色靛類色素;美國專利第3,042,515號及同第3,042,517號記載的氧化成顯色型之有機胺類(如4,4’-乙二胺、二苯胺、N,N-二甲基苯胺、4,4’-甲二胺三苯胺、N-乙烯基咔唑),於此等之中以隱色結晶紫等之三芳基甲烷系化合物較佳。The above color developing agent is, for example, ginseng (4-dimethylaminophenyl)methane (leuco crystal violet), ginseng (4-diethylaminophenyl)methane, ginseng (4-dimethylamino group- 2-methylphenyl)methane, ginseng (4-diethylamino-2-methylphenyl)methane, bis(4-dibutylaminophenyl)-[4-(2-cyanoethyl) Aminotriaryl group such as methylaminophenyl]methane, bis(4-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-quinolinylmethane or bis(4-dipropylaminophenyl)methane Methane; 3,6-bis(dimethylamino)-9-phenylxanthine, 3-amino-6-dimethylamino-2-methyl-9-(2-chlorinated phenyl Astragalus and the like; 3,6 bis(diethylamino)-9-(2-ethoxycarbonylphenyl)thioxanthone, 3,6-bis(dimethylamino) Aminothioxanthone such as thioxanthone; 3,6-bis(diethylamino)-9,10-dihydro-9-phenyl acridine, 3,6-bis(benzylamine) Amino-9,10-dihydroacridines such as -9,10-dihydro-9-methyl acridine; 3,7-bis(diethylamino) phenoxy Amine Aminophenothiazoles such as 3,7-bis(ethylamino)phenothiazole; 3,7-bis(diethylamino)-5-hexyl-5,10-dihydrobenzene Aminodihydrophene Aminophenylmethanes such as bis(4-dimethylaminophenyl)anilinyl methane; 4-amino-4'-dimethylaminodiphenylamine, 4-amino-α, β -Aminohydrocinnamic acid such as methyl dicyanohydrocinnamate; 1-(2-naphthyl)-2-phenylindole Wait Amino-2,3-dihydroindoles of 1,4-bis(ethylamino)-2,3-dihydroindoles; N,N-diethyl-4-phenethyl Phenylethylaniline such as aniline; 10-ethylindolyl-3,7-bis(dimethylamino)phenothiphenyl a sulfhydryl derivative containing a basic NH leuco dye; oxidized to a color-developing compound by oxidation of ginseng (4-diethylamino-2-methylphenyl)ethoxycarbonyl decane or the like without hydrogen a leuco compound; a leuco quinone pigment; an oxidative chromogenic organic amine (eg, 4,4'-ethylenediamine, diphenylamine, N,N-) as described in U.S. Patent No. 3,042,515 and the same as No. 3,042,517. Among them, dimethylaniline, 4,4'-methylenediaminetriphenylamine, and N-vinylcarbazole are preferable, and among these, a triarylmethane-based compound such as leuco crystal violet is preferable.

再者,上述顯色劑為使上述隱色體顯色等為目的時,與鹵素化合物組合係為一般已知的。Further, when the color developing agent is used for the purpose of coloring the leuco body or the like, it is generally known to be combined with a halogen compound.

上述鹵素化合物例如為鹵化烴(如四溴化碳、碘仿、溴乙烯、溴甲烷、溴戊烷、溴異戊烷、碘戊烷、溴化異丁烯、碘丁烷、溴化二苯基甲烷、六氯甲烷、1,2-二溴乙烷、1,1,2,2-四溴乙烷、1,2-二溴-1,1,2-三氯乙烷、1,2,3- 三溴丙烷、1-溴-4-氯丁烷、1,2,3,4-四溴丁烷、四氯環丙烷、六氯環戊二烯、二溴環己烷、1,1,1-三氯-2,2-雙(4-氯苯基)乙烷等);鹵化醇化合物(如2,2,2-三氯乙醇、三溴乙醇、1,3-二氯-2-丙醇、1,1,1-三氯-2-丙醇、二(碘六伸甲基)胺基異丙醇、三溴-第三丁醇、2,2,3-三氯丁烷-1,4-二醇等);鹵化羰基化合物(例如1,1-二氯丙酮、1,3-二氯丙酮、六氯丙酮、六溴丙酮、1,1,3,3-四氯丙酮、1,1,1-三氯丙酮、3,4-二溴-2-丁酮、1,4-二氯-2-丁酮-二溴環己酮等);鹵化醚化合物(如2-溴乙基甲醚、2-溴乙基乙醚、二(2-溴乙基)醚、1,2-二氯乙基乙醚等);鹵化酯化合物(例如醋酸溴酯、三氯醋酸乙酯、三氯醋酸三氯乙基、2,3-二溴丙基丙烯酸酯之均聚物及共聚物、二溴丙酸三氯乙酯、α,β-二氯丙烯酸乙酯等);鹵化乙烯醯胺化合物(如氯乙烯醯胺、溴乙烯醯胺、二氯乙烯醯胺、二溴乙烯醯胺、三氯乙烯醯胺、三溴乙烯醯胺、三氯乙基三氯乙烯醯胺、2-溴異丙酸醯胺、2,2,2-三氯丙酸醯胺、N-氯琥珀醯亞胺、N-溴琥珀醯亞胺等;具有硫或磷之化合物(如三溴甲基苯基碸、4-硝基苯基三溴甲基碸、4-氯苯基三溴甲基碸、參(2,3-二溴丙基)磷酸酯等)、2,4-雙(三氯甲基)6-苯基三唑等。有機鹵素化合物以具有在同一碳原子上鍵結有2個以上鹵素原子之鹵素化合物較佳、以具有在一個碳原子上鍵結有3個以上鹵素原子之鹵素化合物更佳。上述有機鹵素化合物可以單獨1種使用,亦可以2種以上併用。於此等之中以三溴甲基苯基碸、2,4-雙(三氯甲基)-6-苯基三唑較佳。The above halogen compound is, for example, a halogenated hydrocarbon (e.g., carbon tetrabromide, iodoform, vinyl bromide, methyl bromide, bromopentane, bromoisopentane, iodopentane, brominated isobutylene, iodine butane, diphenylmethane bromide, Hexachloromethane, 1,2-dibromoethane, 1,1,2,2-tetrabromoethane, 1,2-dibromo-1,1,2-trichloroethane, 1,2,3- Tribromopropane, 1-bromo-4-chlorobutane, 1,2,3,4-tetrabromobutane, tetrachlorocyclopropane, hexachlorocyclopentadiene, dibromocyclohexane, 1,1,1 - trichloro-2,2-bis(4-chlorophenyl)ethane, etc.; halogenated alcohol compounds (eg 2,2,2-trichloroethanol, tribromoethanol, 1,3-dichloro-2-propane) Alcohol, 1,1,1-trichloro-2-propanol, di(iodohexamethyl)aminoisopropanol, tribromo-butanol, 2,2,3-trichlorobutane-1 , 4-diol, etc.; halogenated carbonyl compounds (eg 1,1-dichloroacetone, 1,3-dichloroacetone, hexachloroacetone, hexabromoacetone, 1,1,3,3-tetrachloroacetone, 1 , 1,1-trichloroacetone, 3,4-dibromo-2-butanone, 1,4-dichloro-2-butanone-dibromocyclohexanone, etc.; halogenated ether compounds (such as 2-bromoethyl) Methyl ether, 2-bromoethyl ether, bis(2-bromoethyl)ether, 1,2-dichloroethylether, etc.; halogenated ester compounds (eg bromoacetate, ethyl trichloroacetate, trichloro) a homopolymer and a copolymer of trichloroethyl acetate, 2,3-dibromopropyl acrylate, trichloroethyl dibromopropionate, ethyl α,β-dichloroacrylate, etc.; a halogenated vinyl decylamine compound (eg, vinyl chloroamine, bromoethylene decylamine, dichloroethylene decylamine, dibromoethmonium amide, trichloroethylene) Enamine, tribromoethylene decylamine, trichloroethyl trichloroethylene decylamine, 2-bromoisopropionate decylamine, 2,2,2-trichloropropionate decylamine, N-chlorosuccinimide, N-bromosuccinimide, etc.; compounds having sulfur or phosphorus (such as tribromomethylphenylhydrazine, 4-nitrophenyltribromomethylhydrazine, 4-chlorophenyltribromomethylhydrazine, ginseng ( 2,3-dibromopropyl)phosphate, etc., 2,4-bis(trichloromethyl)6-phenyltriazole, etc. The organohalogen compound has two or more halogens bonded to the same carbon atom. The halogen compound of the atom is preferably a halogen compound having three or more halogen atoms bonded to one carbon atom. The above organohalogen compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Preferably, tribromomethylphenylhydrazine and 2,4-bis(trichloromethyl)-6-phenyltriazole are used.

上述顯色劑之含量,就相對於上述感光層之全部成分而言,較佳為0.01~20質量%,更佳0.05~10質量%,特佳0.1~5質量%。而且,上述鹵素化合物之含量就相對上述感光層之全部成分而言,較佳為0.001~5質量%,更佳0.005~1質量%。The content of the above-mentioned color developing agent is preferably 0.01 to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 10% by mass, particularly preferably 0.1 to 5% by mass based on the total components of the photosensitive layer. Further, the content of the halogen compound is preferably 0.001 to 5% by mass, and more preferably 0.005 to 1% by mass, based on the total amount of the photosensitive layer.

--著色劑----Colorant--

作為上述著色劑,並沒有特別的限制,可依照目的作適當的選擇、例如,例如例如紅色、綠色、藍色、黃色、紫色、品紅色、氰色、黑色等習知的顏料或染料,具體而言例如維多利亞純藍BO(C.I.42595)、槐黃(C.I.41000)、脂溶黑HB(C.I.26150)、莫諾賴特黄色GT(C.I.顏料黄12)、永久黄GR(C.I.顏料黄17)、永久黄HR(C.I.顏料黃83)、永久胭脂紅FBB(C.I.顏料紅146)、合斯塔巴姆紅ESB(C.I.顏料紅19)、永久寶石紅FBH(C.I.顏料紅11)、法斯特爾粉紅B史普拉(C.I.顏料紅81)、摩納斯頓拉魯法斯特爾藍(C.I.顏料藍15)、莫羅賴頓法斯頓黑B(C.I.顏料黑1)、碳黑。The coloring agent is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected according to the purpose, for example, a conventional pigment or dye such as red, green, blue, yellow, purple, magenta, cyan, or black, specifically For example, Victoria Pure Blue BO (CI42595), 槐 yellow (CI41000), fat-soluble black HB (CI26150), Mono Wright Yellow GT (CI Pigment Yellow 12), Permanent Yellow GR (CI Pigment Yellow 17) , permanent yellow HR (CI Pigment Yellow 83), permanent carmine red FBB (CI Pigment Red 146), Hestam Bam Red ESB (CI Pigment Red 19), Permanent Ruby Red FBH (CI Pigment Red 11), Fast Pink B Spira (CI Pigment Red 81), Monaston Larufastel Blue (CI Pigment Blue 15), Morrow Brighton Farston Black B (CI Pigment Black 1), carbon black.

又,適合於彩色濾光片之製作時的上述著色劑,例如可為C.I.顏料紅97、C.I.顏料紅122、C.I.顏料紅149、C.I.顏料紅168、C.I.顏料紅177、C.I.顏料紅180、C.I.顏料紅192、C.I.顏料紅215、C.I.顏料綠7、C.I.顏料綠36、C.I.顏料藍15:1、C.I.顏料藍15:4、C.I.顏料藍15:6、C.I.顏料藍22、C.I.顏料藍60、C.I.顏料藍64、C.I.顏料黃139、C.I.顏料黃83、C.I.顏料紫23、特開2002-162752號公報之(0138)~(0141)記載者等。上 述著色劑之平均半徑並沒有特別的限制,可依照目的作適當的選擇,例如較佳為5μm以下,更佳1μm以下。而且,於製作彩色濾色片時,上述平均粒徑較佳為0.5μm以下。Further, the coloring agent suitable for the production of a color filter may be, for example, CI Pigment Red 97, CI Pigment Red 122, CI Pigment Red 149, CI Pigment Red 168, CI Pigment Red 177, CI Pigment Red 180, CI. Pigment Red 192, CI Pigment Red 215, CI Pigment Green 7, CI Pigment Green 36, CI Pigment Blue 15:1, CI Pigment Blue 15:4, CI Pigment Blue 15:6, CI Pigment Blue 22, CI Pigment Blue 60, CI Pigment Blue 64, CI Pigment Yellow 139, CI Pigment Yellow 83, CI Pigment Violet 23, and (0138) to (0141) of JP-A-2002-162752. on The average radius of the coloring agent is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected depending on the purpose, and is, for example, preferably 5 μm or less, more preferably 1 μm or less. Further, in the case of producing a color filter, the average particle diameter is preferably 0.5 μm or less.

--染料----dye--

於上述感光層中,為提高處理性時使感光性樹脂組成物著色,或以賦予保存安定性為目的時,可使用染料。In the above-mentioned photosensitive layer, a dye may be used for the purpose of coloring the photosensitive resin composition in order to improve handleability, or for imparting storage stability.

作為上述染料,例如可為艷綠(例如其之硫酸鹽)、曙紅、乙基紫、赤鮮紅鈉鹽B、甲基綠、結晶紫、基礎品紅、苯酚酚酞、1,3-二苯基三、1,2-二羥基蒽醌紅S、百里香酚酞、甲基紫2B、喹哪靛紅、玫塊紅、米塔尼爾黃、百里香磺基酚酞、二甲苯酚藍、甲基橙,橘色IV、二苯基酪咔唑、2,7-二氯化螢光素、對甲基紅、剛果紅、本佐紅紫4B、α-萘基-紅、奈耳藍A、非那西塔林、甲基紫、孔雀綠、副品紅、油藍#603(Orient化學工業公司製)、若丹明B、若丹明6G、維多利亞純藍BOH等,於此等中以陽離子染料(例如孔雀綠草酸鹽、孔雀綠硫酸鹽等)較佳。該陽離子染料之對陽離子可以為有機酸或無機酸之殘基,例如溴酸、碘酸、硫酸、磷酸、草酸、甲烷磺酸、甲苯磺酸等之殘基(陰離子)等。As the dye, for example, it may be brilliant green (for example, sulfate thereof), ruthenium, ethyl violet, red fresh sodium salt B, methyl green, crystal violet, basic magenta, phenol phenolphthalein, 1,3-diphenyl. Base three 1,2-dihydroxy ruthenium S, thymol phenolphthalein, methyl violet 2B, quinoline red, rose red, Mitanier yellow, thyme sulfophenolphthalein, xylenol blue, methyl orange, orange Color IV, diphenyl caseinazole, 2,7-dichlorofluorescein, p-methyl red, Congo red, Benzo red 4B, α-naphthyl-red, naple blue A, phenacetin , methyl violet, malachite green, by-product magenta, oil blue #603 (Orient Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), rhodamine B, rhodamine 6G, Victoria pure blue BOH, etc., such as cationic dyes (such as peacock Green oxalate, malachite green sulfate, etc.) are preferred. The counter cation of the cationic dye may be a residue of an organic acid or an inorganic acid, such as a residue (anion) of bromic acid, iodic acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, oxalic acid, methanesulfonic acid, toluenesulfonic acid or the like.

上述染料之含量,就相對於上述感光層之全部成分而言,較佳為0.001~10質量%,更佳0.01~5質量%,特佳0.1~2質量%。The content of the dye is preferably 0.001 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass, particularly preferably 0.1 to 2% by mass, based on the total amount of the photosensitive layer.

--密接促進劑----Intimate accelerator --

為提高各層間之密接性、或圖案形成材料與基體之密接性時,可在各層使用習知的密接促進劑。In order to improve the adhesion between the layers or the adhesion between the pattern forming material and the substrate, a conventional adhesion promoter may be used for each layer.

作為上述密接促進劑,例如特開平5-11439號公報、特開平5-341532號公報及特開平6-43638號公報等中記載的密接促進劑係適合的。具體地如苯并咪唑、苯并噁唑、苯并噻唑、2-巰基苯并咪唑、2-巰基苯并噁唑、2-巰基苯并噻唑、3-嗎啉基甲基-1-苯基-三唑-2-硫酮、3-嗎啉基甲基-5-苯基-噁二唑-2-硫酮、5-胺基-3-嗎啉基甲基-噻二唑-2-硫酮、2-巰基-5-甲基硫代噻二唑、三唑、四唑、苯并三唑、羧基苯并三唑、含胺基之苯并三唑、矽烷偶合劑等。The adhesion promoters described in, for example, Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei 5- No. Hei. Specifically, for example, benzimidazole, benzoxazole, benzothiazole, 2-mercaptobenzimidazole, 2-mercaptobenzoxazole, 2-mercaptobenzothiazole, 3-morpholinylmethyl-1-phenyl - triazole-2-thione, 3-morpholinylmethyl-5-phenyl-oxadiazole-2-thione, 5-amino-3-morpholinylmethyl-thiadiazole-2- Thiol, 2-mercapto-5-methylthiothiadiazole, triazole, tetrazole, benzotriazole, carboxybenzotriazole, amine-containing benzotriazole, decane coupling agent, and the like.

上述密接促進劑之含量,就相對於上述感光層的全部成分而言,較佳為0.001質量%~20質量%,更佳0.01質量%~10質量%,特佳0.1質量%~5質量%。The content of the adhesion promoter is preferably 0.001% by mass to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.01% by mass to 10% by mass, even more preferably 0.1% by mass to 5% by mass based on the total components of the photosensitive layer.

上述感光層例如亦可含有J.克撒著「感光系統」第5章中記載的有機硫化合物、過氧化物、氧化還原系化合物、偶氮或重氮化合物、光還原性色素、有機鹵素化合物等。The photosensitive layer may contain, for example, an organic sulfur compound, a peroxide, a redox compound, an azo or a diazo compound, a photoreducible dye, or an organic halogen compound described in Chapter 5 of the "Photosensitive System". Wait.

作為上述有機硫化合物,例如可為二正丁基硫醚、二苯甲基二硫醚、2-巰基苯并噻唑、2-巰基苯并噁唑、噻吩、乙基三氯甲烷硫酸酯、2-巰基苯并咪唑等。As the above organic sulfur compound, for example, di-n-butyl sulfide, diphenylmethyl disulfide, 2-mercaptobenzothiazole, 2-mercaptobenzoxazole, thiophene, ethyltrichloromethane sulfate, 2 may be used. - mercaptobenzimidazole and the like.

上述過氧化物例如為二-第三丁基過氧化物、過氧化苯甲醯基、甲基乙基酮過氧化物。The above peroxide is, for example, di-tert-butyl peroxide, benzoyl peroxide, methyl ethyl ketone peroxide.

上述氧化還原系化合物係由過氧化物與還原劑組合而成,例如為亞鐵離子與過硫酸離子、鐵離子與過氧化物等。The redox-based compound is a combination of a peroxide and a reducing agent, and is, for example, a ferrous ion, a persulfate ion, an iron ion, a peroxide, or the like.

上述偶氮及重氮化合物,例如α,α’-偶氮雙異丁腈、2-偶氮雙-2-甲基丁腈、4-胺基二苯胺之重氮鎓類。The above azo and diazo compounds are, for example, α,α'-azobisisobutyronitrile, 2-azobis-2-methylbutyronitrile, and 4-aminodiphenylamine diazonium.

上述光還原性色素例如為玫瑰紅、赤鮮紅、曙紅、吖啶黃、核黃素、勞氏紫。The photoreducible pigments are, for example, rose bengal, red bright red, eosin, acridine yellow, riboflavin, and laurel purple.

--界面活性劑--於製造本發明的上述圖案形成材料時,為改善所產生的面狀斑紋時,可添加習知的界面活性劑。- Surfactant - In the production of the above-mentioned pattern forming material of the present invention, a conventional surfactant may be added in order to improve the resulting surface streaks.

上述界面活性劑例如可適當選自陰離子系界面活性劑、陽離子系界面活性劑、非離子系界面活性劑、兩性界面活性劑、含氟之界面活性劑等。The surfactant may be appropriately selected, for example, from an anionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, a nonionic surfactant, an amphoteric surfactant, or a fluorine-containing surfactant.

上述界面活性劑之含量,就相對於感光性樹脂組成物之固體成分而言,較佳為0.001~10質量%。The content of the surfactant is preferably 0.001 to 10% by mass based on the solid content of the photosensitive resin composition.

上述含量小於0.001質量%時無法得到面狀改良效果,而若大於10質量%時則密接性降低。When the content is less than 0.001% by mass, the surface-improving effect cannot be obtained, and when it is more than 10% by mass, the adhesion is lowered.

作為上述感光層的厚度,並沒有特別的限制,可依照目的作適當的選擇,例如較佳為1~100μm,更佳2~50μm,特佳4~30μm。The thickness of the photosensitive layer is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected depending on the purpose, and is, for example, preferably 1 to 100 μm, more preferably 2 to 50 μm, and particularly preferably 4 to 30 μm.

<支持體及保護膜><Support and Protective Film>

作為上述支持體,並沒有特別的限制,可依照目的作適當的選擇,較佳為可剝離上述感光層而且對光的透過性良好者,更佳為表面的平滑性良好者。The support is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected according to the purpose. It is preferred that the photosensitive layer can be peeled off and the light transmittance is good, and the smoothness of the surface is better.

上述支持體以合成樹脂製且透明者較佳,例如聚對酞酸乙二酯、聚萘二甲酸乙二酯、聚丙烯、聚乙烯、三醋酸纖維素、二醋酸纖維素、聚(甲基)丙烯酸烷酯、聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯共聚物、聚氯乙烯、聚乙烯醇、聚碳酸酯、聚苯乙烯、玻璃紙、聚偏二氯乙烯共聚物、聚醯胺、聚醯亞胺、氯乙烯-醋酸乙烯酯共聚物、聚四氟乙烯、聚三氟乙烯、纖維素系薄膜、耐隆薄膜等之各種塑膠薄膜,此等之中以聚對酞酸乙二酯特佳。此等可以單獨1種使用,亦可以2種以上併用。The support is preferably made of a synthetic resin and is transparent, such as polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate, polypropylene, polyethylene, cellulose triacetate, cellulose diacetate, poly (methyl). Alkylate, poly(meth)acrylate copolymer, polyvinyl chloride, polyvinyl alcohol, polycarbonate, polystyrene, cellophane, polyvinylidene chloride copolymer, polyamine, polyimine, Various plastic films such as vinyl chloride-vinyl acetate copolymer, polytetrafluoroethylene, polytrifluoroethylene, cellulose film, and nylon film, among which polyethylene terephthalate is particularly preferable. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

上述支持體的厚度並沒有特別的限制,可依照目的作適當的選擇,例如較佳為2~150μm,更佳5~100μm,特佳8~50μm。The thickness of the support is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected depending on the purpose, and is, for example, preferably 2 to 150 μm, more preferably 5 to 100 μm, and particularly preferably 8 to 50 μm.

上述支持體的形狀並沒有特別的限制,可依照目的作適當的選擇,較佳為長條狀。上述長條狀支持體的長度並沒有特別的限制,例如可為10m~20000m的長度者。The shape of the support is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected depending on the purpose, and is preferably elongated. The length of the above-mentioned elongated support is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, a length of 10 m to 20,000 m.

上述圖案形成材料亦可在上述感光層上形成保護膜。The pattern forming material may also form a protective film on the photosensitive layer.

上述保護膜例如是上述支持體所使用者、紙、積層有聚乙烯、聚丙烯之紙等,於此等之中以聚乙烯薄膜、聚丙烯薄膜較佳。The protective film is, for example, a user of the above-mentioned support, paper, paper having a layer of polyethylene or polypropylene laminated thereon, and among these, a polyethylene film or a polypropylene film is preferable.

上述保護膜之厚度,並沒有特別的限制,可依照目的作適當的選擇,例如較佳為5~100μm,更佳8~50μm,特佳10~30μm。The thickness of the protective film is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected depending on the purpose, and is, for example, preferably 5 to 100 μm, more preferably 8 to 50 μm, and particularly preferably 10 to 30 μm.

作為上述支持體與保護膜之組合(支持體/保護膜),例如可為聚對酞酸乙二酯/聚丙烯、聚對酞酸乙二酯/聚乙烯、聚氯乙烯/玻璃紙、聚醯亞胺/聚丙烯、聚對酞酸乙二酯/聚對酞酸乙二酯等。又,藉由使支持體及保護膜中至少一個經表面處理,可滿足上述黏合力之關係。上述支持體之表面處理可於為了提高與上述感光層之黏合力時予以實施,例如底層之塗設、電暈放電處理、火焰處理、紫外線照射處理、高周波照射處理、輝光放電照射處理、活性電漿照射處理、雷射光照射處理等。As a combination of the above support and a protective film (support/protective film), for example, polyethylene terephthalate/polypropylene, polyethylene terephthalate/polyethylene, polyvinyl chloride/cellophane, polyfluorene Imine/polypropylene, polyethylene terephthalate/polyethylene terephthalate, and the like. Further, by at least one of the support and the protective film, the relationship of the above-mentioned adhesive force can be satisfied. The surface treatment of the support may be carried out in order to improve the adhesion to the photosensitive layer, for example, coating of the underlayer, corona discharge treatment, flame treatment, ultraviolet irradiation treatment, high-frequency irradiation treatment, glow discharge treatment, active electricity Slurry irradiation treatment, laser irradiation treatment, and the like.

又,上述支持體與上述保護膜之靜摩擦係數較佳為0.3~1.4,更佳0.5~1.2。Further, the static friction coefficient of the support and the protective film is preferably from 0.3 to 1.4, more preferably from 0.5 to 1.2.

上述靜摩擦係數小於0.3時,由於過滑,於捲成輥狀時容易產生捲繞偏移,若大於1.4時則難以捲成良好的輥狀。When the static friction coefficient is less than 0.3, the overwinding is likely to cause a winding deviation when rolled into a roll shape, and when it is more than 1.4, it is difficult to roll into a good roll shape.

上述圖案形成材料,例如以捲成圓筒狀捲芯,以長條狀捲成輥狀保管較佳。上述長條狀圖案形成材料之長度,沒有特別的限制,例如可適當選自10m~20,000m之範圍。此外,為了使用者在使用下能容易切片加工,可使100m~1,000m範圍之長條體形成輥狀。再者,於該情況下,以使上述支持體捲於最外側較佳。另外,亦可使上述輥狀圖案形成材料切成片狀。就保管時、端面保護、防止邊緣熔化情形而言,以在端面上設置隔片(特別是防濕性者、加入乾燥劑者)較佳,且捆包時以使用透濕性低的材料較佳。The pattern forming material is preferably wound into a roll shape in a roll shape, for example, by winding it into a roll. The length of the long strip-shaped pattern forming material is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, suitably selected from the range of 10 m to 20,000 m. Further, in order to facilitate the slicing process by the user, the elongated body in the range of 100 m to 1,000 m can be formed into a roll shape. Furthermore, in this case, it is preferable to roll the said support body to the outermost side. Further, the roll-shaped pattern forming material may be cut into a sheet shape. In the case of storage, end face protection, and prevention of edge melting, it is preferable to provide a separator on the end surface (particularly, a moisture-proof person, a desiccant is added), and a material having a low moisture permeability is used in packaging. good.

為了調整上述保護膜與上述感光層之黏合性時,可對上述保護膜實施表面處理。上述表面處理例如在上述保護膜表面上形成由聚有機基矽氧烷、氟化聚烯烴、聚氟乙烯、聚乙烯醇等之聚合物所成的底塗層。該底塗層之形成係可藉由使上述聚合物之塗布液塗佈於上述保護膜表面後,在30~150℃(特別是50~120℃)乾燥1~30分鐘予以形成。In order to adjust the adhesion between the protective film and the photosensitive layer, the protective film may be subjected to a surface treatment. In the above surface treatment, for example, an undercoat layer made of a polymer of polyorganosiloxane, fluorinated polyolefin, polyvinyl fluoride, polyvinyl alcohol or the like is formed on the surface of the protective film. The formation of the undercoat layer can be carried out by applying the coating liquid of the above polymer to the surface of the protective film, followed by drying at 30 to 150 ° C (especially 50 to 120 ° C) for 1 to 30 minutes.

<其它層><Other layers>

作為上述其它層,並沒有特別的限制,可依照目的作適當的選擇,例如可為緩衝層、障壁層、剝離層、黏合層、光吸收層、表面保護層等的層。上述圖案形成材料係可具有單獨1種或可具有2種以上的此等之層。The other layer is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected depending on the purpose, and may be, for example, a layer of a buffer layer, a barrier layer, a release layer, an adhesive layer, a light absorbing layer, a surface protective layer, or the like. The pattern forming material may have one type alone or two or more types of these layers.

上述本發明的圖案形成材料中的上述感光層,較佳係以藉由具有對來自光照射機構的光作受光及出射的n個圖素部之光調變機構,將來自上述光照射機構的光作調變後,通過具有可校正因該圖素部的出射面之畸變所致的像差之非球面的微透鏡所排列成的微透鏡陣列之光來曝光。上述光照射機構、上述圖素部、上述光調變機構、上述非球面、上述微透鏡及上述微透鏡陣列的細節係於後述。In the above-described photosensitive layer of the pattern forming material of the present invention, it is preferable to use a light modulation mechanism having n pixel portions for receiving and emitting light from the light irradiation means, and the light irradiation means is provided from the light irradiation means. After the light is modulated, it is exposed by light having a microlens array in which aspherical microlenses capable of correcting aberrations due to distortion of the exit surface of the pixel portion are arranged. Details of the light irradiation means, the pixel portion, the light modulation means, the aspherical surface, the microlens, and the microlens array will be described later.

[圖案形成材料的製造方法][Method of Manufacturing Pattern Forming Material]

上述圖案形成材料例如可如下地製造。The above pattern forming material can be produced, for example, as follows.

首先,使上述感光層及其它層中所含的材料溶解、乳化或分散於水或溶劑中,以調製塗布液。First, the material contained in the photosensitive layer and other layers is dissolved, emulsified or dispersed in water or a solvent to prepare a coating liquid.

作為上述塗佈溶劑,並沒有特別的限制,可依照目的作適當的選擇,例如可為甲醇、乙醇、正丙醇、異丙醇、正丁醇、第二丁醇、正己醇等之醇類;丙酮、甲基乙基酮、甲基異丁基酮、環己酮、二異丁基酮等之酮類;醋酸乙酯、醋酸丁酯、醋酸正戊酯、硫酸甲酯、丙酸乙酯、酞酸二甲酯、苯甲酸乙酯及甲氧基丙基乙酸酯等之酯類;甲苯、二甲苯、苯、乙苯等之芳香族烴類;四氯化碳、三氯乙烯、氯仿、1,1,1-三氯乙烷、二氯甲烷、單氯苯等之鹵素化烴類;四氫呋喃、二乙醚、乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、1-甲氧基-2-丙醇等之醚類;二甲基甲醯胺、二甲基乙醯胺、二甲亞碸、環丁碸等。此等可以單獨1種使用,亦可以2種以上併用。另外,亦可添加習知的界面活性劑。The coating solvent is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected according to the purpose, and may be, for example, an alcohol such as methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, n-butanol, second butanol or n-hexanol. ; ketones such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, diisobutyl ketone; ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, n-amyl acetate, methyl sulfate, propionic acid Esters of esters, dimethyl phthalate, ethyl benzoate and methoxypropyl acetate; aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene, xylene, benzene, ethylbenzene; carbon tetrachloride, trichloroethylene , halogenated hydrocarbons such as chloroform, 1,1,1-trichloroethane, dichloromethane, monochlorobenzene, etc.; tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, 1-methoxy Ethers such as benzyl-2-propanol; dimethylformamide, dimethylacetamide, dimethyl hydrazine, cyclobutyl hydrazine, and the like. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more. In addition, conventional surfactants may also be added.

其次,在上述支持體上塗佈上述圖案形成用組成物溶液,使乾燥以形成感光層,可製得圖案形成材料。例如,將溶解、乳化或分散有上述感光層的成分之感光性樹脂組成物溶液塗佈在支持體上,使乾燥以形成感光層,藉由在其上形成保護膜,而可製得圖案形成材料。Next, the pattern forming composition solution is applied onto the support and dried to form a photosensitive layer, whereby a pattern forming material can be obtained. For example, a solution of a photosensitive resin composition in which a component of the photosensitive layer is dissolved, emulsified or dispersed is applied onto a support, dried to form a photosensitive layer, and a protective film is formed thereon to form a pattern. material.

作為上述上述圖案形成用組成物溶液的塗布方法,並沒有特別的限制,可依照目的作適當的選擇,例如可為噴霧法、輥塗法、回轉塗佈法、縫塗佈法、擠壓塗佈法、簾幕塗佈法、口模式塗佈法、凹槽輥塗佈法、線棒塗佈法、刮刀塗佈法等各種塗佈法。The coating method of the above-described composition for pattern formation is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected according to the purpose, and may be, for example, a spray method, a roll coating method, a rotary coating method, a slit coating method, or extrusion coating. Various coating methods such as a cloth method, a curtain coating method, a die coating method, a gravure coating method, a wire bar coating method, and a knife coating method.

上述乾燥條件係視各成分、溶劑之種類、使用比例等而不同,但通常為在60~110℃之溫度歷30秒~15分鐘左右。The drying conditions vary depending on the components, the type of the solvent, the ratio of use, and the like, but are usually from 60 to 110 ° C for about 30 seconds to 15 minutes.

本發明的圖案形成材料由於解像度及遮蔽性優良,而且顯像性亦優良,且蝕刻時的剝離性優良,故可適用於各種圖案的形成用、配線圖案等的永久圖案之形成用、彩色濾光片、柱材、肋材、間隔物、隔壁等之液晶構造構件之製造用、全息照相、微機器、驗證等的圖案形成用等,特別是可適用於高精細的配線圖案之形成。又,可適用於本發明之圖案形成方法及圖案形成裝置。Since the pattern forming material of the present invention is excellent in resolution and shielding properties, and also excellent in developability and excellent in peeling property during etching, it can be applied to formation of various patterns, formation of permanent patterns such as wiring patterns, and color filter. For the production of liquid crystal structural members such as a light sheet, a column, a rib, a spacer, and a partition, a pattern for forming a hologram, a micromachine, or a verification, etc., it is particularly applicable to formation of a high-definition wiring pattern. Moreover, it can be suitably applied to the pattern forming method and the pattern forming apparatus of the present invention.

(圖案形成裝置及圖案形成方法)(pattern forming device and pattern forming method)

本發明之圖案形成裝置,具備本發明之上述圖案形成材料,至少具有光照射機構與光調變機構。The pattern forming apparatus of the present invention includes the pattern forming material of the present invention, and has at least a light irradiation mechanism and a light modulation mechanism.

本發明之圖案形成方法至少包含曝光步驟,包含適當選擇的其它步驟。The pattern forming method of the present invention includes at least an exposure step, including other steps that are appropriately selected.

而且,本發明之上述圖案形成裝置係如本發明之上述圖案形成方法所說明。Further, the above-described pattern forming apparatus of the present invention is as described in the above-described pattern forming method of the present invention.

[曝光步驟][Exposure step]

上述曝光步驟係對本發明圖案形成材料之感光層進行曝光之步驟。有關本發明之圖案形成材料係如上述。The above exposure step is a step of exposing the photosensitive layer of the pattern forming material of the present invention. The pattern forming material relating to the present invention is as described above.

上述曝光的對象只要是上述圖案形成材料之感光層即可,沒有特別的限制,可依照目的作適當的選擇,例如以對在基體上形成上述圖案形成材料所成的積層體而言進行較佳。The object to be exposed is not particularly limited as long as it is a photosensitive layer of the pattern forming material, and may be appropriately selected according to the purpose, for example, preferably for a laminate formed by forming the pattern forming material on a substrate. .

作為上述基體,並有特別的限制,可適當選自習知材料中表面平滑性高者~表面具有凹凸者,以板狀基體(基板)較佳,具體地例如習知的印刷配線板形成用基板(例如銅面積層板)、玻璃板(例如鈉玻璃板等)、合成樹脂性薄膜、紙、金屬板等。於此等之中,從對於含銅材料的密接性優良之點看,較佳為上述上述銅面積層板。The substrate is suitably selected from those of the conventional materials, and the surface smoothness is high, and the surface has irregularities, and a plate-shaped substrate (substrate) is preferable. Specifically, for example, a conventional printed wiring board forming substrate is used. (for example, copper area laminate), glass plate (for example, soda glass plate, etc.), synthetic resin film, paper, metal plate, and the like. Among these, the above-mentioned copper area laminate is preferable from the viewpoint of excellent adhesion to the copper-containing material.

作為上述積層體的形成方法,並沒有特別的限制,可依照目的作適當的選擇,以在上述基體上邊對上述圖案形成材料進行加熱和加壓中至少一者邊積層較佳。The method for forming the layered body is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected according to the purpose, and at least one of heating and pressurizing the pattern forming material on the substrate is preferable.

上述加熱溫度係沒有特別的限制,可依照目的作適當的選擇,例如較佳為15~180℃,更佳60~140℃。The heating temperature is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected depending on the purpose, and is, for example, preferably 15 to 180 ° C, more preferably 60 to 140 ° C.

上述加壓的壓力係沒有特別的限制,可依照目的作適當的選擇,例如較佳為0.1~1.0MPa,更佳0.2~0.8MPa。The pressurized pressure is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected depending on the purpose, and is, for example, preferably 0.1 to 1.0 MPa, more preferably 0.2 to 0.8 MPa.

作為進行上述加熱及加壓中至少一者的裝置,並沒有特別的限制,可依照目的作適當的選擇,合適者可列舉例如積層機、真空積層機等。The apparatus for performing at least one of the above-described heating and pressurization is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected according to the purpose, and examples thereof include a laminator, a vacuum laminator, and the like.

作為進行上述加熱及加壓中至少一者的裝置,並沒有特別的限制,可依照目的作適當的選擇,合適者可列舉例如積層機(例如大成積層器公司(Taiseilaminator,Co.,Ltd.)製VP-II)等。The apparatus for performing at least one of the above-described heating and pressurization is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected according to the purpose, and may be, for example, a laminator (for example, Taiseilaminator, Co., Ltd.). VP-II) and so on.

上述曝光係沒有特別的限制,可依照目的作適當的選擇,例如可為數位、類比曝光等,此等之中較佳為數位曝光。The above exposure system is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected depending on the purpose, and may be, for example, digital, analog exposure, etc., among which digital exposure is preferred.

作為上述數位曝光,並沒有特別的限制,可依照目的作適當的選擇,例如可為數位、類比曝光等,此等之中較佳為數位曝光。The above-mentioned digital exposure is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected depending on the purpose, and may be, for example, digital, analog exposure, etc., among which digital exposure is preferred.

作為上述數位曝光的機構,並沒有特別的限制,可依照目的作適當的選擇,例如較佳為以照射光的光照射機構,以所形成的圖案資訊為基礎,將來自該光照射機構所照射的光作調變的機構等。The above-described digital exposure mechanism is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected according to the purpose. For example, it is preferably a light irradiation mechanism that irradiates light, and is irradiated from the light irradiation mechanism based on the formed pattern information. The light is used as a mechanism for modulation.

<光調變手段><Light modulation means>

作為上述光調變機構,只要能調變光即可,並沒有特別的限制,可依照目的作適當的選擇,例如較佳為具有n個的圖素部。The light modulation means is not particularly limited as long as the light can be modulated, and may be appropriately selected according to the purpose. For example, it is preferable to have n pixel portions.

作為上述具有n個的圖素部的光調變機構,並沒有特別的限制,可依照目的作適當的選擇,例如較佳為空間光調變元件。The light modulation mechanism having the n pixel portions is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected depending on the purpose. For example, a spatial light modulation element is preferable.

作為上述空間光調變元件,例如可為數位微鏡片裝置(DMD)、MEMS(微電子機械系統)型的空間光調變元件(SLM;特殊光調變器)、藉由電光學效果調變透射光的光學元件(PLZT元件)、液晶光快門(FLC)等,於此等之中較佳為DMD。The spatial light modulation element may be, for example, a digital microlens device (DMD) or a MEMS (micro electro mechanical system) type spatial light modulation element (SLM; special light modulator), which is modulated by electro-optical effects. An optical element (PLZT element) that transmits light, a liquid crystal shutter (FLC), etc., among these, is preferably a DMD.

又,上述光調變機構較佳為具有以所形成的圖案資訊為基礎而產生控制信號的圖案信號形成機構。此時,上述光調變機構係對應於上述圖案信號生成機構所產生的控制信號而將光調變。Further, it is preferable that the optical modulation means has a pattern signal forming means for generating a control signal based on the formed pattern information. In this case, the optical modulation mechanism changes the light in accordance with a control signal generated by the pattern signal generating means.

上述控制信號係沒有特別的限制,可依照目的作適當的選擇,例如合適者為數據信號。The above control signal is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected according to the purpose, for example, a data signal is suitable.

以下,邊參照圖面邊說明上述光調變機構的一例。Hereinafter, an example of the above-described optical modulation mechanism will be described with reference to the drawings.

如第1圖所示,DMD50係為:在SRAM單元(記憶單元)60上,格子狀排列數個(例如1024個×768個)構成各圖素(畫素)之微小鏡片(微鏡片)62所成的微鏡片裝置。各畫素中,在最上部設置由支柱所支撐的微鏡片62,在微鏡片62表面上蒸鍍鋁等之反射率高的材料。而且,微鏡片62之反射率為90%以上,該排列間距係縱方向、橫方向在一個例子中皆為13.7μm。此外,微鏡片62之正下方經由含有鉸鏈及軛之支柱,配置在一般半導體記憶體之生產線上所製造的矽閘之CMOS的SRAM單元60,全體為單片構成。As shown in FIG. 1, the DMD 50 is a micro lens (microlens) 62 in which a plurality of (for example, 1024 × 768) pixels (pixels) are arranged in a grid on the SRAM cell (memory cell) 60. The resulting microlens device. In each of the pixels, a microlens 62 supported by a pillar is provided on the uppermost portion, and a material having a high reflectance such as aluminum is vapor-deposited on the surface of the microlens 62. Further, the reflectance of the microlens 62 is 90% or more, and the arrangement pitch is 13.7 μm in one example in the longitudinal direction and the lateral direction. Further, the CMOS SRAM cell 60 which is disposed on the production line of a general semiconductor memory via a pillar including a hinge and a yoke directly under the microlens 62 is formed in a single piece.

對DMD50之SRAM單元60輸入數位信號時,支柱所支撐的微鏡片62以對角線為中心,對配置有DMD50之基板側而言在±α度(例如±12度)之範圍內傾斜。第2A圖係表示微鏡片62為開啟狀態,傾斜+α度的狀態,第2B圖係表示微鏡片62為關閉狀態,傾斜-α度的狀態。因此,依據圖案資訊,藉由控制DMD50之各畫素中微鏡片62的傾斜度,入射於DMD50之雷射光束B各朝微鏡片62之傾斜方向反射。When a digital signal is input to the SRAM cell 60 of the DMD 50, the microlens 62 supported by the pillar is tilted within a range of ±α degrees (for example, ±12 degrees) on the substrate side on which the DMD 50 is disposed, centering on the diagonal. Fig. 2A shows a state in which the microlens 62 is in an open state and is tilted by +α degrees, and Fig. 2B shows a state in which the microlens 62 is in a closed state and tilted by -α degrees. Therefore, according to the pattern information, by controlling the inclination of the microlenses 62 in the respective pixels of the DMD 50, the laser beams B incident on the DMD 50 are each reflected toward the oblique direction of the microlenses 62.

而且,第1圖係表示擴大DMD50的一部分,微鏡片62被控制於+α度或-α度之狀態例。各微鏡片62之開關控制係藉由連接於DMD50之上述控制器302進行 。此外,在以關閉狀態之微鏡片62反射的雷射光B進行的方向配置光吸收體(圖中沒有表示)。Further, Fig. 1 shows an example in which a part of the DMD 50 is enlarged and the microlens 62 is controlled to +α degrees or -α degrees. The switching control of each microlens 62 is performed by the above controller 302 connected to the DMD 50. . Further, an optical absorber (not shown) is disposed in a direction in which the laser light B reflected by the microlens 62 in the closed state is performed.

又,DMD50係以短邊朝掃描方向與特定角度θ(例如0.1°~5°)所成的稍微傾斜下配置較佳。第3A圖係表示使DMD50沒有傾斜時藉由各微鏡片之反射光像(曝光光束)53的掃描軌跡,第3B圖係表示使DMD50傾斜時,曝光光束53的掃描軌跡。Further, the DMD 50 is preferably disposed such that the short side is slightly inclined toward the scanning direction and the specific angle θ (for example, 0.1 to 5 degrees). Fig. 3A shows a scanning trajectory of a reflected light image (exposure beam) 53 by each microlens when the DMD 50 is not tilted, and Fig. 3B shows a scanning trajectory of the exposure light beam 53 when the DMD 50 is tilted.

DMD50係在長邊方向排列數個(例如1024個)微鏡片、在短邊方向排列數組(例如756組)微鏡片陣列,如第3B圖所示,藉由使DMD50傾斜,而使各微鏡片之曝光光束53的掃描軌跡(掃描線)之間距P2 較使DMD50沒有傾斜時掃描線之間距P1 為狹窄,可大幅地提高解像度。另一方面,由於DMD50之傾斜角微小,故使DMD50傾斜時之掃描寬度W2 與DMD50沒有傾斜時之掃描寬度W1 大約相同。The DMD 50 has a plurality of (for example, 1024) microlenses arranged in the longitudinal direction and an array (for example, 756 sets) of microlens arrays arranged in the short side direction. As shown in FIG. 3B, each microlens is made by tilting the DMD 50. When the distance P 2 between the scanning trajectories (scanning lines) of the exposure light beam 53 is such that the DMD 50 is not inclined, the distance P 1 between the scanning lines is narrow, and the resolution can be greatly improved. On the other hand, since the tilt angle of the DMD 50 is small, the scan width W 2 when the DMD 50 is tilted is approximately the same as the scan width W 1 when the DMD 50 is not tilted.

其次,說明有關使上述光調變機構之調變速度加快的方法(以下亦稱為「高速調變」)。Next, a method for accelerating the modulation speed of the above-described optical modulation mechanism (hereinafter also referred to as "high-speed modulation") will be described.

上述光調變機構,較佳係可對應於圖案資訊以控制上述n個圖素中連續配置的任意小於n個之上述圖素部。上述光調變機構之數據處理速度有限度,由於以使用的圖素部為比例決定每1條之調變速度,故藉由僅使用連續排列的任意小於n個之圖素部使每1條之調變速度變快。Preferably, the light modulation mechanism may correspond to the pattern information to control any of the n pixels that are consecutively arranged in the n pixels. The data processing speed of the optical modulation mechanism is limited, and since the modulation speed of each of the pixels is determined in proportion to the pixel portion to be used, each of the pixels is made by using only any of the pixel elements that are continuously arranged in less than n pixels. The modulation speed is faster.

於下述中,邊參照圖面邊說明上述高速調變。In the following, the above-described high-speed modulation will be described with reference to the drawings.

自纖維陣列光源66使雷射光B照射於DMD50時,DMD50之微鏡片為開啟狀態時反射的雷射光藉由透鏡系統54、58成像於圖案形成材料150上。如此自纖維陣列光源66出射的雷射光被每個圖素所開關,圖案形成材料150被以與DMD50之使用圖素數約略相同數目的圖素單位(曝光範圍168)曝光。此外,藉由圖案形成材料150與平台152同時以一定速度移動,圖案形成材料150係被與平台移動方向相反的方向之掃描器162所副掃描,於每個曝光頭166形成帶狀曝光完成區域170。When the laser array light source 66 causes the laser light B to illuminate the DMD 50, the laser light reflected by the microlens of the DMD 50 in the open state is imaged on the pattern forming material 150 by the lens systems 54, 58. The laser light thus emitted from the fiber array light source 66 is switched by each of the pixels, and the pattern forming material 150 is exposed in approximately the same number of pixel units (exposure range 168) as the number of pixels of the DMD 50. Further, by the pattern forming material 150 and the stage 152 moving at a certain speed at the same time, the pattern forming material 150 is scanned by the scanner 162 in the direction opposite to the moving direction of the stage, and the strip exposure completion area is formed in each of the exposure heads 166. 170.

而且,本例如第4A圖及第4B圖所示,DMD50係在主掃描方向排列1024個微鏡片、在副掃描方向排列768組微鏡片列,本例係在藉由上述控制器302(參照第12圖)僅驅動部分微鏡片列(例如1024個×256列)下予以控制。Further, as shown in FIG. 4A and FIG. 4B, for example, the DMD 50 has 1024 microlenses arranged in the main scanning direction and 768 microlens arrays arranged in the sub-scanning direction, and this example is provided by the controller 302 (see the Figure 12) Controlling only a portion of the microlens column (e.g., 1024 x 256 columns).

此時,可使用第4A圖所示DMD50之中央部所配置的微鏡片列,亦可以使用第4B圖所示DMD50之端部所配置的微鏡片列。而且,部分微鏡片上產生缺陷情形時,使用沒有產生缺陷的微鏡片列等,視情況可適當改變使用的微鏡片列。In this case, the microlens array disposed at the central portion of the DMD 50 shown in Fig. 4A may be used, or the microlens array disposed at the end of the DMD 50 shown in Fig. 4B may be used. Further, when a defect occurs in a part of the microlens, a microlens array or the like which does not cause a defect is used, and the microlens array to be used can be appropriately changed as appropriate.

DMD50之數據處理速度係有限度,由於係與使用的圖素數成例地決定每一條之調變速度,故僅使用一部分的微鏡片列使每一條之調變速度加快。另一方面,於使曝光頭連續對曝光面相對移動的曝光方式時,不需使用全部的副掃描方向之圖素。The data processing speed of the DMD50 is limited. Since the modulation speed of each strip is determined by using the number of pixels used, only a part of the microlens array is used to speed up the modulation of each strip. On the other hand, in the exposure mode in which the exposure head is continuously moved relative to the exposure surface, it is not necessary to use all the pixels in the sub-scanning direction.

藉由掃描器162完成圖案形成材料150的副掃描,且以感應器164檢測圖案形成材料150之後端時,平台152藉由平台驅動裝置304,沿著導件158回到閘160最上游側之原點,再沿著導件158以一定速度自閘160之上游側移動至下游側。When the sub-scan of the pattern forming material 150 is completed by the scanner 162, and the rear end of the pattern forming material 150 is detected by the inductor 164, the platform 152 is returned to the most upstream side of the gate 160 along the guide 158 by the platform driving device 304. The origin is then moved from the upstream side of the gate 160 to the downstream side at a constant speed along the guide 158.

例如,於768組微鏡片陣列中僅使用384組時,與768組全部使用時相比,每一條可調變為2倍速度。而且,於768組微鏡片列中僅使用256組時,與768組全部使用時相比,每一條可調變為3倍速度。For example, when only 384 sets are used in the 768 sets of microlens arrays, each of the strips becomes twice as fast as when the 768 sets are all used. Moreover, when only 256 sets are used in the 768 sets of microlens rows, each of the strips becomes 3 times faster than when the 768 sets are all used.

如上述說明,依本發明之圖案形成方法,具備在主掃描方向配置1024個微鏡片、副掃描方向排列768組微鏡片陣列之DMD,藉由控制器控制僅使部分微鏡片列驅動,與使全部微鏡片列驅動時相比,每一條之調變速度變快。As described above, the pattern forming method of the present invention includes 1024 microlenses arranged in the main scanning direction and 768 sets of microlens arrays arranged in the sub-scanning direction, and the controller controls only a part of the microlens array to be driven, and The modulation speed of each strip is faster than when all the microlens trains are driven.

另外,說明有關部分驅動DMD之微鏡片例,即使使用對應於特定方向之方向的長度較與上述特定方向交叉方向之長度為長的基板上,視各控制信號而定可改變反射面角度之數個微鏡片以2次元狀排列細長DMD時,由於控制反射面角度的微鏡片之個數變少,同樣地可使調變速度變快。In addition, an example of a microlens for partially driving a DMD is described. Even if a length corresponding to a direction of a specific direction is longer than a length of a direction intersecting the specific direction, the angle of the reflection surface can be changed depending on each control signal. When the microlenses are arranged in a two-dimensional arrangement of the elongated DMD, the number of microlenses that control the angle of the reflecting surface is reduced, and the modulation speed can be increased in the same manner.

又,上述曝光方法以使曝光之光與上述感光層邊相對移動邊進行較佳,此時,以與上述高速調變併用較佳。藉此可以短時間進行高速曝光。Further, the above-described exposure method is preferably performed while moving the exposed light to the side of the photosensitive layer, and in this case, it is preferably used in combination with the above-described high-speed modulation. Thereby, high-speed exposure can be performed in a short time.

另外,如第5圖所示,可藉由掃描器162朝X方向1次掃描以使圖案形成材料150全面曝光,如第 6A圖及第6B圖所示,藉由掃描器162使圖案形成材料150朝X方向掃描後,使掃描器162朝Y方向移動1步且朝X方向進行掃描,重複進行掃描與移動,以數次掃描使圖案形成材料150全面曝光。而且,於該例中掃描器162具備18個曝光頭166。此外,曝光頭至少具有上述光照射機構與上述調變機構。In addition, as shown in FIG. 5, the scanner 162 may be scanned once in the X direction to fully expose the pattern forming material 150, such as 6A and 6B, after the patterning material 150 is scanned in the X direction by the scanner 162, the scanner 162 is moved in the Y direction by one step and scanned in the X direction, and scanning and moving are repeated. The secondary scan exposes the patterning material 150 in its entirety. Moreover, in this example, the scanner 162 is provided with 18 exposure heads 166. Further, the exposure head has at least the above-described light irradiation mechanism and the above-described modulation mechanism.

上述曝光係藉由對上述感光層之一部分區域而言使該部分區域硬化,於後述的顯像步驟中去除上述硬化的一部分區域以外之未硬化區域,以形成圖案。In the above-described exposure, the partial region is hardened by a partial region of the photosensitive layer, and an unhardened region other than the hardened portion is removed in a developing step to be described later to form a pattern.

其次,邊參照圖面邊說明含有上述光調變機構的圖案形成裝置之一例。Next, an example of a pattern forming apparatus including the above-described light modulation mechanism will be described with reference to the drawings.

含有上述光調變機構的圖案形成裝置,如第7圖所示具備使片板狀圖案形成材料150吸附、保持於表面的平板狀平台152。The pattern forming apparatus including the above-described light modulation mechanism includes a flat plate-like platform 152 that adsorbs and holds the sheet-like pattern forming material 150 on the surface as shown in FIG.

在4支腳部154所支撐的厚板狀設置台156之上面,設置沿著平台移動方向拉伸的2條導件158。平台152係在其長度方向朝平台移動方向所配置,藉由導件158可來回移動支撐。而且,上述圖案形成裝置中具有為使平台152沿著導件158驅動時圖中沒有顯示的驅動裝置。On the upper surface of the thick plate-like setting table 156 supported by the four leg portions 154, two guide members 158 which are stretched in the direction in which the platform moves are provided. The platform 152 is disposed in the longitudinal direction thereof toward the platform moving direction, and is supported by the guide 158 to move back and forth. Moreover, the above-described patterning device has a driving device that is not shown in the drawing when the stage 152 is driven along the guide 158.

在設置台156之中央部上設置可跨越平台152之移動路徑的字型閘160。字型閘160之端部各固定於設置台156兩側上。在夾住該字型閘160之一側設置掃描器162,另一側設置檢測圖案形成材料150之前端與後端的數個(例如2個)檢測感應器164。掃瞄器 162及檢測感應器164各設置於閘160上,固定配置於平台152之移動路徑上方。而且,掃描器162及檢測感應器164連接於圖中沒有顯示的控制此等之控制器。A moving path that can span the platform 152 is disposed on a central portion of the setting table 156. Font gate 160. The ends of the font gates 160 are each fixed to both sides of the setting table 156. Clamping the One side of the font gate 160 is provided with a scanner 162, and the other side is provided with a plurality of (for example, two) detection sensors 164 for detecting the front end and the rear end of the pattern forming material 150. The scanner 162 and the detecting sensor 164 are each disposed on the gate 160 and fixedly disposed above the moving path of the platform 152. Moreover, the scanner 162 and the detection sensor 164 are connected to a controller that controls these without being shown.

掃描器162如第8圖及第9B圖所示,具備m行n列(例如3行5列)排列成約略矩陣狀之數個(例如14個)曝光頭166。於該例中以與圖案形成材料150之寬度的關係,在第3行配置4個曝光頭166。而且,欲表示排列於第m行第n列的曝光頭部時,以曝光頭部166mn 表示。As shown in FIGS. 8 and 9B, the scanner 162 includes a plurality of (for example, 14) exposure heads 166 arranged in an approximately matrix form in m rows and n columns (for example, three rows and five columns). In this example, four exposure heads 166 are arranged in the third row in relation to the width of the pattern forming material 150. Further, when the exposure heads arranged in the nth row of the mth row are to be represented, they are indicated by the exposure head 166 mn .

曝光頭166之曝光範圍168係為以副掃描方向為短邊之矩形狀。因此,伴隨台面152之移動,在圖案形成材料150上每個曝光頭166形成帶狀曝光完成區域170。而且,欲表示藉由排列於第m行第n列的各曝光頭的曝光範圍時,以曝光範圍168mn 表示。The exposure range 168 of the exposure head 166 is a rectangular shape in which the sub-scanning direction is a short side. Therefore, with the movement of the mesa 152, each of the exposure heads 166 forms a strip-shaped exposure completion region 170 on the pattern forming material 150. Further, when the exposure range of each of the exposure heads arranged in the mth row and the nth column is to be expressed, it is represented by an exposure range of 168 mn .

此外,如第9A圖及第9B圖所示,帶狀曝光完成區域170在與副掃描方向正交方向係沒有間隙下並排,各線狀排列的各行曝光頭朝排列方向以特定間隔(曝光範圍之長邊的自然數倍,本例為2倍)配置。因此,第1行之曝光範圍16811 與曝光範圍16812 之間無法曝光的部分,係可藉由第2行之曝光範圍16821 與第3行之曝光範圍16831 曝光。Further, as shown in FIGS. 9A and 9B, the strip exposure completion region 170 is arranged side by side with no gap in the direction orthogonal to the sub-scanning direction, and each line of the line-up exposure heads is arranged at a specific interval toward the arrangement direction (exposure range The natural length of the long side is several times, in this case 2 times). Therefore, the portion of the first row between the exposure range 168 11 and the exposure range 168 12 that is not exposed can be exposed by the exposure range 168 21 of the second row and the exposure range 168 31 of the third row.

各曝光頭部16611 ~166mn 如第10圖及第11圖所示,具備美國德州儀器公司製數位微鏡片裝置(DMD)50作為使入射的光束視圖案資訊而定之上述光調變機構(各圖素調變的空間光調變元件)。DMD50連接於 具備數據處理部與鏡片驅動控制部之上述控制器302(參照第12圖)上。該控制器302之數據處理部,根據輸入的圖案資訊,每個曝光頭部166產生使DMD50之控制範圍內各微鏡片驅動控制的控制信號。而且,有關應控制區域係如後述。此外,鏡片驅動控制部係以圖案資訊處理部所產成的控制信號為根據,每個曝光頭部166控制DMD50之各微鏡片的反射面角度。而且,反射面之角度控制係如後述。Each of the exposure heads 166 11 to 166 mn is provided with a digital microlens device (DMD) 50 manufactured by Texas Instruments Co., Ltd. as the above-mentioned optical modulation mechanism depending on the pattern information (as shown in FIGS. 10 and 11). Space light modulation components for each pixel modulation). The DMD 50 is connected to the controller 302 (see Fig. 12) including the data processing unit and the lens drive control unit. The data processing unit of the controller 302 generates, based on the input pattern information, a control signal for driving control of each microlens within the control range of the DMD 50. Moreover, the relevant control area is as follows. Further, the lens drive control unit controls the angle of the reflection surface of each of the microlenses of the DMD 50 based on the control signal generated by the pattern information processing unit. Further, the angle control of the reflecting surface will be described later.

在DMD50之光入射側依順序配置具備光纖之出射端部(發光點)沿著對應曝光區域168之長邊方向一列排列的雷射出射部之纖維陣列光源66、使自纖維陣列光源66出射的雷射光校正、聚光於DMD上之透鏡系67、使透過透鏡系統67之雷射光朝DMD50反射的鏡片69。而且,第10圖係示意表示透鏡系統67。On the light incident side of the DMD 50, a fiber array light source 66 having a laser emitting end portion (light emitting point) arranged in a row along the longitudinal direction of the corresponding exposure region 168 is arranged in order, and the fiber array light source 66 is emitted from the fiber array light source 66. The laser light is corrected, the lens system 67 condensed on the DMD, and the lens 69 that reflects the laser light transmitted through the lens system 67 toward the DMD 50. Moreover, Fig. 10 schematically shows a lens system 67.

透鏡系統67係如第11圖詳細表示,由使來自纖維陣列光源66出射的作為照明光之雷射光B聚光的聚光透鏡71、插入通過聚光透鏡71之光的光路之棒狀光學積分器(以下稱為棒狀積分器)72、以及在棒狀積分器72前方、即鏡片69側所配置的成像透鏡74構成。聚光透鏡71、棒狀積分器72及成像透鏡74,使自纖維陣列光源66出射的雷射光形成接近平行光且光束截面內強度均勻的光束入射於DMD50。有關該棒狀積分器72之形狀或作用,如下述詳細說明。The lens system 67 is shown in detail in Fig. 11, and the rod-shaped optical integration of the condensing lens 71 that condenses the laser light B emitted from the fiber array light source 66 as the illumination light and the light path of the light that has passed through the condensing lens 71 is shown. The device (hereinafter referred to as a rod integrator) 72 and an imaging lens 74 disposed in front of the rod integrator 72, that is, on the side of the lens 69. The condensing lens 71, the rod integrator 72, and the imaging lens 74 cause the laser light emitted from the fiber array light source 66 to form near-parallel light and a light beam having a uniform intensity in the beam cross section is incident on the DMD 50. The shape or function of the rod integrator 72 will be described in detail below.

自透鏡系統67出射的雷射光B,係以鏡片69反射,經由TIR(全反射)稜鏡70照射於DMD50。而且,於第10圖中省略該TIR稜鏡70。The laser light B emitted from the lens system 67 is reflected by the lens 69 and is irradiated to the DMD 50 via TIR (total reflection) 稜鏡70. Moreover, the TIR 稜鏡 70 is omitted in FIG.

另外,在DMD50之光反射側上配置使以DMD50反射的雷射光B成像於圖案形成材料150上之成像光學系統51。該成像光學系統51於第10圖中示意表示,於第11圖中詳細表示,由透鏡系統52、54所成的第1成像光學系統、與透鏡系統57、58所成的第2成像光學系統、與插入此等成像光學系統間之微透鏡陣列55、與開口陣列59構成。Further, an imaging optical system 51 that images the laser light B reflected by the DMD 50 on the pattern forming material 150 is disposed on the light reflection side of the DMD 50. The imaging optical system 51 is schematically shown in FIG. 10, and the first imaging optical system formed by the lens systems 52 and 54 and the second imaging optical system formed by the lens systems 57 and 58 are shown in detail in FIG. The microlens array 55 and the aperture array 59 interposed between the imaging optical systems are formed.

微透鏡陣列55係為使對應DMD50之各圖素的數個微透鏡55a以2次元狀排列所成者。本例由於如下所述於DMD50之1024個×768列微透鏡中僅驅動1024個×256列,故對應於此之微透鏡55a以1024個×256列配置。另外,微透鏡55a之配置間距係縱方向、橫方向皆為41μm。該微透鏡55a之一例如焦點距離為0.19mm、NA(開口數)為0.11,由光學玻璃BK7所形成。而且,微透鏡55a之形狀係於後詳細說明。而且,位於各微透鏡55a之雷射光B的光束直徑係41μm。The microlens array 55 is formed by arranging a plurality of microlenses 55a corresponding to respective pixels of the DMD 50 in a quadratic shape. In this example, since only 1024 × 256 columns are driven in the 1024 × 768 column microlenses of the DMD 50 as described below, the microlenses 55a corresponding thereto are arranged in 1024 × 256 columns. Further, the arrangement pitch of the microlenses 55a was 41 μm both in the longitudinal direction and in the lateral direction. One of the microlenses 55a is formed of, for example, an optical glass BK7 with a focal length of 0.19 mm and a NA (number of openings) of 0.11. Further, the shape of the microlens 55a will be described in detail later. Further, the beam diameter of the laser beam B located in each of the microlenses 55a is 41 μm.

又,開口陣列59係由對應於微透鏡陣列55之各微透鏡55a的數個開口(aperture)59a所形成。開口59a之直徑例如為10μm。Further, the aperture array 59 is formed by a plurality of apertures 59a corresponding to the respective microlenses 55a of the microlens array 55. The diameter of the opening 59a is, for example, 10 μm.

上述第1成像光學系統係藉由DMD50使影像擴大成3倍、成像於微透鏡陣列55上。然後,上述第2成像光學系統係經由微透鏡陣列55使影像擴大成1.6倍、成像、投影於圖案形成材料150上。因此,全體藉由DMD50使影像擴大成4.8倍、成像、投影於圖案形成材料150上。The first imaging optical system is formed by magnifying the image by three times by the DMD 50 and imaging the microlens array 55. Then, the second imaging optical system expands the image by 1.6 times via the microlens array 55, and images and projects onto the pattern forming material 150. Therefore, the image is enlarged by 4.8 times, imaged, and projected onto the pattern forming material 150 by the DMD 50 as a whole.

而且,在上述第2成像光學系統與圖案形成材料150之間配設稜鏡對73,藉由使該稜鏡對73在第11圖中朝上下方向移動,可調整圖案形成材料150上影像之焦點。而且,於同圖中圖案形成材料150朝箭頭F方向副掃描移動。Further, a pair of yokes 73 is disposed between the second image forming optical system and the pattern forming material 150, and by moving the pair of shins 73 in the vertical direction in FIG. 11, the image on the pattern forming material 150 can be adjusted. focus. Further, in the same figure, the pattern forming material 150 is sub-scanned in the direction of the arrow F.

上述圖素部只要是可將來自上述光照射機構之光作受光、出射即可,並沒有特別的限制,可依照目的作適當的選擇,例如於藉由本發明之圖案形成方法所形成的圖案為影像圖案時係畫素,於上述光調變機構含有DMD時係微鏡片。The pixel portion is not particularly limited as long as it can receive and emit light from the light irradiation means, and can be appropriately selected according to the purpose. For example, the pattern formed by the pattern forming method of the present invention is The image pattern is a pixel, and the micro-lens is used when the light modulation mechanism contains DMD.

上述具有光調變元件之圖素部的數目(上述n),並有特別的限制,可依照目的作適當的選擇。The number of the pixel portions having the above-described light modulation element (the above n) is particularly limited and can be appropriately selected depending on the purpose.

上述光調變元件中圖素部之排列,並有特別的限制,可依照目的作適當的選擇,例如以2次元狀排列較佳,以格子狀排列更佳。The arrangement of the pixel portions in the above-mentioned optical modulation element is particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected according to the purpose. For example, it is preferably arranged in a two-dimensional shape, and is preferably arranged in a lattice shape.

<光照射機構><Light Irradiation Mechanism>

上述光照射機構沒有特別的限制,可視目的而定適當選擇,例如(超)高壓水銀燈、氙氣燈、碳弧燈、鹵素燈、影印機用等之螢光管、LED、半導體雷射等之習知光源,或可使2種以上之光合成照射的機構,於此等之中以可使2種以上之光合成照射的機構較佳。The light irradiation means is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected depending on the purpose, such as a fluorescent tube, a carbon lamp, a halogen lamp, a photoreceptor, or the like, such as a fluorescent tube, an LED, or a semiconductor laser. A light source or a mechanism for synthesizing and irradiating two or more kinds of light is preferable, and among them, a mechanism for synthesizing two or more types of light can be preferably used.

作為自上述光照射機構照射的光,例如於隔著支持體進行光照射的情況,可為透過該支持體及裝所使用的光聚合引發劑或增感劑活性化之電磁波、紫外線~可見 光線、電子線、X射線、雷射光等,於此等之中以雷射光較佳,以使2種以上之光合成的雷射(以下稱為「複合波雷射」)更佳。另外,使支持體剝離後進行光照射時,亦可使用相同的光。The light irradiated from the light irradiation means may be an electromagnetic wave or an ultraviolet ray which is activated by the photopolymerization initiator or the sensitizer used for the support and the package, for example, when the light is irradiated through the support. Among the light, the electron beam, the X-ray, the laser light, and the like, it is preferable that the laser light is combined with a laser that combines two or more types of light (hereinafter referred to as "composite-wave laser"). Further, when the support is peeled off and light is irradiated, the same light can be used.

作為上述紫外線~可見光線之波長,例如較佳為300~1500nm,更佳320~800nm,特佳330~650nm。The wavelength of the ultraviolet to visible light is, for example, preferably 300 to 1500 nm, more preferably 320 to 800 nm, and particularly preferably 330 to 650 nm.

作為上述雷射光之波長,例如較佳為200~1500nm,更佳300~800nm,尤佳330~500nm,特佳400~450nm。The wavelength of the above-mentioned laser light is, for example, preferably 200 to 1500 nm, more preferably 300 to 800 nm, particularly preferably 330 to 500 nm, and particularly preferably 400 to 450 nm.

作為可照射上述複合波的機構,例如較佳是具有使數種雷射、多模光纖、與從數種雷射所各自照射的雷射光聚光而結合於上述多模光纖之集合光學系統的機構。As a means for illuminating the complex wave, for example, it is preferable to have a plurality of kinds of lasers, a multimode fiber, and a collecting optical system that combines the laser light irradiated from each of the plurality of laser beams to the multimode fiber. mechanism.

以下,邊參照圖面邊說明可照射上述複合波的機構(纖維陣列光源)。Hereinafter, a mechanism (fiber array light source) that can illuminate the composite wave will be described with reference to the drawings.

如第27A圖所示,纖維陣列光源66具備數個(例如14個)雷射模組64,多模光纖30之一端結合於各雷射模組64。在多模光纖30之另一端上結合芯徑與多模光纖30相同且包層直徑較多模光纖30為小的光纖31。如第27B圖所詳示,與多模光纖31之光纖30相反側之端部,係由沿者與副掃描方向垂直的主掃描方向7個並列、各2列排列的雷射出射部68所構成。As shown in FIG. 27A, the fiber array light source 66 is provided with a plurality of (for example, 14) laser modules 64, and one end of the multimode fiber 30 is coupled to each of the laser modules 64. On the other end of the multimode fiber 30, the core fiber 30 is the same as the multimode fiber 30, and the cladding fiber 30 is a small fiber 31. As shown in Fig. 27B, the end portion on the opposite side to the optical fiber 30 of the multimode optical fiber 31 is a laser emitting portion 68 which is arranged in parallel in the main scanning direction perpendicular to the sub-scanning direction and arranged in two rows. Composition.

多模光纖31之端部構成的雷射出射部68,如第27B圖所示,被表面平坦的2張支持板65夾住、固定。而且,在多模光纖31之光出射端面上,為了作保護 ,以配置玻璃等透明的保護板較佳。多模光纖31之光出射端面由於光密度高而容易集塵、劣化,但藉由配置上述之保護板,可防止塵埃附著於端面且可延遲劣化情形。As shown in Fig. 27B, the laser emitting portion 68 formed at the end of the multimode optical fiber 31 is sandwiched and fixed by two support plates 65 having a flat surface. Moreover, on the light exit end face of the multimode fiber 31, for protection It is preferable to arrange a transparent protective plate such as glass. The light-emitting end face of the multimode fiber 31 is easy to collect dust and deteriorate due to high optical density. However, by arranging the above-mentioned protective plate, dust can be prevented from adhering to the end face and the deterioration can be delayed.

於該例中,為使包層直徑小的光纖31之出射端於沒有空隙下以1列排列時,在包層直徑大的部分相鄰的2條多模光纖30之間積層重疊多模光纖30,結合於積層重疊的多模光纖30之光纖31的出射端,係被夾在結合於包層直徑大之部分相鄰的2條多模光纖30之光纖31的2個出射端之間下予以排列。In this example, in order to arrange the exit ends of the optical fibers 31 having a small cladding diameter in one column without voids, a multimode optical fiber is laminated between two adjacent multimode optical fibers 30 having a large cladding diameter. 30. The exit end of the optical fiber 31 combined with the multi-mode optical fiber 30 of the laminated layer is sandwiched between two exit ends of the optical fiber 31 of the two multimode optical fibers 30 adjacent to the adjacent portion having a large cladding diameter. Arrange.

該光纖例如第28圖所示,可藉由在包層直徑大的多模光纖30之雷射光出射側的前端部分,使長度1~30cm之包層直徑小的光纖31同軸結合製得。2條光纖係光纖31之入射端面在多模光纖30之出射端面上使兩光纖之中心軸一致下熔融結合。如上所述,光纖31之芯31a的直徑與多模光纖30之芯30a的直徑相同尺寸。For example, as shown in Fig. 28, the optical fiber can be obtained by coaxially combining optical fibers 31 having a small cladding diameter of 1 to 30 cm in length at the front end portion of the laser light exiting side of the multimode optical fiber 30 having a large cladding diameter. The incident end faces of the two fiber-optic fibers 31 are melt-bonded on the exit end faces of the multimode fibers 30 so that the central axes of the two fibers are uniformly aligned. As described above, the diameter of the core 31a of the optical fiber 31 is the same as the diameter of the core 30a of the multimode optical fiber 30.

又,可使在長度短、包層直徑大的光纖上熔融有包層直徑小的光纖之短條狀光纖,經由套圈或連接器等結合於多模光纖30之出射端。藉由使用連接器等可脫熔下結合,包層直徑小的光纖破損時等前端部分容易交換,可降低維修曝光頭部時所需的成本。而且,於下述中有時將光纖31稱為多模光纖30之出射端部。Further, a short optical fiber having an optical fiber having a small cladding diameter can be melted on an optical fiber having a short length and a large cladding diameter, and bonded to the exit end of the multimode optical fiber 30 via a ferrule or a connector. By using a connector or the like to be detachable and combined, the front end portion can be easily exchanged when the optical fiber having a small cladding diameter is broken, and the cost required for repairing the exposure head can be reduced. Further, the optical fiber 31 is sometimes referred to as an exit end portion of the multimode optical fiber 30 in the following.

多模光纖30及光纖31係有步進指數型光纖、分級指數型光纖及複合型光纖。例如可使用三菱電線工業股份有限公司製之步進指數型光纖。本實施之型態 中多模光纖30及光纖31為步進指數型光纖,多模光纖30係包層直徑=125μm、芯徑=50μm、NA=0.2、入射端面塗佈之透射率=99.5%以上,光纖31係包層直徑=60μm、芯徑=50μm、NA=0.2。The multimode fiber 30 and the optical fiber 31 are a step index type fiber, a graded index type fiber, and a composite type fiber. For example, a step index type optical fiber manufactured by Mitsubishi Electric Wire Co., Ltd. can be used. Type of this implementation The medium multimode fiber 30 and the optical fiber 31 are step index type fibers, and the multimode fiber 30 series cladding diameter = 125 μm, core diameter = 50 μm, NA = 0.2, transmittance of the incident end face coating = 99.5% or more, and the optical fiber 31 system Cladding diameter = 60 μm, core diameter = 50 μm, NA = 0.2.

一般而言,紅外線區域之雷射光於光纖之包層直徑小時傳送損失會增加。因此,視雷射光之波長範圍而定決定適合的包層直徑。而且,波長愈短時傳送損失愈少,自GaN系半導體雷射出射的波長405nm之雷射光,即使包層之厚度{(包層直徑-芯徑)/2}約為傳送800nm波長範圍的紅外線時之1/2,約為傳送通信用1.5μm波長範圍之紅外線時的1/4,傳送損失幾乎完全不會增加。因此,可使包層直徑為60μm之小值。In general, the transmission loss of the laser light in the infrared region to the cladding diameter of the optical fiber increases. Therefore, the appropriate cladding diameter is determined depending on the wavelength range of the laser light. Moreover, the shorter the wavelength, the less the transmission loss, and the laser light having a wavelength of 405 nm emitted from a GaN-based semiconductor laser, even if the thickness of the cladding layer {(cladding diameter-core diameter)/2} is about infrared rays transmitting a wavelength range of 800 nm. At 1/2 of the time, it is about 1/4 of the infrared ray in the wavelength range of 1.5 μm for communication, and the transmission loss hardly increases at all. Therefore, the cladding diameter can be made small to be 60 μm.

惟光纖31之包層直徑不限定為60μm。習知纖維陣列光源所使用的光纖之包層直徑為125μm,惟由於包層直徑愈小時焦點深度愈深,故多模光纖之包層直徑以80μm以下較佳,以60μm以下更佳,以40μm以下最佳。另外,由於芯徑必須至少為3~4μm,故光纖31之包層直徑以10μm以上較佳。However, the cladding diameter of the optical fiber 31 is not limited to 60 μm. The cladding diameter of the optical fiber used in the conventional fiber array light source is 125 μm. However, the deeper the depth of the cladding is, the deeper the depth of the cladding is, so the cladding diameter of the multimode fiber is preferably 80 μm or less, more preferably 60 μm or less, and 40 μm. The best of the following. Further, since the core diameter must be at least 3 to 4 μm, the cladding diameter of the optical fiber 31 is preferably 10 μm or more.

雷射模組64係藉由第29圖所示之複合波雷射光源(纖維陣列光源)構成。該複合波雷射光源係由在加熱區10上排列固定的數個(例如7個)片狀橫多模或單模GaN系半導體雷射LD1、LD2、LD3、LD4、LD5、LD6、及LD7,與各對應於GaN系半導體雷射LD1~LD7所設置的準直透鏡11、12、13、14、15、16、及17,與1個聚光透鏡20,與1條多模光纖30所構成。而且,半 導體雷射之個數不限於7個。例如,包層直徑=60μm、芯徑=50μm、NA=0.2之多模光纖,可使20個半導體雷射光入射,可實現曝光頭部之必要光量,且可更為減少光纖之條數。The laser module 64 is constructed by a composite laser light source (fiber array light source) as shown in FIG. The composite laser light source is composed of a plurality of (for example, seven) sheet-shaped transverse multimode or single-mode GaN-based semiconductor lasers LD1, LD2, LD3, LD4, LD5, LD6, and LD7 arranged and fixed on the heating region 10. And collimating lenses 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, and 17, respectively, corresponding to the GaN-based semiconductor lasers LD1 to LD7, and one collecting lens 20, and one multimode fiber 30 Composition. And half The number of conductor lasers is not limited to seven. For example, a multimode fiber having a cladding diameter of 60 μm, a core diameter of 50 μm, and a NA of 0.2 allows 20 semiconductor laser light to be incident, which can achieve the necessary amount of light for the exposure head, and can further reduce the number of optical fibers.

GaN系半導體雷射LD1~LD7,振盪波長全部相同(例如405nm),最大出力亦全部相同(例如多模雷射為100mW,單模雷射為30mW)。而且,GaN系半導體雷射LD1~LD7,在350nm~450nm之波長範圍內亦可使用具有上述405nm以外之振盪波長的雷射。The GaN-based semiconductor lasers LD1 to LD7 have the same oscillation wavelength (for example, 405 nm) and the maximum output is the same (for example, a multimode laser is 100 mW and a single mode laser is 30 mW). Further, the GaN-based semiconductor lasers LD1 to LD7 may use a laser having an oscillation wavelength other than 405 nm in the wavelength range of 350 nm to 450 nm.

上述複合波雷射光源,如第30圖及第31圖所示,與其它的光學元件一起收納於上方開口的箱狀包封體40內。包封體40具備使該開口關閉作成的包封體蓋41,藉由脫氣處理後導入密封氣體,且使包封體40之開口以包封體蓋41蓋住,在由包封體40與包封體蓋41所形成的密閉空間(密封空間)內使上述複合波雷射光源氣體密封。As shown in Figs. 30 and 31, the composite laser light source is housed in a box-shaped envelope 40 that is open at the top side together with other optical elements. The encapsulant 40 is provided with an encapsulation cover 41 for closing the opening, and after the degassing treatment, the sealing gas is introduced, and the opening of the encapsulation 40 is covered by the encapsulation cover 41, and the envelope 40 is covered by the encapsulation 40. The composite wave laser light source is gas-tightly sealed in a sealed space (sealing space) formed by the envelope cover 41.

在包封體40之底面使基板42固定,在該基板42之上面設置上述加熱區10、保持聚光透鏡20之聚光透鏡固定器45、與保持多模光纖30之入射端部的纖維固定器46。多模光纖30之出射端部,自包封體40之壁面所形成的開口拉出至包封體外。The substrate 42 is fixed to the bottom surface of the encapsulant 40, and the heating zone 10, the condensing lens holder 45 for holding the condensing lens 20, and the fiber holding the incident end of the multimode fiber 30 are fixed on the substrate 42. 46. The exit end of the multimode fiber 30 is pulled out from the opening formed by the wall surface of the envelope 40 to the outside of the envelope.

此外,在加熱區10之側面設置有準直透鏡固定器44,以保持準直透鏡11~17。包封體40之橫壁面上形成開口,通過該開口使對GaN系半導體雷射LD1~LD7供應驅動電流之配線47拉出至包封體外。Further, a collimator lens holder 44 is disposed on the side of the heating zone 10 to hold the collimator lenses 11-17. An opening is formed in the lateral wall surface of the encapsulant 40, and the wiring 47 for supplying the driving current to the GaN-based semiconductor lasers LD1 to LD7 is pulled out to the outside of the envelope.

而且,於第31圖中,為避免圖案複雜化時,數個GaN系半導體雷射中僅GaN系半導體雷射LD7有編號,且數個準直透鏡中僅準直透鏡17有編號。Further, in Fig. 31, in order to avoid complication of the pattern, only the GaN-based semiconductor laser LD7 is numbered among a plurality of GaN-based semiconductor lasers, and of the plurality of collimating lenses, only the collimator lens 17 is numbered.

第32圖係顯示上述準直透鏡11~17之安裝部分的正面形狀。準直透鏡11~17係各使含有具備非球面之圓形透鏡的光軸之區域,以平行平面切成細長形狀所形成。該細長形狀準直透鏡,例如可藉由使樹脂或光學玻璃塑模成形予以形成。準直透鏡11~17係以長度方向與GaN系半導體雷射LD1~LD7之發光點的排列方向(第32圖之左右方向)成正交的方式,朝上述發光點之排列方向密接配置。Fig. 32 is a view showing the front shape of the mounting portion of the above-described collimating lenses 11 to 17. Each of the collimator lenses 11 to 17 is formed by cutting an optical axis of a circular lens having an aspherical surface into a slender shape in a parallel plane. The elongated shape collimating lens can be formed, for example, by molding a resin or an optical glass. The collimator lenses 11 to 17 are arranged in close contact with each other in the arrangement direction of the light-emitting points so that the longitudinal direction thereof is orthogonal to the arrangement direction of the light-emitting points of the GaN-based semiconductor lasers LD1 to LD7 (the horizontal direction in FIG. 32).

另一方面,GaN半導體雷射LD1~LD7,係使用具備發光寬度為2μm之活性層、與活性層平行的方向、垂直的方向之擴大角度各例如10°、30°之狀態下使各雷射光B1~B7發光的雷射。此等GaN系半導體雷射LD~LD7係使與活性層平行方向之發光點以1列並排配設。On the other hand, each of the GaN semiconductor lasers LD1 to LD7 is made to have an active layer having a light-emitting width of 2 μm, a direction parallel to the active layer, and an angle of expansion of a vertical direction of, for example, 10° and 30°, respectively. B1~B7 luminous laser. These GaN-based semiconductor lasers LD to LD7 are arranged such that the light-emitting points in the direction parallel to the active layer are arranged side by side.

因此,自各發光點發出的雷射光B1~B7,在對上述細長形狀之各準直透鏡11~17而言擴大角度大的方向與長度方向一致,且擴大角度小的方向與寬度方向(與長度方向垂直的方向)一致的狀態下入射。總之,各準直透鏡11~17之寬度為1.1mm,長度為4.6mm,入射於此等之雷射光B1~B7的水平方向、垂直方向之光束直徑各為0.9mm、2.6mm。而且,準直透鏡11~17係各焦點距離f1 =3mm、NA=0.6、透鏡配置間距=1.25mm。Therefore, the laser beams B1 to B7 emitted from the respective light-emitting points are aligned with the longitudinal direction in the direction in which the enlargement angle is large for each of the elongated collimating lenses 11 to 17, and the direction and the width direction (and the length) are small. Incident in a state where the direction is perpendicular). In short, the width of each of the collimating lenses 11 to 17 is 1.1 mm and the length is 4.6 mm, and the beam diameters in the horizontal direction and the vertical direction of the laser beams B1 to B7 incident thereon are 0.9 mm and 2.6 mm, respectively. Further, each of the collimator lenses 11 to 17 has a focal length f 1 = 3 mm, NA = 0.6, and a lens arrangement pitch = 1.25 mm.

聚光透鏡20係使含有具備非球面之圓形透鏡的光軸之區域以平行平面切成細長形狀,準直透鏡11~17之排列方向、即水平方向為長邊,與其垂直的方向為短邊之形狀予以形成。該聚光透鏡20係各焦點距離f2 =23mm、NA=0.2。該聚光透鏡20例如藉由使樹脂或光學玻璃塑模成形予以形成。In the condensing lens 20, the region including the optical axis of the aspherical circular lens is cut into a slender shape in a parallel plane, and the alignment directions of the collimator lenses 11 to 17, that is, the horizontal direction is the long side, and the direction perpendicular thereto is short. The shape of the sides is formed. The condensing lens 20 has a focal length f 2 = 23 mm and NA = 0.2. The condensing lens 20 is formed, for example, by molding a resin or an optical glass.

此外,於使DMD照明的光照射機構中,由於使用複合波雷射光源之光纖的出射端部排列成列狀之高亮度纖維陣列光源,故可實現高輸出且具備深的焦點深度之圖案形成裝置。另外,藉由使各纖維陣列光源之出力變大,企求為得所需輸出時必要的纖維陣列光源數之減少,使圖案形成裝置低成本化。Further, in the light irradiation mechanism for illuminating the DMD, since the exit end portions of the optical fibers using the composite wave laser light source are arranged in a line-like high-intensity fiber array light source, pattern formation with high output and deep depth of focus can be realized. Device. Further, by increasing the output of each of the fiber array light sources, it is required to reduce the number of fiber array light sources necessary for obtaining a desired output, thereby reducing the cost of the pattern forming apparatus.

而且,由於光纖之出射端的包層直徑較入射端之包層直徑為小,企求使發光部直徑較小,纖維陣列光源高亮度化。藉此可實現具備較深的焦點深度之圖案形成裝置。例如光束直徑1μm以下、解像度0.1μm以下之超高解像度曝光時,可得深的焦點深度,可高速且高精細地曝光。而且,適合於必須高解像度之薄膜電晶體(TFT)的曝光步驟。Further, since the cladding diameter of the exit end of the optical fiber is smaller than the cladding diameter of the incident end, the diameter of the light-emitting portion is required to be small, and the fiber array light source is brightened. Thereby, a pattern forming device having a deep depth of focus can be realized. For example, when the beam diameter is 1 μm or less and the resolution is 0.1 μm or less, the deep focus depth can be obtained, and the exposure can be performed at high speed and high definition. Moreover, it is suitable for an exposure step of a thin film transistor (TFT) which must have high resolution.

另外,上述光照射機構不受限於上述具備數個複合波雷射光源之纖維陣列光源,例如可使用具備使自具1個發光點之單一半導體雷射入射的雷射光出射的1條光纖之纖維光源排列化的纖維陣列光源。Further, the light irradiation means is not limited to the above-described fiber array light source including a plurality of composite laser light sources, and for example, one optical fiber having laser light emitted from a single semiconductor laser having one light-emitting point can be used. A fiber array light source in which fiber sources are arranged.

而且,作為具備數個發光點之光照射機構,例如第33圖所示,可使用在加熱區100上使數個(例如7 個)片狀半導體雷射LD1~LD7排列的雷射陣列。此外,如第34A圖所示數個(例如5個)發光點110a朝特定方向排列的片狀多槽雷射110,係為已知。多槽雷射110與使片狀半導體雷射排列時相比,由於可使發光點位置精度良好地排列,故容易使自各發光點出射的雷射光複合波。惟發光點變多時,於雷射製造時多槽雷射110容易產生彎曲情形,故發光點110a之個數以5個以下較佳。Further, as a light irradiation means having a plurality of light-emitting points, for example, as shown in Fig. 33, a plurality of (for example, 7) can be used in the heating zone 100. Laser arrays of chip semiconductor lasers LD1~LD7. Further, a plurality of sheet-like multi-slot lasers 110 in which a plurality of (for example, five) light-emitting points 110a are arranged in a specific direction as shown in Fig. 34A are known. The multi-slot laser 110 can easily align the positions of the light-emitting points as compared with the case where the sheet-like semiconductor lasers are arranged, so that the laser light complexes emitted from the respective light-emitting points are easily generated. However, when the number of light-emitting points is increased, the multi-slot laser 110 is likely to be bent during laser manufacturing, so that the number of the light-emitting points 110a is preferably five or less.

作為上述光照射機構,可使用在該多槽雷射110、或第34B圖所示在加熱區100上使數個多槽雷射110與各晶片之發光點110a的排列方向相同的方向排列之多槽雷射陣列作為雷射光源。As the light irradiation means, it is possible to arrange the plurality of multi-slot lasers 110 in the same direction as the arrangement direction of the light-emitting points 110a of the respective wafers in the heating zone 100 as shown in the multi-slot laser 110 or the 34B. A multi-slot laser array is used as a laser source.

此外,複合波雷射光源不受限於自數個片狀半導體雷射出射的雷射光複合波者。例如第21圖所示,可使用具備具數個(例如3個)發光點110a之片狀多槽雷射110的複合波雷射光源。該複合波雷射光源係具備多槽雷射110、1條多模光纖130、與聚光透鏡120所構成。多槽雷射110例如可以振盪波長為405nm之GaN系雷射二極體構成。In addition, the composite wave laser source is not limited to laser light composites that are emitted from a plurality of chip semiconductor lasers. For example, as shown in Fig. 21, a composite laser light source having a sheet-shaped multi-slot laser 110 having a plurality of (for example, three) light-emitting points 110a can be used. The composite laser light source includes a multi-slot laser 110, a multimode optical fiber 130, and a collecting lens 120. The multi-slot laser 110 can be configured, for example, by oscillating a GaN-based laser diode having a wavelength of 405 nm.

於上述構成中,自各多槽雷射110之數個發光點110a出射的雷射光B,係藉由聚光透鏡120聚光,入射於多模光纖130之芯130a。入射於芯130a之雷射光係於光纖內移動,複合成1條出射。In the above configuration, the laser light B emitted from the plurality of light-emitting points 110a of the multi-slot lasers 110 is condensed by the condensing lens 120 and incident on the core 130a of the multimode optical fiber 130. The laser light incident on the core 130a moves in the optical fiber and is combined into one emission.

藉由使多槽雷射110之數個發光點110a並設於與上述多模光纖130之芯徑大約相等的寬度內,且使用與多模光纖130之芯徑大約相等焦點距離的凸透鏡、 或使自多槽雷射110之出射光束僅在垂直於活性層之面內平行光化的棒透鏡作為聚光透鏡,可提高雷射光B對多模光纖130之結合效率。By arranging the plurality of light-emitting points 110a of the multi-slot laser 110 in a width approximately equal to the core diameter of the multimode fiber 130, and using a convex lens having a focal length approximately equal to the core diameter of the multimode fiber 130, Or, the exiting beam from the multi-slot laser 110 can be used as a collecting lens only in a rod lens that is parallelized in the plane perpendicular to the active layer, thereby improving the bonding efficiency of the laser light B to the multimode fiber 130.

另外,如第35圖所示,可使用具備數個(例如3個)發光點之多槽雷射110,在加熱區111上具備互相以等間隔排列的數個(例如9個)多槽雷射110之雷射陣列140的複合波雷射光源。數個多槽雷射110係朝與各晶片之發光點110a的排列方向相同之方向排列、固定。Further, as shown in FIG. 35, a multi-slot laser 110 having a plurality of (for example, three) light-emitting points can be used, and a plurality of (for example, nine) multi-grooves arranged at equal intervals in the heating region 111 are provided. A composite laser light source that emits a laser array 140 of 110. The plurality of multi-slot lasers 110 are arranged and fixed in the same direction as the arrangement direction of the light-emitting points 110a of the respective wafers.

該複合波雷射光源係具備雷射陣列140、對應於各多槽雷射110配置的數個透鏡列114、在雷射陣列140及數個透鏡列114之間配置的1條棒透鏡113、一條多模光纖130、與聚光透鏡120所構成。透鏡列114具備對應於多槽雷射110之發光點的數個微透鏡。The composite laser light source includes a laser array 140, a plurality of lens arrays 114 arranged corresponding to the multi-slot lasers 110, and one rod lens 113 disposed between the laser array 140 and the plurality of lens columns 114, A multimode optical fiber 130 and a collecting lens 120 are formed. The lens array 114 is provided with a plurality of microlenses corresponding to the light-emitting points of the multi-slot laser 110.

於上述構成中,各自數個多槽雷射110之數個發光點110a出射的雷射光B,係藉由棒透鏡113於特定方向聚光後,藉由透鏡列114之各微透鏡平行光化。經平行光化的雷射光L藉由聚光透鏡120聚光,入射於多模光纖130之芯130a。入射於芯130a之雷射光於光纖內移動,且複合成1條出射。In the above configuration, the laser light B emitted from the plurality of light-emitting points 110a of the plurality of multi-slot lasers 110 is condensed in a specific direction by the rod lens 113, and is parallelized by the respective microlenses of the lens array 114. . The collimated laser light L is concentrated by the collecting lens 120 and incident on the core 130a of the multimode optical fiber 130. The laser light incident on the core 130a moves in the optical fiber and is combined into one emission.

另外,顯示另一複合波光源之例。該複合波雷射光源如第36A圖及第36B圖所示,在大約矩形之加熱區180上搭載光軸方向之截面為L字狀的加熱區182,在2個加熱區間形成收納空間。在L字狀加熱區182上面,使數個發光點(例如5個)列狀排列的數個(例如2 個)多槽雷射110以與各晶片之發光點110a的排列方向相同的方向、等間隔排列固定。In addition, an example of another composite wave source is shown. As shown in FIGS. 36A and 36B, the composite-wave laser light source has a heating region 182 having an L-shaped cross section in the optical axis direction on the rectangular heating region 180, and a storage space is formed in the two heating intervals. On the L-shaped heating zone 182, a plurality of light-emitting points (for example, five) are arranged in a row (for example, 2) The multi-slot lasers 110 are arranged and fixed at equal intervals in the same direction as the arrangement direction of the light-emitting points 110a of the respective wafers.

在大約矩形之加熱區180上形成凹部,加熱區180之空間側上面使數個發光點(例如5個)列狀排列的數個(例如2個)多槽雷射110,在與其發光點與加熱區182上面所排列的雷射晶片之發光點相同的垂直面上排列。A concave portion is formed on the rectangular heating region 180, and a plurality of (for example, two) multi-slot lasers 110 arranged in a plurality of light-emitting points (for example, five) are arranged on the space side of the heating region 180 at a light-emitting point thereof. The heating areas 182 are arranged on the same vertical plane as the light-emitting points of the laser wafers arranged.

在多槽雷射110之雷射出射側上,配置對各晶片之發光點110a而言排列有準直透鏡之準直透鏡列184。準直透鏡列184係在各準直透鏡之長度方向與雷射光之擴大角大的方向(速軸方向)一致,且各準直透鏡之寬度方向與雷射光之擴大角小的方向(遲軸方向)一致下配置。如此藉由使準直透鏡列化、一體化,可使雷射光之空間利用效率提高,且可使複合波雷射光源之高輸出力化、零件點數減少及低成本化。On the laser exit side of the multi-slot laser 110, a collimator lens array 184 in which collimating lenses are arranged for the light-emitting points 110a of the respective wafers is disposed. The collimator lens array 184 is in the direction in which the length direction of each collimating lens is larger than the angle of enlargement of the laser light (the direction of the speed axis), and the direction of the width of each collimating lens is smaller than the angle of expansion of the laser light (late axis). The direction is consistently configured. By linearizing and integrating the collimator lens, the space utilization efficiency of the laser light can be improved, and the high output power of the composite laser light source can be reduced, the number of parts can be reduced, and the cost can be reduced.

又,在準直透鏡陣列184之雷射光出射側上,配置一條多模光纖130、與在該多模光纖130之入射端上使雷射光聚光結合的聚光透鏡120。Further, on the laser light exit side of the collimator lens array 184, a multimode fiber 130 and a collecting lens 120 for condensing and combining the laser light at the incident end of the multimode fiber 130 are disposed.

於上述構成中,雷射區180、182上所配置的數個多槽雷射110之數個發光點110a所各自出射的雷射光束B,係各藉由準直透鏡陣列184予以平行光化,藉由聚光透鏡120予以聚光,入射於多模光纖130之芯130a。入射於芯130a之雷射光係於光纖內移動,且複合成1條出射。In the above configuration, the laser beams B respectively emitted by the plurality of light-emitting points 110a of the plurality of multi-slot lasers 110 arranged on the laser regions 180 and 182 are respectively optically parallelized by the collimator lens array 184. The light is collected by the collecting lens 120 and incident on the core 130a of the multimode optical fiber 130. The laser light incident on the core 130a moves in the optical fiber and is combined into one emission.

上述複合波雷射光源,係如上所述藉由多槽雷射之多段配置與準直透鏡之陣列化,特別可使高輸出化。由於藉由使用該複合波雷射光源,可構成更高亮度的纖維陣列光源或纖維束光源,故特別適合使用作為構成本發明圖案形成裝置之雷射光源的纖維光源。The composite wave laser light source described above is arranged in a plurality of stages of a multi-slot laser and arrayed by a collimating lens as described above, and in particular, can be made high in output. Since the composite laser light source can be used to form a higher-intensity fiber array light source or fiber bundle light source, it is particularly suitable to use a fiber light source as a laser light source constituting the pattern forming device of the present invention.

而且,可將上述各複合波雷射光源收納於箱內,且使多模光纖130之出射端部自該箱拉出以構成雷射模組。Further, each of the composite laser light sources described above may be housed in a case, and an exit end portion of the multimode optical fiber 130 may be pulled out from the case to constitute a laser module.

另外,說明有關在複合波雷射光源之多模光纖的出射端上結合芯徑與多模光纖相同且包層直徑較多模光纖為小的其它光纖,以使纖維陣列光源高亮度化之例,但例如亦可使用在出射端上沒有與其它光纖結合的包層直徑為125μm、80μm、60μm等之多模光纖。In addition, an example is described in which the other end of the multimode fiber of the composite laser light source is combined with a core fiber having the same core diameter and a larger cladding fiber diameter, so that the fiber array light source is brighter. However, for example, a multimode optical fiber having a cladding diameter of 125 μm, 80 μm, 60 μm or the like which is not bonded to other optical fibers at the exit end may be used.

此處,更進一步說明本發明之上述圖案形成方法。Here, the above-described pattern forming method of the present invention will be further described.

於掃描器162之各曝光頭166,以發散光狀態自構成光纖陣列光源66之複合波雷射光源的各GaN系半導體雷射LD1~LD7射出之雷射光束B1、B2、B3、B4、B5、B6及B7,各係由對應之準直透鏡11~17化為平行光。化為平行光之雷射光束B1~B7,由聚光透鏡20聚光,成束於多模光纖30之芯30a的射入端面。Each of the exposure heads 166 of the scanner 162 emits laser beams B1, B2, B3, B4, and B5 from the GaN-based semiconductor lasers LD1 to LD7 constituting the composite laser light source of the optical fiber array light source 66 in a divergent light state. , B6 and B7, each of which is converted into parallel light by the corresponding collimating lenses 11-17. The laser beams B1 to B7 which are converted into parallel light are collected by the collecting lens 20 and bundled into the incident end faces of the core 30a of the multimode optical fiber 30.

本例係藉由準直透鏡11~17及聚光透鏡20構成聚光光學系統,藉由該聚光光學系統與多模光纖30構成複合波光學系統。即,經聚光透鏡20如上述地所聚光的雷射光束B1~B7,係入射於該多模光纖30之芯30a ,於光纖內移動,且複合成1條雷射光束B,自結合於多模光纖30之出射端部的光纖31射出。In this example, the condensing optical system is constituted by the collimating lenses 11 to 17 and the condensing lens 20, and the concentrating optical system and the multimode optical fiber 30 constitute a composite optical system. That is, the laser beams B1 to B7 condensed by the condensing lens 20 as described above are incident on the core 30a of the multimode fiber 30. The fiber is moved within the optical fiber and combined into one laser beam B, and is emitted from the optical fiber 31 coupled to the exit end of the multimode fiber 30.

於各雷射模組中,雷射光束B1~B7對多模光纖30之結合效率為0.85,GaN系半導體雷射LD1~LD7之各輸出力為30mW時,在陣列狀排列的各個光纖31,可得輸出180mW(=30mW×0.85×7)之複合波雷射光束B。因此,6條光纖31陣列狀排列的雷射出射部68之輸出力約為1W(180mW×6)。In each of the laser modules, the combination efficiency of the laser beams B1 to B7 to the multimode fiber 30 is 0.85, and when the output power of the GaN semiconductor lasers LD1 to LD7 is 30 mW, the respective fibers 31 arranged in an array are arranged. A composite wave laser beam B of 180 mW (= 30 mW × 0.85 × 7) can be obtained. Therefore, the output of the laser emitting portion 68 in which the six optical fibers 31 are arranged in an array is about 1 W (180 mW × 6).

於纖維陣列光源66之雷射出射部68,高亮度發光點係沿主掃描方向排成一列。使來自單一半導體雷射之雷射光結合於1條纖維的習知光纖光源因低輸出,需排列多數列方可得所欲之輸出,而上述複合波雷射光源因係高輸出,故即使少數列如1列也可得所欲之輸出。At the laser exit portion 68 of the fiber array light source 66, the high-intensity light-emitting points are arranged in a line along the main scanning direction. A conventional optical fiber source that combines laser light from a single semiconductor laser into one fiber has a low output, and needs to arrange a plurality of columns to obtain a desired output, and the above composite laser light source has a high output, so even a few Columns such as 1 column can also get the desired output.

例如,由於使半導體雷射與光纖以1對1結合的習知纖維光源,通常使用輸出約為30mW(微瓦)之雷射作為半導體雷射,使用芯徑50μm、包層直徑125μm、NA(開口數)0.2之多模光纖作為光纖,故為得約1W(瓦特)之輸出時,必須使多模光纖集束成48條(8×6),發光範圍之面積為0.62mm2 (0.675mm×0.925mm),雷射出射部68之亮度為1.6×106 (W/m2 ),每1條光纖之亮度為3.2×106 (W/m2 )。For example, a conventional fiber source that combines a semiconductor laser with an optical fiber in a one-to-one relationship typically uses a laser output of about 30 mW (microwatt) as a semiconductor laser, using a core diameter of 50 μm, a cladding diameter of 125 μm, and NA ( numerical aperture) as much as 0.2-mode fiber as the optical fiber, is obtained when it is about 1W (watt) of the output, must be bundled into a multimode optical fiber 48 (8 × 6), the range of the light emitting area of 0.62mm 2 (0.675mm × 0.925 mm), the luminance of the laser exit portion 68 is 1.6 × 10 6 (W/m 2 ), and the luminance per one optical fiber is 3.2 × 10 6 (W/m 2 ).

相對於此,於上述光照射機構為可照射複合波雷射的機構之情況中,由於以6條多模光纖可得約1W 之輸出,雷射出射部68之發光範圍的面積為0.0081mm2 (0.325mm×0.025mm),雷射出射部68之亮度為123×106 (W/m2 ),與習知相比約為80倍之高亮度化。而且,每1條光纖之亮度為90×106 (W/m2 ),與習知相比可約為28倍之高亮度化。On the other hand, in the case where the light irradiation means is a mechanism capable of irradiating a composite laser beam, since the output of about 1 W is obtained by six multimode optical fibers, the area of the light-emitting range of the laser emission portion 68 is 0.0081 mm 2 . (0.325 mm × 0.025 mm), the luminance of the laser emitting portion 68 is 123 × 10 6 (W/m 2 ), which is about 80 times higher than that of the conventional one. Further, the luminance per one optical fiber is 90 × 10 6 (W/m 2 ), which is about 28 times higher than that of the conventional one.

此處,參照第37A圖及第37B圖,說明習知曝光頭與本實施形態之曝光頭的焦點深度之不同處。習知曝光頭之束狀纖維光源的發光區域之副掃描方向的直徑為0.675mm,曝光頭之纖維陣列光源的發光區域之副掃描方向的直徑為0.025mm。如第37A圖所示,習知之曝光頭由於光照射機構(束狀纖維光源)1之發光範圍大,故入射於DMD3之光束角度變大,結果入射於掃描面5之光束角度變大。因此,對聚光方向(焦點方向的偏離)而言光束直徑容易變得過粗。Here, the difference between the conventional exposure head and the depth of focus of the exposure head of the present embodiment will be described with reference to Figs. 37A and 37B. The diameter of the light-emitting region of the bundled fiber light source of the conventional exposure head has a diameter of 0.675 mm in the sub-scanning direction, and the diameter of the light-emitting region of the fiber array light source of the exposure head has a diameter of 0.025 mm. As shown in Fig. 37A, in the conventional exposure head, since the light-emitting range (beam-shaped fiber light source) 1 has a large light-emitting range, the beam angle incident on the DMD 3 becomes large, and as a result, the beam angle incident on the scanning surface 5 becomes large. Therefore, the beam diameter tends to become too thick in the collecting direction (deviation of the focus direction).

另一方面,如第37B圖所示,本發明之圖案形成裝置中之曝光頭由於纖維陣列光源66的發光區域之副掃描方向的直徑較小,故通過透鏡系統67而入射於DMD50之光束角度變小,結果入射於掃描面56之光束角度變小。亦即,焦點深度變深。而且,DMD係反射型的空間光調變元件,而第37A圖及第37B圖係用以說明光學上之關係而作成之展開圖。On the other hand, as shown in Fig. 37B, the exposure head in the pattern forming apparatus of the present invention has a small beam diameter in the sub-scanning direction of the light-emitting region of the fiber array light source 66, so that the beam angle incident on the DMD 50 through the lens system 67 is small. As a result, the beam angle incident on the scanning surface 56 becomes small. That is, the depth of focus becomes deeper. Further, the DMD is a reflective spatial light modulation element, and the 37A and 37B are diagrams for explaining the optical relationship.

對應於曝光圖案之圖案資訊,係輸入一連接於DMD50之圖中沒有顯示的控制器內,直接記錄於控制器內之幀(frame)記憶體。該圖案資訊係為使構成影像之各圖素的濃度以2值(有無點之記錄)表示的數據。Corresponding to the pattern information of the exposure pattern, a frame is connected to a controller that is not displayed in the figure of the DMD 50, and is directly recorded in a frame memory in the controller. The pattern information is data indicating the density of each pixel constituting the image as a binary value (record with or without dots).

表面吸附有圖案形成材料150的平台152,係藉由圖中沒有顯示的驅動裝置,沿著導件158以一定速度自閘160之上游側移至下游側。平台152於通過閘160下時,藉由安裝於閘160之檢測感應器164檢測圖案形成材料150之前端時,在幀記憶體上述錄的圖案資訊係以各數條之量依順序讀出,以數據處理部讀出的圖案資訊為基準在各曝光頭166生成控制信號。然後,藉由透鏡驅動控制部,以生成的控制信號為基準,控制每一曝光頭166的DMD50之微鏡片各個的開關。The platform 152 on which the pattern forming material 150 is adsorbed on the surface is moved from the upstream side to the downstream side of the gate 160 at a constant speed along the guide 158 by a driving means not shown. When the platform 152 passes through the gate 160, when the front end of the pattern forming material 150 is detected by the detecting sensor 164 attached to the gate 160, the pattern information recorded in the frame memory is sequentially read in the order of each number. A control signal is generated in each of the exposure heads 166 based on the pattern information read by the data processing unit. Then, the respective switches of the microlenses of the DMD 50 of each of the exposure heads 166 are controlled by the lens drive control unit based on the generated control signals.

自纖維陣列光源66在DMD50上照射雷射光時,DMD50之微鏡片為開啟狀態時反射的雷射光,係經由透鏡系統54、58成像於圖案形成材料150之被曝光面56上。如此自纖維陣列光源66出射的雷射光被每個圖素所開關,圖案形成材料150以與DMD50之使用圖素數大約相同數目的圖素單位(曝光範圍168)曝光。又,藉由圖案形成材料150與台面152同時以一定速度移動,圖案形成材料150係被與台面移動方向相反的方向之掃描器162所副掃描,於每個曝光頭166形成帶狀曝光完成區域170。When the fiber array light source 66 illuminates the laser light on the DMD 50, the laser light reflected by the microlens of the DMD 50 in the open state is imaged on the exposed surface 56 of the pattern forming material 150 via the lens systems 54, 58. The laser light thus emitted from the fiber array light source 66 is switched by each pixel, and the pattern forming material 150 is exposed in the same number of pixel units (exposure range 168) as the number of pixels used by the DMD 50. Further, the pattern forming material 150 is simultaneously moved at a constant speed with the mesa 152, and the pattern forming material 150 is scanned by the scanner 162 in a direction opposite to the moving direction of the mesa, and a strip-shaped exposure completion region is formed in each of the exposure heads 166. 170.

<微透鏡陣列><Microlens array>

上述曝光較佳為藉由使經上述調變後的光通過微透鏡陣列來進行,更可通過開口陣列、成像光學系等等來進行。The above exposure is preferably performed by passing the modulated light through the microlens array, and more preferably through an aperture array, an imaging optical system, or the like.

作為上述微透鏡陣列,並沒有特別的限制,可依照目的作適當的選擇,例如合適者為排列具有可校 正因上述圖素部中出射面之畸變所致的像差之非球面的微透鏡者The microlens array is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected according to the purpose. Aspherical microlens due to aberration caused by distortion of the exit surface in the above pixel portion

作為上述非球面,並沒有特別的限制,可依照目的作適當的選擇,例如較佳為複曲面。The aspherical surface is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected depending on the purpose, and is preferably a toric surface, for example.

以下,邊參照與上述微透鏡陣列、上述開口陣列及上述成像光學系等有關的圖面,邊作說明。Hereinafter, the drawings relating to the microlens array, the aperture array, the imaging optical system, and the like described above will be described.

第13A圖係表示由DMD50、對DMD50照射雷射光之光照射機構144、使以DMD50反射的雷射光擴大成像之透鏡系統(成像光學系統)454、458、對應於DMD50之各圖素部配置有數個微透鏡474的微透鏡陣列472、對應於微透鏡陣列472之各微透鏡設置有數個開口478之開口陣列476、使通過開口的雷射光成像於被曝光面56的透鏡系統(成像光學系統)480、482所構成之曝光頭部。Fig. 13A shows a lens system (imaging optical system) 454 and 458 in which the DMD 50, the light irradiation mechanism 144 that irradiates the DMD 50 with the laser light, and the laser light reflected by the DMD 50 are enlarged, and the respective pixel portions corresponding to the DMD 50 are arranged. The microlens array 472 of the microlenses 474, the microlenses corresponding to the microlens array 472 are provided with an opening array 476 of a plurality of openings 478, and a lens system (imaging optical system) for imaging the laser light passing through the openings to the exposed surface 56. An exposure head composed of 480 and 482.

此處,第14圖係表示測定構成DMD50之微鏡片62的反射面之平面度結果。於同圖中,表示以等高線連結反射面之相同高度位置,等高線之間距為5nm。而且,同圖所示之x方向及y方向係為微鏡片62之2個對角線方向,微鏡片62係以沿著y方向拉伸的回轉軸為中心,如上述回轉。又,第15A圖及第15B圖係各表示沿著上述x方向、y方向之微鏡片62的反射面高度位置位移。Here, Fig. 14 shows the result of measuring the flatness of the reflecting surface of the microlens 62 constituting the DMD 50. In the same figure, the height position of the reflecting surface is connected by a contour line, and the distance between the contour lines is 5 nm. Further, the x direction and the y direction shown in the figure are two diagonal directions of the microlens 62, and the microlens 62 is rotated around the rotation axis extending in the y direction as described above. Further, the 15A and 15B drawings each show the displacement of the height of the reflection surface of the microlens 62 along the x direction and the y direction.

如第14圖、第15A圖及第15B圖所示,微鏡片62之反射面上有畸變情形存在,特別是觀察透鏡中央部分時,1個對角線方向(y方向)之畸變情形較另一對角線方向(x方向)的畸變情形為大。因此,以微透鏡陣列 55之微透鏡55a聚光的雷射光束B之聚光位置會發生形狀畸變的問題。As shown in Fig. 14, Fig. 15A and Fig. 15B, there is distortion on the reflecting surface of the microlens 62, especially when observing the central portion of the lens, the distortion of one diagonal direction (y direction) is different. The distortion in the diagonal direction (x direction) is large. Therefore, the microlens array The condensing position of the laser beam B condensed by the microlens 55a of 55 causes a shape distortion problem.

於本發明的圖案形成方法中,為了防止上述問題,使微透鏡陣列55之微透鏡55a具有與習知不同的特殊形狀。於下述中詳細說明該點。In the pattern forming method of the present invention, in order to prevent the above problem, the microlens 55a of the microlens array 55 has a special shape different from the conventional one. This point is explained in detail below.

第16A圖及第16B圖係各詳細表示微透鏡陣列55全體之正面形狀及側面形狀。於這些圖中,亦記載有微透鏡陣列55之各部分尺寸,此等之單位為mm。本發明之圖案形成方法係為參照如上述第4圖說明使DMD50之1024個×256列之微鏡片62驅動者,對應於此,微透鏡陣列55係在橫方向及縱方向分別並排設置1024列及256列的微透鏡55a而構成。而且,於第16A圖中,微透鏡55的並排順序在橫方向係以j表示,在縱方向係以k表示。FIGS. 16A and 16B show the front shape and the side surface shape of the entire microlens array 55 in detail. In these figures, the dimensions of the respective portions of the microlens array 55 are also described, and the units are in mm. In the pattern forming method of the present invention, the 1024 x 256 columns of microlenses 62 of the DMD 50 are driven as described above with reference to Fig. 4, and the microlens array 55 is arranged 1024 columns in the horizontal direction and the vertical direction, respectively. And 256 rows of microlenses 55a are formed. Further, in Fig. 16A, the side-by-side order of the microlenses 55 is denoted by j in the lateral direction and denoted by k in the longitudinal direction.

又,第17A圖及第17B圖係各顯示微透鏡陣列55中1個微透鏡55a之正面形狀及側面形狀。而且,於第17A圖中一併顯示微透鏡55a之等高線。各微透鏡55a之光出射面的端面,係為校正因微鏡片62之反射面畸變所致的像差之非球面形狀。更具體而言,微透鏡55a係複曲面透鏡,對應於上述x方向光學之曲率半徑Rx=-0.125mm,對應上述y方向之曲率半徑Ry=-0.1mm。Further, the 17A and 17B drawings each show the front shape and the side surface shape of one microlens 55a in the microlens array 55. Further, the contour line of the microlens 55a is shown together in Fig. 17A. The end surface of the light exit surface of each microlens 55a is an aspherical shape for correcting aberration due to distortion of the reflecting surface of the microlens 62. More specifically, the microlens 55a is a toric lens having a curvature radius Rx=−0.125 mm corresponding to the x-direction optical and a curvature radius Ry=−0.1 mm corresponding to the y direction.

因此,平行上述x方向及y方向之截面內雷射光B的聚光狀態,約略各如第18A圖及第18B圖所示。即,於平行於x方向之截面內與平行於y方向之截面 內相比時,後者截面內之微透鏡55a之曲率半徑較小,焦點距離較短。Therefore, the condensed state of the laser light B in the cross section parallel to the x direction and the y direction is approximately as shown in Figs. 18A and 18B. That is, in a section parallel to the x direction and a section parallel to the y direction In the inner comparison, the microlens 55a in the latter cross section has a small radius of curvature and a short focal length.

微透鏡55a為上述形狀時,該微透鏡55a之聚光位置(焦點位置)附近之光束直徑藉由計算機模擬計算結果,如第19A~D圖所示。另外,為了作比較,微透鏡55a為曲率半徑Rx=Ry=-0.1mm之球面形狀時,進行相同模擬計算的結果如第20A~D圖所示。而且,各圖中z之值,係使微透鏡55a之焦點方向的評估位置以自微透鏡55a之光束出射面的距離表示。When the microlens 55a has the above shape, the beam diameter in the vicinity of the condensing position (focus position) of the microlens 55a is calculated by computer simulation as shown in Figs. 19A to D. Further, for comparison, when the microlens 55a has a spherical shape having a radius of curvature Rx = Ry = -0.1 mm, the results of performing the same simulation calculation are as shown in Figs. 20A to D. Further, the value of z in each figure is such that the evaluation position of the focus direction of the microlens 55a is expressed by the distance from the beam exit surface of the microlens 55a.

又,上述模擬計算所使用的微透鏡55a之面形狀,係以下述計算式計算。Further, the surface shape of the microlens 55a used in the above simulation calculation is calculated by the following calculation formula.

於上述計算式中,Cx係表示x方向之曲率(=1/Rx),Cy係表示y方向之曲率(=1/Ry),X係表示自x方向之透鏡光軸O的距離,Y係表示自y方向之透鏡光軸O的距離。In the above calculation formula, Cx represents the curvature in the x direction (=1/Rx), Cy represents the curvature in the y direction (=1/Ry), and X represents the distance from the optical axis O of the lens in the x direction, and the Y system The distance from the optical axis O of the lens in the y direction.

比較第19A圖~D圖與第20A~D圖可知,本發明之圖案形成方法藉由使微透鏡55a平行於y方向之截面內焦點距離較平行於x方向之截面內焦點距離為小的複曲面透鏡,而抑制其之聚光位置附近的光束形狀之畸變。藉此可使沒有畸變、更高精細的影像曝光於圖案形成材料150上。又,在第19A~D圖所示的本實施形態方面,可知光束直徑小的範圍較為寬廣,即焦點深度較大。Comparing FIGS. 19A to D and 20A to D, the pattern forming method of the present invention has a small focal length in the cross section parallel to the x direction in which the microlens 55a is parallel to the y direction. The curved lens suppresses the distortion of the shape of the beam near the condensing position. Thereby, an image having no distortion and higher definition can be exposed on the pattern forming material 150. Further, in the present embodiment shown in Figs. 19A to D, it is understood that the range in which the beam diameter is small is wide, that is, the depth of focus is large.

再者,有關微鏡片62之x方向及y方向的中央部畸變的大小關係,與上述相反的情況,由平行於x方向之截面內焦點距離較平行於y方向之截面內焦點距離為小的複曲面透鏡構成微透鏡時,同樣地可使沒有畸變、更高精細的影像曝光於圖案形成材料150上。Further, regarding the magnitude relationship between the distortion of the central portion of the microlens 62 in the x direction and the y direction, contrary to the above, the focal length in the cross section parallel to the x direction is smaller than the focal length in the cross section parallel to the y direction. When the toric lens constitutes the microlens, the undistorted, finer image can be exposed to the patterning material 150 in the same manner.

又,在微透鏡陣列55之聚光位置附近所配置的開口陣列59,係為藉由各開口59a上僅使經由對應的微透鏡55a之光入射下配置者。即,藉由設置該開口陣列59,可防止來自與其沒有對應的相鄰微透鏡55a之光入射於各開口59a,而可提高消光比。Further, the array of openings 59 arranged in the vicinity of the condensing position of the microlens array 55 is arranged such that only light passing through the corresponding microlens 55a is incident on each opening 59a. That is, by providing the opening array 59, it is possible to prevent light from the adjacent microlenses 55a not corresponding thereto from being incident on the respective openings 59a, and the extinction ratio can be improved.

本來以上述目的所設置的開口陣列59之開口59a的直徑為某一程度的小值時,可得抑制微透鏡55a之聚光位置中光束形狀畸變的效果。然而,如此會使開口陣列59所遮斷的光量變多,使光利用效率降低。對此而言,使微透鏡55a為非球面形狀時,由於沒有遮斷光,故可確保光利用效率為高值。When the diameter of the opening 59a of the opening array 59 provided for the above purpose is a small value, the effect of suppressing the distortion of the beam shape in the condensing position of the microlens 55a can be obtained. However, this increases the amount of light blocked by the aperture array 59 and reduces the light use efficiency. On the other hand, when the microlens 55a has an aspherical shape, since the light is not blocked, the light use efficiency can be ensured to be high.

又,於本發明之圖案形成方法中,微透鏡55a可以為2次元非球面形狀,亦可以為較高次元(4次元、6次元…)之非球面形狀。藉由採用上述高次元非球面形狀,可得更為高精細的光束形狀。Further, in the pattern forming method of the present invention, the microlens 55a may have a 2-dimensional aspherical shape or an aspherical shape of a higher order (4th order, 6th order...). By adopting the above-described high-dimensional aspherical shape, a more high-definition beam shape can be obtained.

而且,於以上說明的實施形態中,使微透鏡55a之光出射側端面成為非球面(複曲面),以2個光通過端面之一方成為球面,另一方為複曲面之微透鏡構成微透鏡陣列,亦可得到上述實施形態同樣的效果。Further, in the embodiment described above, the end surface on the light exit side of the microlens 55a is an aspherical surface (toric surface), and the microlens array is formed by one of the two light passage end faces being a spherical surface, and the other is a toric microlens. The same effects as in the above embodiment can be obtained.

另外,於上述說明的實施形態中,微透鏡陣列55之微透鏡55a係為校正因微鏡片62之反射面畸變所致的像差之非球面形狀,惟以在構成微透鏡陣列之各微透鏡上具有校正因微鏡片62之反射面畸變所致的像差之折射率分佈取代採用該非球面形狀時,亦可得到相同的效果。Further, in the above-described embodiment, the microlens 55a of the microlens array 55 is an aspherical shape for correcting aberrations due to distortion of the reflecting surface of the microlens 62, but only the microlenses constituting the microlens array. The same effect can be obtained by using the refractive index distribution for correcting the aberration due to the distortion of the reflecting surface of the microlens 62 instead of using the aspherical shape.

該微透鏡155a之一例子如第22A圖及第22B圖所示。第22A圖及第22B圖各顯示該微透鏡155a之正面形狀及側面形狀。如圖所示,該微透鏡155a之外形形狀為平行平板狀。而且,同圖中x、y方向如上所述。An example of the microlens 155a is shown in Figs. 22A and 22B. The front surface shape and the side surface shape of the microlens 155a are shown in each of Figs. 22A and 22B. As shown in the figure, the outer shape of the microlens 155a is a parallel plate shape. Moreover, the x and y directions in the same figure are as described above.

又,第23A圖及第23B圖係約略表示藉由該微透鏡155a,平行於上述x方向及y方向之截面內雷射光B的聚光狀態。該微透鏡155a係為具有自光軸O朝向外方逐漸增大的折射率分佈,同圖中微透鏡155a內所示之虛線係表示自光軸O以特定等間距變化的位置。如圖所示,比較平行於x方向之截面內與平行於y方向之截面內,後者之截面內微透鏡155a之折射率變化比例較大,焦點距離較短。使用由該折射率分佈型透鏡所構成的微透鏡陣列,可得與使用上述微透鏡陣列55同樣的效果。Further, FIGS. 23A and 23B schematically show the condensed state of the laser beam B in the cross section parallel to the x direction and the y direction by the microlens 155a. The microlens 155a has a refractive index distribution which gradually increases from the optical axis O toward the outside, and the broken line shown in the microlens 155a in the same figure indicates a position which changes from the optical axis O by a certain equal pitch. As shown in the figure, in the cross section parallel to the x direction and the cross section parallel to the y direction, the refractive index change ratio of the microlens 155a in the latter section is large, and the focal length is short. The same effect as the above-described microlens array 55 can be obtained by using the microlens array composed of the refractive index distribution type lens.

而且,於先前第17圖及第18圖所示之微透鏡55a的面形狀為非球面之微透鏡中,同時具有如上述之折射率分佈,藉由面形狀與折射率分佈雙方,可校正因微鏡片62之反射面畸變所致的像差。Further, in the microlens having the aspherical surface shape of the microlens 55a shown in FIGS. 17 and 18, the refractive index distribution as described above is simultaneously obtained, and both of the surface shape and the refractive index distribution can be corrected. The aberration caused by the distortion of the reflecting surface of the microlens 62.

又,於上述實施形態中,雖然可校正由於構成DMD50的微鏡片62之反射面畸變所致的像差,但是於使用DMD以外的空間光調變元件之本發明圖案形成方法中,即使該空間光調變元件之圖素部的面上存在有畸變形時,使用本發明可校正因該畸變所致的像差,且可防止光束形狀發生變形。Further, in the above-described embodiment, the aberration due to the distortion of the reflecting surface of the microlens 62 constituting the DMD 50 can be corrected, but in the pattern forming method of the present invention using the spatial light modulation element other than the DMD, even the space When there is distortion on the surface of the pixel portion of the light modulation element, the aberration of the distortion can be corrected by using the present invention, and the shape of the beam can be prevented from being deformed.

其次,更進一步說明上述成像光學系統。Next, the above imaging optical system will be further explained.

上述曝光頭部係自光照射機構144照射雷射光時,藉由DMD50朝開啟方向反射的光束線之截面積,係經由透鏡系統454、458擴大數倍(例如2倍)。經擴大的雷射光經由微透鏡陣列472之各微透鏡對應於DMD50之各圖素部聚光,通過對應於開口陣列476之開口。通過開口之雷射光,經由透鏡系統480、482成像於被曝光面56上。When the exposure head is irradiated with the laser beam by the light irradiation means 144, the cross-sectional area of the beam line reflected by the DMD 50 in the opening direction is expanded several times (for example, twice) via the lens systems 454 and 458. The expanded laser light is concentrated by the respective microlenses of the microlens array 472 corresponding to the respective pixel portions of the DMD 50 through the openings corresponding to the array of openings 476. The exposed laser light is imaged onto the exposed surface 56 via lens systems 480, 482.

於該成像光學系統中,DMD50所反射的雷射光,由於經由擴大透鏡454、458擴大數倍而投影於被曝光面56上,故全體之影像範圍擴大。此時,若沒有配置微透鏡陣列472及開口陣列476,則如第13B圖所示,投影於被曝光面56之各光束點BS的1圖素尺寸(點尺寸)為對應於曝光範圍468之尺寸大小者,表示曝光範圍468之鮮銳度的MTF(調變轉移功能)特性降低。In the imaging optical system, the laser light reflected by the DMD 50 is projected on the exposure surface 56 by being expanded by several times by the enlarged lenses 454 and 458, so that the entire image range is expanded. At this time, if the microlens array 472 and the aperture array 476 are not disposed, as shown in FIG. 13B, the pixel size (dot size) of each beam spot BS projected on the exposure surface 56 corresponds to the exposure range 468. In the case of the size, the MTF (modulation transfer function) characteristic indicating the sharpness of the exposure range 468 is lowered.

另一方面,於配置微透鏡陣列472及開口陣列476的情況,DMD50反射的雷射光係經由微透鏡陣列472之各微透鏡對應於DMD50之各圖素部聚光。藉此,如第13C圖所示,即使曝光範圍被擴大時,各光束點BS 之點尺寸仍可縮小至所欲之大小(例如10μm×10μm),可防止MTF特性降低,進行高精細曝光。而且,曝光範圍468的傾斜係為了使圖素間沒有間隙而傾斜配置DMD50之故。On the other hand, in the case where the microlens array 472 and the aperture array 476 are disposed, the laser light reflected by the DMD 50 is concentrated by the respective microlenses of the microlens array 472 corresponding to the respective pixel portions of the DMD 50. Thereby, as shown in FIG. 13C, even when the exposure range is enlarged, each beam spot BS The dot size can still be reduced to a desired size (for example, 10 μm × 10 μm) to prevent a decrease in MTF characteristics and to perform high-definition exposure. Further, the inclination of the exposure range 468 is such that the DMD 50 is obliquely arranged so that there is no gap between the pixels.

又,即使因微透鏡之像差致使光束變粗時,也可藉由開口陣列在被曝光面56上點尺寸為一定大小下將光束整形,同時藉由通過對應於各圖素所設置開口陣列,可防止相鄰的圖素間產生串音情形。Moreover, even if the light beam is thickened due to the aberration of the microlens, the beam size can be shaped by the aperture array on the exposed surface 56 to a certain size, while the aperture array is provided by corresponding to each pixel. To prevent crosstalk between adjacent pixels.

再者,藉由在光照射機構144使用高亮度光源,由於自透鏡458入射於微透鏡陣列472之各微透鏡面的光束角度變小,故可防止部分相鄰的圖素之光束入射。即,可實現高消光比。Further, by using the high-intensity light source in the light irradiation means 144, since the angle of the light beam incident on the respective lenticular surfaces of the microlens array 472 from the lens 458 becomes small, it is possible to prevent the light beams of the adjacent pixels from being incident. That is, a high extinction ratio can be achieved.

<其它光學系統><Other optical systems>

本發明之圖案形成方法,可併用適當選自於習知光學系統之其它光學系統,例如由1對組合透鏡所成的光量分佈校正光學系統等。In the pattern forming method of the present invention, other optical systems suitably selected from conventional optical systems, such as a light amount distribution correcting optical system formed by a pair of combined lenses, and the like can be used in combination.

上述光量分佈校正光學系統,係對接近光軸之中心部的光束寬度而言周邊部之光束寬度比與入射側相比時,出射側較小下變化各出射位置之光束寬度,使自光照射機構之平行光束照射於DMD時,在被照射面之光量分佈校正成約略均勻。於下述中,邊參照圖面邊說明有關上述光量分佈校正光學系統。In the light-quantity-dispensing optical system, when the beam width of the peripheral portion is closer to the incident side than the beam width near the central portion of the optical axis, the beam width of each of the emission positions is smaller and smaller at the emission side, so that the self-light is irradiated. When the parallel beam of the mechanism is irradiated to the DMD, the light quantity distribution on the illuminated surface is corrected to be approximately uniform. In the following, the light quantity distribution correcting optical system will be described with reference to the drawings.

首先,如第24A圖所示,以入射光束與出射光束說明有關全體光束寬度(全光束寬度)H0、H1相同的情形。而且,於第24A圖中,以符號51、52所示部分係 為假想地顯示上述光量分佈校正光學系統之入射面及出射面。First, as shown in Fig. 24A, the case where the incident beam and the outgoing beam are the same for the entire beam width (full beam width) H0, H1 will be described. Moreover, in Fig. 24A, the parts indicated by the symbols 51 and 52 are The incident surface and the outgoing surface of the light quantity distribution correcting optical system are imaginarily displayed.

於上述光量分佈校正光學系統中,入射於接近光軸Z1之中心部的光束、與入射於周邊部之光束的各光束寬度h0、h1為相同者(h0=h1)。上述光量分佈校正光學系統對於入射側之相同光束寬度h0、h1的光而言,有關中心部之入射光束係使光束寬度h0擴大,反之,對周邊部之入射光束而言使光束寬度h1縮小的作用。換言之,有關中心部之出射光束的寬度h10、與周邊部之出射光束的寬度h11,h11<h10。以光束寬度之比例表示時,對出射側之中心部的光束寬度而言周邊部之光束寬度的比例「h11/h10」,與入射側之比(h1/h0=1)相比時較小((h11/h10)<1)。In the light amount distribution correction optical system, the light beam incident on the center portion close to the optical axis Z1 is the same as the beam widths h0 and h1 of the light beam incident on the peripheral portion (h0=h1). In the light quantity distribution correcting optical system, for the light of the same beam width h0 and h1 on the incident side, the incident beam of the central portion expands the beam width h0, and conversely, the incident beam of the peripheral portion reduces the beam width h1. effect. In other words, the width h10 of the outgoing beam of the central portion and the width h11 of the outgoing beam of the peripheral portion, h11 < h10. When the ratio of the beam width is expressed as a ratio of the beam width, the ratio of the beam width of the peripheral portion to the beam width at the center of the emission side is smaller than that of the incident side (h1/h0 = 1). (h11/h10) <1).

如此藉由變化光束寬度,通常可使光量分佈變大的中央部之光束生成於光量不足的周邊部,在全體之光利用效率不會降低下,使被照射面之光量分佈大約均勻化。均勻化的程度例如有效範圍內之光量不均度為30%以內,較佳者為20%以內。By changing the beam width, the light beam at the central portion where the light amount distribution is increased is generally generated in the peripheral portion where the amount of light is insufficient, and the light amount distribution of the illuminated surface is approximately equalized without reducing the overall light use efficiency. The degree of homogenization, for example, the light amount unevenness within the effective range is within 30%, preferably within 20%.

藉由上述光量分佈校正光學系統之作用、效果,變化入射側與出射側之全體光束寬度時(第24B圖及第24C圖)皆相同。The action and effect of the light amount distribution correcting optical system are the same when the entire beam widths of the incident side and the exit side are changed (Fig. 24B and Fig. 24C).

第24B圖係表示使入射側全體之光束寬度H0縮小成寬度H2予以出射時(H0>H2)。此時,上述光量分佈校正光學系統係使入射側相同的光束寬度h0、h1之光,有出射側中央部之光束寬度h10與周邊部相比時 較大,反之,周邊部之光束寬度h11與中央部相比時較小的作用。考慮光束之縮小率時,有對中央部之入射光束而言縮小率與周邊部相比時較小,且對周邊部之入射光束而言縮小率與中心部相比時較大的作用。此時,對中心部之光束寬度而言周邊部之光束寬度的比例「h11/h10」,與入射側之比例(h1/h0=1)相比時較小((h11/h10)<1)。Fig. 24B shows a case where the beam width H0 of the entire incident side is reduced to the width H2 and is emitted (H0 > H2). In this case, the light amount distribution correction optical system has the same beam width h0 and h1 on the incident side, and the beam width h10 at the center of the emission side is compared with the peripheral portion. Larger, on the other hand, the beam width h11 of the peripheral portion is smaller than that of the central portion. When the reduction ratio of the light beam is considered, the reduction ratio of the incident light beam at the center portion is smaller than that of the peripheral portion, and the reduction ratio of the incident light beam at the peripheral portion is larger than that of the central portion. At this time, the ratio "h11/h10" of the beam width of the peripheral portion to the beam width of the center portion is smaller than that of the incident side (h1/h0=1) ((h11/h10)<1) .

第24C圖係表示使入射側全體之光束寬度H0擴大成寬度H3予以入射時(H0<H3)。此時,上述光量分佈校正光學系統係使於入射側相同的光束寬度h0、h1之光,有出射側中央部之光束寬度h10與周邊部相比時較大,反之,周邊部之光束寬度h11與中央部相比時較小的作用。考慮光光束之擴大率時,有對中央部之入射光束而言擴大率與周邊部相比時較大,且對周邊部之入射光束而言擴大率與中心部相比時較小的作用。此時,對中心部之光束寬度而言周邊部之光束寬度的比例「h11/h10」,與入射側之比例相比(h1/h0=1)時較小((h11/h10)<1)。Fig. 24C shows the case where the entire beam width H0 on the incident side is increased to the width H3 and incident (H0 < H3). In this case, the light amount distribution correction optical system has the same beam width h0 and h1 on the incident side, and the beam width h10 at the center of the emission side is larger than that of the peripheral portion, and the beam width h11 of the peripheral portion is opposite. Smaller effect compared to the central part. When the expansion ratio of the light beam is considered, the enlargement rate of the incident light beam at the center portion is larger than that of the peripheral portion, and the enlargement rate of the incident light beam at the peripheral portion is smaller than that of the central portion. At this time, the ratio "h11/h10" of the beam width of the peripheral portion to the beam width of the center portion is smaller than that of the incident side (h1/h0 = 1) ((h11/h10)<1) .

如此,上述光量分佈校正光學系統,由於變化各出射位置之光束寬度,對接近光軸Z1之中心部的光束寬度而言使周邊部之光束寬度的比例與入射側相比時出射側較小,故入射側中相同光束寬度之光,於出射側中央部之光束寬度與周邊部相比時較大,周邊部之光束寬度與中心部相比時較小。藉此,可使中央部之光束生成於周邊部,在光學系統全體之光利用效率不會降低下,可形成光量分佈約略均勻化的光束截面。As described above, in the light amount distribution correcting optical system, since the beam width at each of the emission positions is changed, the beam width close to the central portion of the optical axis Z1 is smaller when the ratio of the beam width of the peripheral portion is smaller than that on the incident side. Therefore, the light having the same beam width on the incident side has a larger beam width at the center of the exit side than when the peripheral portion is larger, and the beam width at the peripheral portion is smaller than that of the center portion. Thereby, the light beam at the center portion can be generated in the peripheral portion, and the beam cross section in which the light amount distribution is approximately uniform can be formed without reducing the light use efficiency of the entire optical system.

其次,顯示作為上述作為光量分佈校正光學系統所使用的1對組合透鏡之具體透鏡數據的一例。該例係表示在上述光照射機構為雷射陣列光源時,在出射光束之截面上光量分佈為高斯分佈時之透鏡數據。而且,在單模光纖之入射端上連接1個半導體雷射時,自光纖之射出光束的光量分佈為高斯分佈。本發明之圖案形成方法亦可使用於該狀況。另外,於多模光纖之芯徑變小,在單模光纖之構成附近等接近光軸之中心部的光量較周邊部之光量為大時亦可使用。Next, an example of specific lens data as a pair of combined lenses used as the above-described light amount distribution correction optical system is shown. This example shows lens data when the light-irradiating light source has a Gaussian distribution in the cross section of the outgoing light beam when the light-emitting means is a laser array light source. Moreover, when one semiconductor laser is connected to the incident end of the single mode fiber, the light quantity distribution of the light beam emitted from the fiber is Gaussian. The pattern forming method of the present invention can also be used in this case. Further, when the core diameter of the multimode optical fiber is small, the amount of light near the central portion of the optical axis such as the vicinity of the configuration of the single mode fiber can be used when the amount of light is larger than that of the peripheral portion.

下述表1中顯示基本透鏡數據。The basic lens data is shown in Table 1 below.

由表1可知,一對組合透鏡係由2個回轉對稱的非球面透鏡所構成。以光入射側所配置的第1透鏡之光入射側面為第1面,以光出射側之面為第2面時,第1面為非球面形狀。而且,以光出射側上所配置的第2透鏡之光入射側面為第3面,以光出射面為第4面時,第4面為非球面形狀。As can be seen from Table 1, a pair of combined lenses are composed of two rotationally symmetrical aspherical lenses. When the light incident side surface of the first lens disposed on the light incident side is the first surface, and the light emitting side surface is the second surface, the first surface has an aspherical shape. Further, when the light incident side surface of the second lens disposed on the light exit side is the third surface, and the light emitting surface is the fourth surface, the fourth surface has an aspherical shape.

於表1中,面編號Si係表示i編號(i=1~4)面之編號,彎曲半徑ri係為i編號面之彎曲半徑,面間隔di係為i編號面與i+1編號面之光軸上的面間隔。面間隔di值之單位為微米(mm)。折射率Ni係表示對具備i編號面之光學元件的波長405nm而言折射率之值。In Table 1, the surface number Si indicates the number of the i-number (i=1 to 4) plane, the bending radius ri is the bending radius of the i-numbered surface, and the surface spacing di is the i-numbered surface and the i+1-numbered surface. The area spacing on the optical axis. The unit of the face spacing di value is micrometer (mm). The refractive index Ni represents a value of a refractive index for a wavelength of 405 nm of an optical element having an i-numbered surface.

下述表2顯示第1面及第4面之非球面數據。Table 2 below shows aspherical data of the first surface and the fourth surface.

上述非球面之數據係以表示非球面形狀之下述式(A)之係數作表示。The data of the above aspherical surface is represented by a coefficient of the following formula (A) indicating an aspherical shape.

於上述式(A)中,各係數如下述特定義。In the above formula (A), each coefficient is specifically defined as follows.

Z:由自光軸之高度ρ位置的非球面上之點、向下至非球面頂點的接平面(垂直於光軸之平面)之垂直線長度(mm)Z: the length of the vertical line (mm) from the point on the aspheric surface from the height ρ position of the optical axis to the junction plane of the aspherical vertex (the plane perpendicular to the optical axis)

ρ:自光軸之距離(mm)ρ: distance from the optical axis (mm)

K:圓錐係數K: Cone coefficient

C:近軸曲率(1/r,r:近軸曲率半徑)C: paraxial curvature (1/r, r: paraxial radius of curvature)

ai:第i次(i=3~10)之非球面係數Ai: the aspheric coefficient of the i-th (i=3~10)

於表2所示之數值中,記號”E”係表示繼後之數值以10為底之”指數”,以10為底之指數函數所示之數值係表示”E”之前的數值相乘。例如「1.0E-02」時,係表示「1.0×10-2 」。In the numerical values shown in Table 2, the symbol "E" indicates the "index" of the subsequent value from the base 10, and the numerical value indicated by the exponential function at the base of 10 indicates the multiplication of the values before "E". For example, when "1.0E-02", it means "1.0×10 -2 ".

第26圖顯示藉由上述表1及表2所示的一對組合透鏡所得的照明光之光量分佈。其中,橫軸係表示自光軸之座標,縱軸係表示光量比(%)。而且,為了作比較,第25圖顯示沒有進行校正時照明光之光量分佈(高斯分佈)。由第25圖及第26圖可知,藉由光量分佈校正光學系統以進行校正時,與沒有進行校正時比較,可得大致均勻化的光量分佈。藉此可在不降低光利用效率下,以均勻的雷射光進行沒有不均的曝光。Fig. 26 is a view showing the light amount distribution of the illumination light obtained by the pair of combined lenses shown in the above Tables 1 and 2. Here, the horizontal axis represents the coordinates from the optical axis, and the vertical axis represents the light amount ratio (%). Moreover, for comparison, Fig. 25 shows the light amount distribution (Gaussian distribution) of the illumination light when no correction is performed. As can be seen from Figs. 25 and 26, when the optical system is corrected by the light amount distribution correction, a substantially uniform light amount distribution can be obtained as compared with the case where no correction is performed. Thereby, uneven exposure can be performed with uniform laser light without lowering the light use efficiency.

[其它步驟][other steps]

上述其他步驟並沒有特別的限制,可適當選自習知圖案形成中之步驟,例如為顯像步驟、蝕刻步驟、鍍敷步驟等。此等可以單獨1種使用,亦可以2種以上併用。The other steps described above are not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected from the steps in the formation of a conventional pattern, such as a developing step, an etching step, a plating step, and the like. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

上述顯像步驟係為藉由上述曝光步驟使上述圖案形成材料之感光層曝光,且使該感光層之曝光範圍硬化後,藉由去除未硬化區域以顯像、形成圖案的步驟。The developing step is a step of exposing the photosensitive layer of the pattern forming material by the exposure step and curing the exposure range of the photosensitive layer, thereby removing the uncured region to develop a pattern.

上述顯像步驟,例如可藉由顯像機構來實施。The above development step can be carried out, for example, by a developing mechanism.

作為上述顯像機構,只要使用顯像液來顯像即可,並沒有特別的限制,可依照目的作適當的選擇,例如將上述顯像液噴霧的機構、將上述顯像液塗佈的機構、浸漬於上述顯像液中的機構等。此等可以單獨1種使用,亦可以2種以上併用。The development mechanism is not particularly limited as long as it is developed using a developing liquid, and may be appropriately selected according to the purpose, for example, a mechanism for spraying the developing liquid and a mechanism for applying the developing liquid. a mechanism immersed in the above developing solution or the like. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

又,上述顯像機構亦可具有使上述顯像液交換的顯像液交換機構、供應上述顯像液的顯像液供給機構等。Further, the developing unit may include a developing liquid exchange mechanism for exchanging the developing liquid, a developing liquid supply unit for supplying the developing liquid, and the like.

上述顯像液係沒有特別的限制,可依照目的作適當的選擇,例如可為鹼性液、水系顯像液、有機溶劑等,於此等之中以弱鹼性水溶液較佳。該弱鹼性液之鹼成分例如是氫氧化鋰、氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、碳酸鋰、碳酸鈉、碳酸鉀、碳酸氫鋰、碳酸氫鈉、碳酸氫鉀、磷酸鈉、磷酸鉀、焦磷酸鉀、硼砂等。The above-mentioned developing liquid system is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected according to the purpose, and may be, for example, an alkaline liquid, an aqueous developing solution, or an organic solvent. Among them, a weakly alkaline aqueous solution is preferable. The alkali component of the weakly alkaline liquid is, for example, lithium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, lithium carbonate, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, lithium hydrogencarbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate, potassium hydrogencarbonate, sodium phosphate, potassium phosphate, or coke. Potassium phosphate, borax, and the like.

上述弱鹼性水溶液之pH值,例如較佳為約8~12,更佳約9~11。上述弱鹼性水溶液例如是0.1~5質量%碳酸鈉水溶液或碳酸鉀水溶液等。The pH of the above weakly alkaline aqueous solution is, for example, preferably from about 8 to 12, more preferably from about 9 to 11. The weakly basic aqueous solution is, for example, a 0.1 to 5% by mass aqueous solution of sodium carbonate or an aqueous solution of potassium carbonate.

作為上述顯像液之溫度,可組合上述感光層之顯像性作適當選擇,例如較佳為約25℃~40℃。The temperature of the developing solution can be appropriately selected in combination with the developing property of the photosensitive layer, and is preferably, for example, about 25 ° C to 40 ° C.

上述顯像液可併用界面活性劑、消泡劑、有機鹼(例如乙二胺、乙醇胺、氫氧化四甲銨、二伸乙三銨、三伸乙五胺、嗎啉、三乙醇胺等)、或促進顯像用的有機溶劑(例如醇類、酮類、酯類、醚類、醯胺類、內酯類 等)等。而且,上述顯像液可以為水或鹼水溶液與有機溶劑混合的水系顯像液,亦可以為單獨的有機溶劑。The above-mentioned developing solution may be used in combination with a surfactant, an antifoaming agent, an organic base (for example, ethylenediamine, ethanolamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, diamethylenetrimonium, triamethyleneamine, morpholine, triethanolamine, etc.), Or an organic solvent that promotes imaging (such as alcohols, ketones, esters, ethers, guanamines, lactones) and many more. Further, the developing solution may be a water-based developing solution in which water or an aqueous alkali solution is mixed with an organic solvent, or may be a single organic solvent.

作為上述蝕刻步驟,可以藉由適當選自於習知蝕刻處理方法之方法進行。The etching step can be carried out by a method appropriately selected from a conventional etching treatment method.

作為上述蝕刻處理所使用的蝕刻液,並沒有特別的限制,可依照目的作適當的選擇,例如於上述金屬層以銅形成之情況,係氯化銅溶液、氯化鐵溶液、鹼蝕刻溶液、過氧化氫系蝕刻液等,就蝕刻因素而言,於此等之中以氯化鐵溶液較佳。The etching liquid used for the etching treatment is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected according to the purpose. For example, when the metal layer is formed of copper, it is a copper chloride solution, a ferric chloride solution, an alkali etching solution, or As the hydrogen peroxide-based etching solution or the like, it is preferable to use a ferric chloride solution among the etching factors.

藉由上述蝕刻步驟蝕刻處理後,去除上述圖案,可在上述基體表面上形成永久圖案。After the etching process by the etching step described above, the pattern is removed, and a permanent pattern can be formed on the surface of the substrate.

作為上述永久圖案,並沒有特別的限制,可依照目的作適當的選擇,例如合適者為配線圖案等。The permanent pattern is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected depending on the purpose, and for example, a wiring pattern or the like is suitable.

作為上述鍍敷步驟,可藉由適當選自於習知之鍍敷處理的適當方法來進行。The plating step can be carried out by an appropriate method selected from a conventional plating treatment.

上述鍍敷處理例如硫酸銅鍍敷、焦磷酸銅鍍敷等之鍍銅、快慢焊接鍍敷等之焊接鍍敷、瓦特浴(硫酸鎳-氯化鎳)鍍敷、胺基磺酸鎳等之鍍鎳、硬式鍍金、軟式鍍金等之鍍金等處理。The plating treatment is, for example, copper plating such as copper sulfate plating or copper pyrophosphate plating, welding plating such as rapid solder plating, Watt bath (nickel sulfate-nickel chloride) plating, and nickel sulfonate. Gold plating, hard gold plating, soft gold plating, etc.

藉由上述鍍敷步驟鍍敷處理後,去除上述圖案,另視需要藉由蝕刻處理等以去去不需要的部分,而可在上述基體表面上形成永久圖案。After the plating treatment by the plating step described above, the pattern is removed, and an unnecessary portion is removed by an etching treatment or the like as needed, and a permanent pattern can be formed on the surface of the substrate.

[印刷配線板及彩色濾光片的製造方法][Manufacturing method of printed wiring board and color filter]

本發明之上述圖案形成方法,可使用於印刷配線板之製造、特別是具有通孔(through hole)或通路孔(via hole)等之孔部的印刷配線板之製造,以及彩色濾光片的製造。以下說明有關利用本發明之圖案形成方法的印刷配線板之製造方法及彩色濾光片之製造方法的例子。The above pattern forming method of the present invention can be used for the manufacture of printed wiring boards, particularly with through holes or via holes (via The manufacture of printed wiring boards for holes in holes and the like, and the manufacture of color filters. Hereinafter, an example of a method of manufacturing a printed wiring board and a method of manufacturing a color filter using the pattern forming method of the present invention will be described.

-印刷配線板的製造方法--Manufacturing method of printed wiring board -

特別地,具有通孔或通路孔等之孔部之印刷配線板的製法,可藉由(1)在上述作為基體之具有孔部的印刷配線板形成用基板上,使上述圖案形成材料以其感光層為上述基體側的位置關係積層形成積層體,(2)自與上述積層體之基體相反側,在所欲的區域內進行光照射以使感光層硬化,(3)自上述積層體去除上述圖案形成材料中的支持體、緩衝層及障壁層,(4)使上述積層體之感光層顯像,去除該積層體中的未硬化部分以形成圖案。In particular, the method of producing a printed wiring board having a hole portion such as a through hole or a via hole can be made by using the pattern forming material on the printed wiring board forming substrate having the hole portion as the substrate. The photosensitive layer is formed by laminating the positional relationship on the substrate side, and (2) is irradiated with light in a desired region on the side opposite to the substrate of the laminate to harden the photosensitive layer, and (3) is removed from the laminate. The support, the buffer layer, and the barrier layer in the pattern forming material, and (4) developing the photosensitive layer of the laminate, and removing the uncured portion of the laminate to form a pattern.

而且,上述(3)中上述支持體之去除,可在上述(1)與(2)之間進行以取代在上述(2)與(4)之間進行。Further, the removal of the support in the above (3) may be carried out between the above (1) and (2) instead of the above (2) and (4).

然後,為製得印刷配線板時,可使用上述形成的圖案,使上述印刷配線板形成用基板進行蝕刻處理或鍍敷處理的方法(例如習知的減法或加法(如半加法、全加法)處理。於此等之中,為以有利於工業的遮蔽處理形成印刷配線板時,以上述減法較佳。上述處理後剝離在印刷配線板形成用基板上所殘存的硬化樹脂,而且,為上述減法時,於剝離後藉由使銅薄膜部蝕刻,可製造所欲的印刷配線板。此外,多層印刷配線板亦可與上述印刷配線板的製法相同地製造。Then, in order to obtain a printed wiring board, the above-described formed pattern can be used to perform etching or plating treatment on the printed wiring board forming substrate (for example, conventional subtraction or addition (such as semi-addition, full addition). In the above, in order to form a printed wiring board by a masking process which is advantageous for industrial use, the above-described subtraction method is preferable. After the above treatment, the cured resin remaining on the printed wiring board forming substrate is peeled off, and In the case of subtraction, a desired printed wiring board can be produced by etching the copper thin film portion after peeling. Further, the multilayer printed wiring board can be produced in the same manner as in the above-described method of manufacturing the printed wiring board.

其次,更進一步說明有關使用具有使用上述圖案形成材料之通孔的印刷配線板之製法。Next, a method of manufacturing a printed wiring board having through holes using the above-described pattern forming material will be further explained.

首先,準備具有通孔且表面以金屬鍍敷層被覆的印刷配線板形成用基板。上述印刷配線板形成用基板,例如可使用銅面積層基板及玻璃-環氧樹脂等之絕緣基材上形成有鍍銅層的基板,或在此等基板上積層層間絕緣膜且形成鍍銅層的基板(積層基板)。First, a substrate for forming a printed wiring board having a through hole and having a surface covered with a metal plating layer is prepared. In the substrate for forming a printed wiring board, for example, a substrate on which a copper-plated layer is formed on an insulating substrate such as a copper-area substrate or a glass-epoxy resin, or an interlayer insulating film is formed on the substrate to form a copper-plated layer. Substrate (stacked substrate).

其次,在上述圖案形層材料上具有保護薄膜時,將該保護薄膜剝離,使用加壓輥壓合,以使上述圖案形成材料之感光層連接在上述印刷配線板形成用基板表面上(積層步驟)。藉此,製得依順序具有上述印刷配線板形成用基板與積層體之積層體。When the protective layer is provided on the pattern-shaped layer material, the protective film is peeled off and pressed by a pressure roller to connect the photosensitive layer of the pattern forming material to the surface of the substrate for forming a printed wiring board (layering step) ). Thereby, a laminate having the above-described substrate for forming a printed wiring board and a laminate is provided in this order.

上述圖案形成材料之積層溫度,並沒有特別的限制,例如在室溫(15~30℃)或加熱下(30~180℃),於此等之中以加溫下(60~140℃)較佳。The lamination temperature of the pattern forming material is not particularly limited, and is, for example, room temperature (15 to 30 ° C) or heating (30 to 180 ° C), and in this case, heating (60 to 140 ° C) good.

上述壓合輥之輥壓,並沒有特別的限制,例如較佳為0.1~1MPa。The rolling pressure of the above-mentioned pressure roller is not particularly limited, and is, for example, preferably 0.1 to 1 MPa.

上述壓合之速度,並沒有特別的限制,較佳為1~3m/分。The speed of the above pressing is not particularly limited, and is preferably 1 to 3 m/min.

另外,可將上述印刷配線板形成用基板預先加熱,或在減壓下積層。Further, the substrate for forming a printed wiring board may be heated in advance or laminated under reduced pressure.

上述積層體之形成,係可在上述印刷配線板形成用基板上積層上述圖案形成材料,而且亦可將上述圖案形成材料製造用的感光性樹脂組成物溶液等直接塗佈於上述印刷配線板形成用基板之表面上及使乾燥,而在上述印刷配線板形成用基板上積層感光層、障壁層、緩衝層及支持體。In the formation of the laminated body, the pattern forming material may be laminated on the printed wiring board forming substrate, or a photosensitive resin composition solution for producing the pattern forming material may be directly applied to the printed wiring board. On the surface of the substrate and dried, a photosensitive layer, a barrier layer, a buffer layer, and a support are laminated on the substrate for forming a printed wiring board.

然後,自與上述積層體的基體之相反面上照射光,以使感光層硬化。而且,此時視需要(例如支持體之透光性不足時等)可在剝離上述支持體、緩衝層及障壁層後,進行曝光。Then, light is irradiated from the surface opposite to the substrate of the above laminated body to harden the photosensitive layer. Further, at this time, if necessary (for example, when the light transmittance of the support is insufficient), the support, the buffer layer, and the barrier layer may be peeled off and exposed.

就該時間點而言,在尚未剝離上述支持體、緩衝層及障壁層的情況,係自上述積層體剝離上述支持體、緩衝層及障壁層(剝離步驟)。At this point in time, when the support, the buffer layer, and the barrier layer have not been peeled off, the support, the buffer layer, and the barrier layer are peeled off from the laminate (peeling step).

其次,使上述印刷配線板形成用基板上感光層之未硬化區域,以適當顯像液溶解去除,而形成配線圖案形成用之硬化層與通孔之金屬層保護用硬化層的圖案,且在上述印刷配線板形成用基板表面上露出金屬層(顯像步驟)。Then, the uncured region of the photosensitive layer on the substrate for forming a printed wiring board is dissolved and removed by an appropriate developing solution to form a pattern of the hardened layer for forming a wiring pattern and the hardened layer for protecting the metal layer of the via hole, and A metal layer is exposed on the surface of the printed wiring board forming substrate (developing step).

另外,於顯像後視需要藉由後加熱處理或後曝光處理,可另進行促進硬化部之硬化反應的處理。顯像處理可以上述濕式顯像法,亦可以乾式顯像法。Further, it is necessary to carry out a treatment for promoting the hardening reaction of the hardened portion by post-heat treatment or post-exposure treatment in the case of post-development. The development process can be either the wet development method described above or the dry development method.

接著,將上述印刷配線板形成用基板表面上露出的金屬層以蝕刻液溶解去除(蝕刻步驟)。由於通孔之開口部被硬化樹脂組成物(遮蔽膜)被覆,故蝕刻液進入通空內不會使通孔內之金屬鍍層腐蝕,通孔之金屬鍍層以特定形狀殘留。藉此,可在上述印刷配線板形成用基板上形成配線圖案。Next, the metal layer exposed on the surface of the printed wiring board forming substrate is dissolved and removed by an etching solution (etching step). Since the opening of the through hole is covered with the cured resin composition (masking film), the etching liquid does not corrode the metal plating in the through hole, and the metal plating of the through hole remains in a specific shape. Thereby, a wiring pattern can be formed on the printed wiring board forming substrate.

作為上述蝕刻液,並沒有特別的限制,可依照目的作適當的選擇,例如在上述金屬層以銅形成的情況中,係氯化銅溶液、氯化鐵溶液、鹼蝕刻溶液、過氧化氫系蝕刻液等,就蝕刻因素而言,於此等之中以氯化鐵溶液較佳。The etching liquid is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected according to the purpose. For example, in the case where the metal layer is formed of copper, it is a copper chloride solution, a ferric chloride solution, an alkali etching solution, or a hydrogen peroxide system. The etching solution or the like is preferably a ferric chloride solution among the etching factors.

其次,以強鹼水溶液等自上述印刷配線板形成用基板去除當作剝離片的上述硬化層(硬化物去除步驟)。Then, the hardened layer (hardened material removing step) which is a release sheet is removed from the printed wiring board forming substrate by a strong alkali aqueous solution or the like.

上述強鹼水溶液之鹼成分並沒有特別的限制,例如可為氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀等。The alkali component of the above aqueous strong alkali solution is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide.

上述強鹼水溶液之pH值,例如較佳為約12~14,更佳約13~14。The pH of the above aqueous strong alkali solution is, for example, preferably from about 12 to 14, more preferably from about 13 to about 14.

作為上述強鹼水溶液,並沒有特別的限制,例如可為1~10質量%的氫氧化鈉水溶液或氫氧化鉀水溶液等。The strong alkali aqueous solution is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 1 to 10% by mass aqueous sodium hydroxide solution or potassium hydroxide aqueous solution.

又,印刷配線板亦可為多層構成的印刷配線板。Further, the printed wiring board may be a printed wiring board having a plurality of layers.

再者,上述圖案形成材料不僅可以使用於上述蝕刻製程,亦可使用於鍍敷製程中。上述鍍敷法例如硫酸銅鍍敷、焦磷酸銅鍍敷等之鍍銅、快慢銲鍍等之銲鍍、瓦特浴(硫酸鎳-氯化鎳)鍍敷、胺基磺酸鎳等之鍍鎳、硬式鍍金、軟式鍍金等之鍍金等。Furthermore, the pattern forming material may be used not only in the etching process but also in the plating process. The plating method is, for example, copper plating such as copper sulfate plating or copper pyrophosphate plating, solder plating such as rapid solder plating, watt bath (nickel sulfate-nickel chloride) plating, nickel plating such as nickel sulfonate, and the like. Gold plating such as hard gold plating or soft gold plating.

-彩色濾光片的製造方法--Manufacturing method of color filter -

在玻璃基板等之基體上貼合本發明的上述圖案形成材料之感光層,自該圖案形成材料剝離支持體、緩衝層及障壁層時,帶靜電的上述支持體(薄膜)會使人體會感受到不舒服的觸電感,或在帶靜電的上述支持體會有附著塵埃等之問題。因此,以在上述支持體上設置導電層,且實施使上述支持體本身具有導電性的處理較佳。另外,在與緩衝層相反側的上述支持體上設置上述導電層時,為了提高耐傷性時以設置疏水性聚合物層較佳。The photosensitive layer of the pattern forming material of the present invention is bonded to a substrate such as a glass substrate, and when the support forming body, the buffer layer, and the barrier layer are peeled off from the pattern forming material, the support (film) with static electricity causes the human body to feel There is a problem that dust or the like adheres to an uncomfortable contact inductance or a support body with static electricity. Therefore, it is preferable to provide a conductive layer on the support and to perform a process of making the support itself conductive. Further, when the conductive layer is provided on the support opposite to the buffer layer, it is preferable to provide a hydrophobic polymer layer in order to improve the scratch resistance.

然後,調製具有使上述感光層經紅色、綠色、藍色、黑色所各自著色的具有紅色感光層之圖案形成材料、具有綠色感光層之圖案形成材料、具有藍色感光層之圖案形成材料、具有黑色感光層之圖案形成材料。使用具有紅色畫素用之上述紅色感光層的圖案形成材料,使紅色感光層在上述基體表面上形成積層體後,曝光成影像圖樣,顯像以形成紅色畫素。形成紅色畫素後,將上述積層體加熱以使未硬化部分硬化。有關綠色、藍色畫素亦相同地進行,而形成各畫素。Then, a pattern forming material having a red photosensitive layer for coloring each of the photosensitive layers by red, green, blue, and black, a pattern forming material having a green photosensitive layer, and a pattern forming material having a blue photosensitive layer, A pattern forming material of a black photosensitive layer. The pattern forming material having the red photosensitive layer for red pixels is used, and the red photosensitive layer is formed into a laminate on the surface of the substrate, and then exposed to an image pattern to be developed to form a red pixel. After the red pixel is formed, the above laminated body is heated to harden the uncured portion. The green and blue pixels are also performed in the same manner to form each pixel.

上述積層體的形成,係可在上述玻璃基板上積層上述圖案形成材料,或者亦可將上述圖案形成材料製造用的感光性樹脂組成物溶液等直接塗佈於上述玻璃基板的表面及使乾燥,而在上述玻璃基板上積層感光層、障壁層、緩衝層及支持體。又,於配置紅、綠、藍等三種畫素時,可以馬賽克型、三角型、4畫素配置型等予以配置。The layered body may be formed by laminating the pattern forming material on the glass substrate, or may directly apply a solution of the photosensitive resin composition for producing the pattern forming material to the surface of the glass substrate and dry it. On the glass substrate, a photosensitive layer, a barrier layer, a buffer layer, and a support are laminated. Further, when three kinds of pixels such as red, green, and blue are arranged, they can be arranged in a mosaic type, a triangle type, or a four-pixel configuration type.

在形成有上述畫素之面上積層具有上述黑色感光層之圖案形成材料,且自沒有形成畫素側作背面曝光、顯像,以形成黑色矩陣。可藉由將該形成有黑色矩陣之積層體加熱,使未硬化部分硬化,以製造彩色濾光片。A pattern forming material having the above-described black photosensitive layer is laminated on the surface on which the above-mentioned pixel is formed, and a back side exposure and development are performed from the side where no pixel is formed to form a black matrix. The uncured portion can be hardened by heating the laminate in which the black matrix is formed to produce a color filter.

本發明之上述圖案形成方法,由於使用本發明之上述圖案形成材料,故可使用於各種圖案之形成、配線圖案等之永久圖案形成、彩色濾光片、柱材、肋材、間隔物、隔壁等之液晶構造零件之製造、全息照相、 微機器、驗證等的等之製造,特別是適合使用於高精細的配線圖案形成。本發明之圖案形成裝置,由於具備本發明的上述圖案形成材料,故可使用於各種圖案形成、配線圖案等之永久圖案形成、彩色濾光片、柱材、肋材、間隔物、隔壁等之液晶構造構件之製造、全息照相、微機器、驗證之製造,特別是適合使用於高精細的配線圖案形成。According to the pattern forming method of the present invention, since the pattern forming material of the present invention is used, permanent pattern formation, color filter, pillar, rib, spacer, and partition wall for forming various patterns, wiring patterns, and the like can be used. Manufacturing of liquid crystal structural parts, holograms, etc. The manufacture of micromachines, verification, etc., is particularly suitable for use in high-definition wiring pattern formation. Since the pattern forming apparatus of the present invention includes the pattern forming material of the present invention, it can be used for permanent pattern formation such as various pattern formation and wiring patterns, color filters, pillars, ribs, spacers, partition walls, and the like. The manufacture of liquid crystal structural members, the manufacture of holograms, micromachines, and verification are particularly suitable for use in high-definition wiring pattern formation.

以下,藉由實施例更具體地說明本發明,惟本發明不受此等所限制。Hereinafter, the present invention will be specifically described by way of examples, but the invention is not limited thereto.

(實施例1)(Example 1)

在作為上述支持體的厚度20μm之聚對酞酸乙二酯薄膜上,塗佈由下述組成所構成的感光性樹脂組成物溶液,使乾燥以形成厚度15μm之感光層,接著在該感光層之上積層當作上述保護膜的20μm厚之聚乙烯薄膜,以製造上述圖案形成材料。On the polyethylene terephthalate film having a thickness of 20 μm as the support, a photosensitive resin composition solution composed of the following composition was applied and dried to form a photosensitive layer having a thickness of 15 μm, followed by the photosensitive layer. A 20 μm-thick polyethylene film as the above protective film was laminated thereon to fabricate the above-mentioned pattern forming material.

[感光性樹脂組成物溶液的組成][Composition of photosensitive resin composition solution]

而且,作為上述黏結劑的上述甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯共聚物(共聚物組成(質量比):24/46/30)之I/O值在如上述地算出時係0.645。Further, the I/O value of the above-mentioned methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate/styrene copolymer (copolymer composition (mass ratio): 24/46/30) as the above-mentioned binder is 0.645 when calculated as described above. .

在構造式(70)中,m+n=10。而且,構造式(70)係上述構造式(35)所表示的化合物之一例。In the structural formula (70), m + n = 10. Further, the structural formula (70) is an example of a compound represented by the above structural formula (35).

作為上述基體,調製表面經研磨、水洗、乾燥的銅面積層板(沒有通孔,銅厚度12μm),於該銅面積層板的表面上,使該圖案形成材料的上述感光層成為接於上述銅面積層板的方式,邊剝離上述圖案形成材料的上述保護膜,邊用積層機(MODEL8B-720-PH,大成積層機(股)製)積層,以調製上述銅面積層板、上述感光層、上述支持體依順序積層而成的積層體。As the substrate, a copper-area laminate (without via holes and a copper thickness of 12 μm) which has been ground, washed, and dried is prepared, and the photosensitive layer of the pattern forming material is bonded to the surface of the copper-area laminate. In the form of a copper-area laminate, the protective film of the pattern forming material is peeled off, and a layering machine (MODEL8B-720-PH, manufactured by Dacheng Laminator Co., Ltd.) is laminated to prepare the copper-area laminate and the photosensitive layer. The laminate in which the support is laminated in order.

壓合條件係壓合輥溫度105℃、壓合輥壓力0.3MPa、積層速度1m/分。The press-bonding conditions were a press roll temperature of 105 ° C, a press roll pressure of 0.3 MPa, and a laminating speed of 1 m/min.

對於上述所製造的積層體,評估顯像性、解像度、蝕刻性、蝕刻後的硬化圖案之剝離性、遮蔽性及曝光速度。結果示於表3中。With respect to the laminated body produced as described above, the developability, the resolution, the etching property, the peeling property of the cured pattern after etching, the shielding property, and the exposure speed were evaluated. The results are shown in Table 3.

<顯像性><developmentality>

自上述積層體剝取上述支持體,對銅面積層板上的上述感光層之全面,以0.15MPa的壓力噴灑30℃的1質量%碳酸鈉水溶液,測定自碳酸鈉水溶液之噴灑開始直到銅面積層板上的上述感光層被溶解除去為止所需要的時間,以其當作最短顯像時間。該短顯像時間愈短,則顯像性愈優良。The support was peeled off from the laminate, and a 1% by mass aqueous solution of sodium carbonate at 30 ° C was sprayed at a pressure of 0.15 MPa on the entire surface of the photosensitive layer on the copper area layer, and the spraying from the sodium carbonate aqueous solution was started until the copper area was measured. The time required for the above-mentioned photosensitive layer on the laminate to be dissolved and removed is regarded as the shortest development time. The shorter the short development time, the better the imaging performance.

結果,上述最短顯像時間為10秒。As a result, the above shortest development time is 10 seconds.

<解像度><resolution>

(1)感度的測定(1) Determination of sensitivity

對於上述積層體中的圖案形成材料之感光層,自上述支持體側,使用具有405nm雷射光源之圖案形成裝置作為上述光照射機構,以21/2 倍間隔,照射從0.1mJ/cm2 至100mJ/cm2 為止的不同光能量之光以使曝光,而使上述感光層的一部分區域硬化。在室溫下靜置10分鐘後,自上述積層體剝取上述支持體,對銅面積層板上的感光層之全面,以0.15MPa的壓力噴灑碳酸鈉水溶液(30℃,1質量%),且以上述上述顯像性之評估所求得的最短顯像時間之2倍時間噴灑,溶解去除未硬化區域,測定殘留的硬化區域之厚度。其次,繪製光之照射量與硬化層之厚度的關係,以得到感度曲線。根據如此得到的感度曲線,以硬化區域之厚度成為15μm時的光能量當作為使 感光層硬化時所需要的光能量。結果,為使上述感光層硬化時所需要的光能量為3mJ/cm2 。而且,上述圖案形成裝置具有由上述DMD所成的光調變機構,且具備上述圖案形成材料。In the photosensitive layer of the pattern forming material in the laminate, a pattern forming device having a 405 nm laser light source is used as the light irradiation means from the support side, and the irradiation is performed at 0.1 1/ 2 /cm 2 at intervals of 2 1/2 . The light of different light energies up to 100 mJ/cm 2 is exposed to light to harden a part of the photosensitive layer. After standing at room temperature for 10 minutes, the support was peeled off from the laminate, and the sodium carbonate aqueous solution (30 ° C, 1 mass %) was sprayed on the entire surface of the photosensitive layer on the copper area layer layer at a pressure of 0.15 MPa. Further, it was sprayed twice as long as the shortest development time obtained by the above evaluation of development, and the unhardened region was dissolved and removed, and the thickness of the remaining hardened region was measured. Next, the relationship between the amount of irradiation of light and the thickness of the hardened layer is plotted to obtain a sensitivity curve. According to the sensitivity curve thus obtained, the light energy when the thickness of the hardened region became 15 μm was used as the light energy required to cure the photosensitive layer. As a result, the light energy required for hardening the above photosensitive layer was 3 mJ/cm 2 . Further, the pattern forming apparatus includes a light modulation mechanism formed by the DMD, and includes the pattern forming material.

(2)解像度的測定(2) Determination of resolution

於與評估上述顯像性相同的方法及條件下,作成述積層體,在室溫(23℃,55%RH)下靜置10分鐘。從所得積層體之上述支持體上方,使用上述圖案形成裝置,以線/間隙=1/1、以1μm刻度進行線寬5μm~20μm為止的各線寬之曝光,以5μm刻度進行線寬20μm~50μm為止的各線寬之曝光。此時之曝光量係為使上述上述感度之測定(1)所測定的上述圖案形成材料之感光層硬化時所需要的光能量。在室溫下靜置10分鐘後,自上述積層體剝取上述支持體。對銅面積層板上的感光層之全面,以0.15MPa的壓力噴灑碳酸鈉水溶液(30℃,1質量%)當作上述顯像液,且以上述(1)所求得的最短顯像時間之2倍時間噴灑,溶解去除未硬化區域。以光學顯微透鏡觀察如此所得到的附有硬化樹脂圖案之銅面積層板的表面,測定硬化樹脂圖案之線上沒有堵塞、浪紋等異常的最小線寬,以其當作解像度。該解像度係數值愈小愈佳。The laminate was prepared under the same conditions and conditions as those for evaluation of the above-mentioned developability, and allowed to stand at room temperature (23 ° C, 55% RH) for 10 minutes. From the above-mentioned support body of the obtained laminated body, the above-described pattern forming apparatus was used to expose the line widths of 5 μm to 20 μm in line width/gap=1/1 and 1 μm on the scale, and the line width was 20 μm to 50 μm on the scale of 5 μm. The exposure of each line width up to now. The exposure amount at this time is the light energy required for curing the photosensitive layer of the pattern forming material measured by the above-described sensitivity measurement (1). After standing at room temperature for 10 minutes, the support was peeled off from the above laminated body. On the entire surface of the photosensitive layer on the copper area layer, an aqueous solution of sodium carbonate (30 ° C, 1% by mass) was sprayed at a pressure of 0.15 MPa as the above-mentioned developing solution, and the shortest development time obtained by the above (1) was obtained. Spray twice to dissolve and remove the unhardened area. The surface of the copper-area laminate having the cured resin pattern thus obtained was observed with an optical microlens, and the minimum line width without abnormalities such as clogging or waviness on the line of the cured resin pattern was measured and used as the resolution. The smaller the resolution coefficient value, the better.

<蝕刻性><etching property>

使用具有上述解像度之測定時所形成的圖案之積層體,在露出於該積層體之銅面積層板表面上以0.25MPa將氯化鐵蝕刻劑(含氯化鐵之蝕刻溶液、40°波美(Baume) 、液溫40℃)噴霧36秒,藉由溶解除去沒有以硬化層被覆的露出區域之銅層進行蝕刻處理。然後,藉由噴霧2質量%氫氧化鈉水溶液以去除上述形成的圖案,而調製在表面具備有作為上述永久圖案之銅層配線圖案的印刷配線板。以光學顯微透鏡觀察該印刷配線基板上之配線圖案,測定該配線圖案之最小線寬。該最小線寬愈小時,係指可製得高精細的配線圖案,且蝕刻性愈優異。Using a laminate having a pattern formed by the above-described resolution measurement, a ferric chloride etchant (iron chloride-containing etching solution, 40° wave beauty) was applied at 0.25 MPa on the surface of the copper-area laminate exposed to the laminate. (Baume) The liquid temperature was 40 ° C. and sprayed for 36 seconds, and the copper layer which was not exposed in the exposed region of the hardened layer was removed by etching to carry out an etching treatment. Then, by spraying a 2% by mass aqueous sodium hydroxide solution to remove the pattern formed as described above, a printed wiring board having a copper layer wiring pattern as the permanent pattern on the surface thereof is prepared. The wiring pattern on the printed wiring board was observed with an optical microlens, and the minimum line width of the wiring pattern was measured. The smaller the minimum line width, the higher the fine wiring pattern can be obtained, and the more excellent the etching property.

<硬化圖案的剝離性><Removability of hardened pattern>

對於上述積層體中的圖案形成材料之感光層,自上述支持體側,使用具有405nm雷射光源之圖案形成裝置作為上述光照射機構,照射10mJ/cm2 的光能量之光以作全面曝光,使上述感光層硬化。在室溫下靜置10分鐘後,自上述積層體剝取上述支持體,在與上述解像度的評估方法相同的條件下,對上述積層體的感光層之全面噴灑碳酸鈉水溶液,以硬化圖案顯像,將其水洗然後乾燥。將如此所得到的附有硬化圖案之銅面積層板立在3質量%的氫氧化鈉水溶液中作浸漬。測定從附有上述硬化圖案的銅面積層板之浸漬開始至銅面積層板上的硬化樹脂圖案完全被去除為止時所需要的時間(剝離時間),藉由以下基準進行評估。剝離時間愈短則剝離性愈良好。In the photosensitive layer of the pattern forming material in the laminate, a pattern forming device having a 405 nm laser light source is used as the light irradiation means from the support side, and light of 10 mJ/cm 2 of light energy is irradiated for overall exposure. The photosensitive layer is cured. After standing at room temperature for 10 minutes, the support was peeled off from the laminate, and under the same conditions as the above evaluation method, the photosensitive layer of the laminate was sprayed with a sodium carbonate aqueous solution in a hardened pattern. Like, wash it and then dry it. The thus obtained copper-area layer with a hardened pattern was placed in a 3 mass% aqueous sodium hydroxide solution for immersion. The time (peeling time) required from the start of the immersion of the copper-area laminate having the above-described hardened pattern to the completion of the removal of the cured resin pattern on the copper-area layer was evaluated by the following criteria. The shorter the peeling time, the better the peelability.

-評估基準-- Evaluation benchmark -

○...剝離時間為60秒以內○. . . Stripping time is less than 60 seconds

△...剝離時間為60~300秒△. . . Stripping time is 60~300 seconds

×...剝離時間為300秒以上×. . . Stripping time is more than 300 seconds

<遮蔽性><shielding>

除了將上述積層體中銅面積層板改為具有直徑2mm之通孔200個的銅面積層板以外,係與上述積層體同樣地作以調製遮蔽性評估用的積層體,在室溫(23℃、相對濕度55%)的條件下放置10分鐘。其次,自上述所調製的積層體之上述支持體上,使用上述圖案形成裝置,對於該積層體中的感光層之全面進行曝光。此時的曝光量係為上述解像度之評估中(2)所測定的上述圖案形成材料之感光層之硬化所需要的光能量。在室溫下靜置10分鐘後,自上述積層體剝取上述支持體,對上述銅面積層板上的上述感光層之全面,以0.15MPa的壓力噴灑碳酸鈉水溶液(30℃,1質量%)以當作上述顯像液,且以上述解像度之評估中(1)所求得的最短顯像時間之2倍時間噴灑。藉由顯微鏡來觀察如此所得到的上述銅面積層板中通孔開口部上所形成的硬化層(遮蔽膜)有無剝落或破損等缺陷,計算缺陷的發生率。A laminate for the evaluation of the shielding property was prepared in the same manner as the laminate described above, except that the copper-area laminate in the laminate was changed to a copper-area laminate having 200 through-holes having a diameter of 2 mm. Leave at °C for 5 minutes under conditions of °C and relative humidity of 55%. Next, the above-described pattern forming apparatus is used to expose the entire photosensitive layer in the laminated body to the support of the laminated body prepared as described above. The exposure amount at this time is the light energy required for the hardening of the photosensitive layer of the pattern forming material measured in (2) of the above-described resolution evaluation. After standing at room temperature for 10 minutes, the support was peeled off from the laminate, and the aqueous solution of sodium carbonate was sprayed at a pressure of 0.15 MPa on the entire surface of the photosensitive layer on the copper-area layer (30 ° C, 1% by mass). It is sprayed as the above-mentioned developing solution and twice as long as the shortest developing time obtained in (1) of the above evaluation of the resolution. The hardened layer (masking film) formed on the opening of the through hole in the copper area layer plate thus obtained was observed by a microscope to have defects such as peeling or breakage, and the incidence of defects was calculated.

<曝光速度><exposure speed>

使用上述圖案形成裝置,改變曝光之光與上述感光層的相對移動速度,求得一般的配線圖案之形成速度。曝光係對於上述調製的積層體中圖案形成材料的感光層,從上述支持體側進行。而且,其設定速度愈快,則愈可效率高地形成圖案。Using the pattern forming apparatus described above, the relative moving speed of the exposed light and the photosensitive layer is changed, and the formation speed of a general wiring pattern is obtained. The exposure is performed on the support layer side of the pattern forming material in the laminated body prepared as described above. Moreover, the faster the setting speed is, the more efficiently the pattern is formed.

(實施例2)(Example 2)

除了於實施例1中將作為上述黏結劑的上述感光性樹脂組成物溶液中之上述甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/ 苯乙烯共聚物(共聚物組成比(質量比):24/46/30)改變為甲基丙烯酸/苯乙烯共聚物(共聚物組成比(質量比):29/71,質量平均分子量:63,100,酸價:189(mgKOH/g))以外,係與實施例1同樣地作以製造圖案形成材料及積層體。The above methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate/ in the above-mentioned photosensitive resin composition solution as the above-mentioned binder in Example 1. Styrene copolymer (copolymer composition ratio (mass ratio): 24/46/30) was changed to methacrylic acid/styrene copolymer (copolymer composition ratio (mass ratio): 29/71, mass average molecular weight: 63,100, A pattern forming material and a laminate were produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the acid value was 189 (mgKOH/g).

使用所製造的圖案形成材料及積層體,評估顯像性、解像度、蝕刻性、硬化圖案的剝離性、遮蔽性、曝光速度。結果示於表3中。Using the produced pattern forming material and the laminate, the developing property, the resolution, the etching property, the peeling property of the cured pattern, the shielding property, and the exposure speed were evaluated. The results are shown in Table 3.

再者,作為上述黏結劑的上述甲基丙烯酸/苯乙烯共聚物(共聚物組成比(質量比):29/71)之I/O值在如上述地算出時係0.447,最短顯像時間係12秒,感光層之硬化所需要的光能量係3mJ/cm2In addition, the I/O value of the above-mentioned methacrylic acid/styrene copolymer (copolymer composition ratio (mass ratio): 29/71) as the above-mentioned binder is 0.447 when calculated as described above, and the shortest development time is For 12 seconds, the light energy required for the hardening of the photosensitive layer was 3 mJ/cm 2 .

(參考例3)(Reference Example 3)

除了於實施例1中將作為上述黏結劑的上述感光性樹脂組成物溶液中之上述甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯共聚物(共聚物組成比(質量比):24/46/30)改變為基丙烯酸/苯乙烯共聚物(共聚物組成比(質量比):21/79,質量平均分子量:30,000,酸價:137(mgKOH/g))以外,係與實施例1同樣地作以製造圖案形成材料及積層體。The above methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate/styrene copolymer (copolymer composition ratio (mass ratio): 24/46/ in the above-mentioned photosensitive resin composition solution as the above-mentioned binder in Example 1. 30) The same procedure as in Example 1 except that the composition of the acrylic acid/styrene copolymer (copolymer composition ratio (mass ratio): 21/79, mass average molecular weight: 30,000, acid value: 137 (mgKOH/g)) was changed. A pattern forming material and a laminate are produced.

使用所製造的圖案形成材料及積層體,評估顯像性、解像度、蝕刻性、硬化圖案的剝離性、遮蔽性、曝光速度。結果示於表3中。Using the produced pattern forming material and the laminate, the developing property, the resolution, the etching property, the peeling property of the cured pattern, the shielding property, and the exposure speed were evaluated. The results are shown in Table 3.

再者,作為上述黏結劑的上述甲基丙烯酸/苯乙烯共聚物(共聚物組成比(質量比):21/79)之I/O值在如上述 地算出時係0.340,最短顯像時間係15秒,感光層之硬化所需要的光能量係3mJ/cm2In addition, the I/O value of the above-mentioned methacrylic acid/styrene copolymer (copolymer composition ratio (mass ratio): 21/79) as the above-mentioned binder is 0.340 as calculated as described above, and the shortest development time is For 15 seconds, the light energy required for the hardening of the photosensitive layer was 3 mJ/cm 2 .

(實施例4)(Example 4)

除了於實施例1中將作為上述黏結劑的上述感光性樹脂組成物溶液中之上述甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯共聚物(共聚物組成比(質量比):24/46/30)改變為甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸2-乙基己酯共聚物(共聚物組成比(質量比):36/5/45/14,質量平均分子量:82,000,酸價:235(mgKOH/g))以外,係與實施例1同樣地作以製造圖案形成材料及積層體。The above methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate/styrene copolymer (copolymer composition ratio (mass ratio): 24/46/ in the above-mentioned photosensitive resin composition solution as the above-mentioned binder in Example 1. 30) Change to methacrylic acid / methyl methacrylate / styrene / 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate copolymer (copolymer composition ratio (mass ratio): 36/5/45/14, mass average molecular weight: A pattern forming material and a laminate were produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that 82,000 and an acid value: 235 (mgKOH/g).

使用所製造的圖案形成材料及積層體,評估顯像性、解像度、蝕刻性、硬化圖案的剝離性、遮蔽性、曝光速度。結果示於表3中。Using the produced pattern forming material and the laminate, the developing property, the resolution, the etching property, the peeling property of the cured pattern, the shielding property, and the exposure speed were evaluated. The results are shown in Table 3.

再者,作為上述黏結劑的上述甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸2-乙基己酯共聚物(共聚物組成比(質量比):36/5/45/14)之I/O值在如上述地算出時係0.614,最短顯像時間係10秒,感光層之硬化所需要的光能量係3mJ/cm2Further, as the above-mentioned binder, the above-mentioned methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate/styrene/2-ethylhexyl methacrylate copolymer (copolymer composition ratio (mass ratio): 36/5/45/14) The I/O value is 0.614 when calculated as described above, the shortest development time is 10 seconds, and the light energy required for curing the photosensitive layer is 3 mJ/cm 2 .

(參考例5)(Reference example 5)

除了於實施例1中將作為上述黏結劑的上述感光性樹脂組成物溶液中之上述甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯共聚物(共聚物組成比(質量比):24/46/30)改變為甲基丙烯酸/苯乙烯/丙烯酸甲酯共聚物(共聚物組成比(質量比):22/58/20,質量平均分子量:35,000,酸價:143(mgKOH/g))以外,係與實施例1同樣地作以製造圖案形成材料及積層體。The above methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate/styrene copolymer (copolymer composition ratio (mass ratio): 24/46/ in the above-mentioned photosensitive resin composition solution as the above-mentioned binder in Example 1. 30) changed to a methacrylic acid/styrene/methyl acrylate copolymer (copolymer composition ratio (mass ratio): 22/58/20, mass average molecular weight: 35,000, acid value: 143 (mgKOH/g)), A pattern forming material and a laminate were produced in the same manner as in Example 1.

使用所製造的圖案形成材料及積層體,評估顯像性、解像度、蝕刻性、硬化圖案的剝離性、遮蔽性、曝光速度。結果示於表3中。Using the produced pattern forming material and the laminate, the developing property, the resolution, the etching property, the peeling property of the cured pattern, the shielding property, and the exposure speed were evaluated. The results are shown in Table 3.

再者,作為上述黏結劑的上述甲基丙烯酸/苯乙烯/丙烯酸甲酯共聚物(共聚物組成比(質量比):22/58/20)之I/O值在如上述地算出時係0.473,最短顯像時間係11秒,感光層之硬化所需要的光能量係3mJ/cm2Further, the I/O value of the above methacrylic acid/styrene/methyl acrylate copolymer (copolymer composition ratio (mass ratio): 22/58/20) as the above-mentioned binder was 0.473 as calculated as described above. The shortest development time is 11 seconds, and the light energy required for the hardening of the photosensitive layer is 3 mJ/cm 2 .

(實施例6)(Example 6)

除了於實施例1中將作為上述黏結劑的上述感光性樹脂組成物溶液中之上述甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯共聚物(共聚物組成比(質量比):24/46/30)改變為甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸2-乙基己酯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):25/25/37/13,質量平均分子量:54,500,酸價:163(mgKOH/g))以外,係與實施例1同樣地作以製造圖案形成材料及積層體。The above methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate/styrene copolymer (copolymer composition ratio (mass ratio): 24/46/ in the above-mentioned photosensitive resin composition solution as the above-mentioned binder in Example 1. 30) Change to methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate/styrene/2-ethylhexyl methacrylate copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 25/25/37/13, mass average molecular weight: A pattern forming material and a laminate were produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the acid value was 1,500 (mgKOH/g).

使用所製造的圖案形成材料及積層體,評估顯像性、解像度、蝕刻性、硬化圖案的剝離性、遮蔽性、曝光速度。結果示於表3中。Using the produced pattern forming material and the laminate, the developing property, the resolution, the etching property, the peeling property of the cured pattern, the shielding property, and the exposure speed were evaluated. The results are shown in Table 3.

再者,作為上述黏結劑的上述甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸2-乙基己酯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):25/25/37/)之I/O值在如上述地算出時係0.561,最短顯像時間係10秒,感光層之硬化所需要的光能量係3mJ/cm2Further, as the above-mentioned binder, the above-mentioned methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate/styrene/2-ethylhexyl methacrylate copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 25/25/37/) The I/O value was 0.561 as calculated above, the shortest development time was 10 seconds, and the light energy required for curing the photosensitive layer was 3 mJ/cm 2 .

(實施例7)(Example 7)

除了於實施例1中將作為上述黏結劑的上述感光性樹脂組成物溶液中之上述甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯共聚物(共聚物組成比(質量比):24/46/30)改變為甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):29/19/52,質量平均分子量:61,800,酸價:189(mgKOH/g))以外,係與實施例1同樣地作以製造圖案形成材料及積層體。The above methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate/styrene copolymer (copolymer composition ratio (mass ratio): 24/46/ in the above-mentioned photosensitive resin composition solution as the above-mentioned binder in Example 1. 30) Change to methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate/styrene copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 29/19/52, mass average molecular weight: 61,800, acid value: 189 (mgKOH/g)) In the same manner as in Example 1, a pattern forming material and a laminate were produced.

使用所製造的圖案形成材料及積層體,評估顯像性、解像度、蝕刻性、硬化圖案的剝離性、遮蔽性、曝光速度。結果示於表3中。Using the produced pattern forming material and the laminate, the developing property, the resolution, the etching property, the peeling property of the cured pattern, the shielding property, and the exposure speed were evaluated. The results are shown in Table 3.

再者,作為上述黏結劑的上述甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):29/19/52)之I/O值在如上述地算出時係0.552,最短顯像時間係10秒,感光層之硬化所需要的光能量係3mJ/cm2In addition, the I/O value of the above-mentioned methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate/styrene copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 29/19/52) as the above-mentioned binder is calculated as described above. It is 0.552, the shortest development time is 10 seconds, and the light energy required for the hardening of the photosensitive layer is 3 mJ/cm 2 .

(實施例8)(Example 8)

除了於實施例1中將作為上述黏結劑的上述感光性樹脂組成物溶液中之上述甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯共聚物(共聚物組成比(質量比):24/46/30)改變為甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):31/5/64,質量平均分子量:46,400,酸價:202(mgKOH/g))以外,係與實施例1同樣地作以製造圖案形成材料及積層體。The above methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate/styrene copolymer (copolymer composition ratio (mass ratio): 24/46/ in the above-mentioned photosensitive resin composition solution as the above-mentioned binder in Example 1. 30) Change to methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate/styrene copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 31/5/64, mass average molecular weight: 46,400, acid value: 202 (mgKOH/g)) In the same manner as in Example 1, a pattern forming material and a laminate were produced.

使用所製造的圖案形成材料及積層體,評估顯像性、解像度、蝕刻性、硬化圖案的剝離性、遮蔽性、曝光速度。結果示於表3中。Using the produced pattern forming material and the laminate, the developing property, the resolution, the etching property, the peeling property of the cured pattern, the shielding property, and the exposure speed were evaluated. The results are shown in Table 3.

再者,作為上述黏結劑的上述甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):31/5/64)之I/O值在如上述地算出時係0.501,最短顯像時間係10秒,感光層之硬化所需要的光能量係3mJ/cm2In addition, the I/O value of the above-mentioned methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate/styrene copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 31/5/64) as the above-mentioned binder is calculated as described above. It is 0.501, the shortest development time is 10 seconds, and the light energy required for the hardening of the photosensitive layer is 3 mJ/cm 2 .

(實施例9)(Example 9)

除了於實施例1中將作為上述黏結劑的上述感光性樹脂組成物溶液中之上述甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯共聚物(共聚物組成比(質量比):24/46/30)改變為甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):29/31/40,質量平均分子量:58,900,酸價:189(mgKOH/g))以外,係與實施例1同樣地作以製造圖案形成材料及積層體。The above methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate/styrene copolymer (copolymer composition ratio (mass ratio): 24/46/ in the above-mentioned photosensitive resin composition solution as the above-mentioned binder in Example 1. 30) Change to methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate/styrene copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 29/31/40, mass average molecular weight: 58,900, acid value: 189 (mgKOH/g)) In the same manner as in Example 1, a pattern forming material and a laminate were produced.

使用所製造的圖案形成材料及積層體,評估顯像性、解像度、蝕刻性、硬化圖案的剝離性、遮蔽性、曝光速度。結果示於表3中。Using the produced pattern forming material and the laminate, the developing property, the resolution, the etching property, the peeling property of the cured pattern, the shielding property, and the exposure speed were evaluated. The results are shown in Table 3.

再者,作為上述黏結劑的上述甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):29/31/40)之I/O值在如上述地算出時係0.627,最短顯像時間係9秒,感光層之硬化所需要的光能量係3mJ/cm2In addition, the I/O value of the above-mentioned methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate/styrene copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 29/31/40) as the above-mentioned binder is calculated as described above. It is 0.627, the shortest development time is 9 seconds, and the light energy required for the hardening of the photosensitive layer is 3 mJ/cm 2 .

(實施例10)(Embodiment 10)

除了於實施例1中將作為上述黏結劑的上述感光性樹脂組成物溶液中之上述甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯共聚物(共聚物組成比(質量比):24/46/30)改變為甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):25/41/34,質量平均分子量:55,300,酸價 :163(mgKOH/g))以外,係與實施例1同樣地作以製造圖案形成材料及積層體。The above methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate/styrene copolymer (copolymer composition ratio (mass ratio): 24/46/ in the above-mentioned photosensitive resin composition solution as the above-mentioned binder in Example 1. 30) Change to methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate/styrene copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 25/41/34, mass average molecular weight: 55,300, acid value A pattern forming material and a laminate were produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except for 163 (mgKOH/g).

使用所製造的圖案形成材料及積層體,評估顯像性、解像度、蝕刻性、硬化圖案的剝離性、遮蔽性、曝光速度。結果示於表3中。Using the produced pattern forming material and the laminate, the developing property, the resolution, the etching property, the peeling property of the cured pattern, the shielding property, and the exposure speed were evaluated. The results are shown in Table 3.

再者,作為上述黏結劑的上述甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):25/41/34)之I/O值在如上述地算出時係0.627,最短顯像時間係14秒,感光層之硬化所需要的光能量係3mJ/cm2In addition, the I/O value of the above-mentioned methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate/styrene copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 25/41/34) as the above-mentioned binder is calculated as described above. It is 0.627, the shortest development time is 14 seconds, and the light energy required for the hardening of the photosensitive layer is 3 mJ/cm 2 .

(實施例11)(Example 11)

除了於實施例7將上述圖案形成裝置改變為下述說明的圖案形成裝置以外,係與實施例7同樣地作,使用所製造的圖案形成材料及積層體,評估顯像性、解像度、蝕刻性、硬化圖案的剝離性、遮蔽性、曝光速度。結果示於表3中。In the same manner as in Example 7, except that the pattern forming apparatus described above was changed to the pattern forming apparatus described below, the pattern forming material and the laminated body produced were used to evaluate the developability, the resolution, and the etching property. The peeling property of the hardened pattern, the shielding property, and the exposure speed. The results are shown in Table 3.

再者,作為上述黏結劑的上述甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):29/19/52)之I/O值係如實施例7所示為0.552,最短顯像時間係10秒,感光層之硬化所需要的光能量係3mJ/cm2Further, the I/O value of the above methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate/styrene copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 29/19/52) as the above-mentioned binder is as in Example 7. It is shown as 0.552, the shortest development time is 10 seconds, and the light energy required for the hardening of the photosensitive layer is 3 mJ/cm 2 .

<<圖案形成裝置>><<Pattern forming device>>

使用具有第27~32圖所示之複合波雷射光源作為上述光照射機構,與使用如第4A圖及第4B圖所示在主掃描方向微鏡片為1024個排列、在副掃描方向微鏡片陣列為768組排列內,僅控制於1024個×256列驅動的DMD50作為上述光調變機構,與第13A圖所示一面為複 曲面之微透鏡474成陣列狀排列的微透鏡陣列472,及通過該微透鏡陣列之光成像於上述圖案形成材料的光學系統480、482之圖案形成裝置。DMD50係連結於具備第12圖所示的數據處理部及透鏡驅動控制部之控制器302。控制器302之數據處理部係以輸入的圖案資訊為基準,每個曝光頭166可產生控制信號,以驅動控制DMD50應控制之範圍內的各微鏡片,此外,上述鏡片驅動控制部係以圖案資訊處理部所產生的控制信號為基準,每個曝光頭166可控制DMD50之各微鏡片的反射面之角度。A composite laser light source having the 27th to 32th drawings is used as the light irradiation mechanism, and as shown in FIGS. 4A and 4B, the microlens is arranged in 1024 in the main scanning direction, and the microlens is in the sub-scanning direction. The array is arranged in 768 sets, and only DMD50 driven by 1024×256 columns is used as the above-mentioned optical modulation mechanism, and the side shown in FIG. 13A is complex. The curved microlens 474 is arranged in an array of microlens arrays 472, and the patterning means for imaging the optical systems 480, 482 of the pattern forming material by the light of the microlens array. The DMD 50 is connected to a controller 302 including a data processing unit and a lens drive control unit shown in FIG. The data processing unit of the controller 302 is based on the input pattern information, and each of the exposure heads 166 can generate a control signal for driving and controlling each microlens within a range that the DMD 50 should control. Further, the lens driving control unit is patterned. The control signal generated by the information processing unit is used as a reference, and each of the exposure heads 166 can control the angle of the reflection surface of each microlens of the DMD 50.

而且,上述圖案形成裝置中的曝光係使曝光之光與上述圖案形成材料中的感光層邊相對地移動邊進行。Further, the exposure in the pattern forming apparatus is performed by moving the exposed light to the side of the photosensitive layer in the pattern forming material.

又,上述微透鏡之複曲面係使用下述說明者。Further, the toric surface of the above microlens is used as described below.

首先,為了校正作為DMD50之上述圖素部之微透鏡474之出射面的畸變,而測定該出射面之畸變情形。結果如第14圖所示。於第14圖中,將反射面之相同高度位置以等高線連結表示,等高線之間距為5nm。而且,同圖所示之x方向及y方向係為微鏡片62之2個對角線方向,微鏡片62係以朝y方向拉伸的回轉軸為中心予以回轉。另外,第15A圖及第15B圖係各表示沿著上述x方向、y方向之微鏡片62的反射面高度位置位移。First, in order to correct the distortion of the exit surface of the microlens 474 which is the above-described pixel portion of the DMD 50, the distortion of the exit surface is measured. The result is shown in Figure 14. In Fig. 14, the same height positions of the reflecting surfaces are connected by contour lines, and the distance between the contour lines is 5 nm. Further, the x-direction and the y-direction shown in the same figure are two diagonal directions of the microlens 62, and the microlens 62 is rotated around the rotary shaft that is stretched in the y direction. Further, the 15A and 15B drawings each show the displacement of the height of the reflection surface of the microlens 62 along the x direction and the y direction.

如第14圖、第15A圖及第15B圖所示,微鏡片62之反射面上存在畸變情形,且特別觀察透鏡中央部分時,1個對角線方向(y方向)之畸變情形較另一個對角線方向(x方向)之畸變情形為大。因此,以微透鏡陣列 55之微透鏡55a聚光的雷射光B之聚光位置中會產生形狀畸變的問題。As shown in Fig. 14, Fig. 15A and Fig. 15B, there is distortion on the reflecting surface of the microlens 62, and in particular, when the central portion of the lens is observed, the distortion in one diagonal direction (y direction) is higher than the other. The distortion in the diagonal direction (x direction) is large. Therefore, the microlens array A problem of shape distortion occurs in the condensing position of the laser light B condensed by the microlens 55a of 55.

第16A圖及第16B圖係各詳細顯示微透鏡陣列55全體之正面形狀及側面形狀。於此等圖中,亦記載有微透鏡陣列55之各部分尺寸,此等之單位為mm。首先,參照如上述第4A圖及第4B圖說明的使DMD50之1024個×256列之微鏡片62驅動,對應於此微透鏡陣列55朝橫方向1024個並排設置,微透鏡55a之列朝縱方向256列並排設置構成。而且,在第4A圖中,微透鏡陣列55之橫方向以j表示,縱方向以k表示。FIGS. 16A and 16B show the front shape and the side surface shape of the entire microlens array 55 in detail. In these figures, the dimensions of the various portions of the microlens array 55 are also described, and the units are in mm. First, referring to the 1024 x 256 columns of microlenses 62 of the DMD 50, as described above with reference to FIGS. 4A and 4B, the microlens array 55 is arranged side by side in the horizontal direction, and the microlenses 55a are arranged vertically. The direction 256 columns are arranged side by side. Further, in Fig. 4A, the lateral direction of the microlens array 55 is represented by j, and the longitudinal direction is represented by k.

此外,第17A圖及第17B圖係各顯示微透鏡陣列55中1個微透鏡陣列55a之正面形狀及側面形狀。而且,第17A圖中一併表示微透鏡55a之等高線。各微透鏡55a之光出射面的端面係為校正因微鏡片62之反射面畸變所致像差的非球面形狀。更具體而言,微透鏡55a為複曲透鏡,對應於上述x方向光學之曲率半徑Rx=-0.125mm,對應上述y方向之曲率半徑Ry=-0.1mm。Further, FIGS. 17A and 17B show the front shape and the side shape of each of the microlens arrays 55a in the microlens array 55. Further, the contour line of the microlens 55a is collectively shown in Fig. 17A. The end face of the light exit surface of each microlens 55a is an aspherical shape for correcting aberration due to distortion of the reflecting surface of the microlens 62. More specifically, the microlens 55a is a buckling lens, and corresponds to the curvature radius Rx of the x-direction optical direction of -0.125 mm, and the radius of curvature Ry of the y direction is -0.1 mm.

從而,平行上述x方向及y方向之截面內雷射光B之聚光狀態,約略各如第18A圖及第18B圖所示。即,平行於x方向之截面內與平行於y方向之截面內相比時,後者之截面內的微透鏡55a之曲率半徑較小,焦點距離較短。Therefore, the condensed state of the laser light B in the cross section parallel to the x direction and the y direction is approximately as shown in Figs. 18A and 18B. That is, when the cross section parallel to the x direction is compared with the inside of the cross section parallel to the y direction, the microlens 55a in the latter cross section has a small radius of curvature and a short focal length.

另外,微透鏡55a為上述形狀時,該微透鏡55a之聚光位置(焦點位置)附近之光束直徑藉由計算機 模擬計算結果,如第19A~D圖所示。另外,為了作比較,在微透鏡55a係曲率半徑Rx=Ry=-0.1mm的球面形狀之情況,進行相同模擬計算,結果如第20A~D圖所示。而且,各圖中z之值,係使微透鏡55a之焦點方向的評估位置以自微透鏡55a之光束出射面的距離表示。Further, when the microlens 55a has the above shape, the beam diameter near the condensing position (focus position) of the microlens 55a is obtained by a computer The simulation results are shown in Figures 19A-D. Further, for comparison, in the case where the microlens 55a has a spherical shape having a radius of curvature Rx = Ry = -0.1 mm, the same simulation calculation is performed, and the results are shown in Figs. 20A to D. Further, the value of z in each figure is such that the evaluation position of the focus direction of the microlens 55a is expressed by the distance from the beam exit surface of the microlens 55a.

另外,上述模擬計算所使用的微透鏡55a之面形狀,係以下述計算式計算。Further, the surface shape of the microlens 55a used in the above simulation calculation is calculated by the following calculation formula.

於上述計算式中,Cx係表示x方向之曲率(=1/Rx),Cy係表示y方向之曲率(=1/Ry),X係表示自x方向之透鏡光軸O的距離,Y係表示自y方向之透鏡光軸O的距離。In the above calculation formula, Cx represents the curvature in the x direction (=1/Rx), Cy represents the curvature in the y direction (=1/Ry), and X represents the distance from the optical axis O of the lens in the x direction, and the Y system The distance from the optical axis O of the lens in the y direction.

比較第19A~D圖與第20A~D圖可知,本發明之圖案形成方法藉由使微透鏡55a平行於y方向之截面內焦點距離較平行於x方向之截面內焦點距離為小的複曲面透鏡,控制在其聚光位置附近之光束形狀畸變情形。藉此可使沒有畸變、更高精細的影像曝光於圖案形成材料150上。此外,由第19A~D圖所示之本實施形態,可知光束直徑小的區域較為廣泛,即焦點深度較大。Comparing the 19A-D and 20A-D, the pattern forming method of the present invention has a toric surface having a small focal length in the cross section parallel to the x direction by the microlens 55a parallel to the y direction. The lens controls the distortion of the beam shape near its condensing position. Thereby, an image having no distortion and higher definition can be exposed on the pattern forming material 150. Further, in the present embodiment shown in Figs. 19A to 10D, it is understood that the region having a small beam diameter is wide, that is, the depth of focus is large.

另外,在微透鏡陣列55之聚光位置附近所配置的開口陣列59,係為在各開口59a僅使經由對應的微 透鏡55a之光入射的方式而配置者。即,藉由設置該開口陣列59,可防止來自沒有對應的相鄰微透鏡55a之光入射於各開口59a,而可提高消光比。In addition, the array of openings 59 disposed in the vicinity of the condensing position of the microlens array 55 is such that only the corresponding micro vias are provided in the respective openings 59a. The light of the lens 55a is arranged to be incident. That is, by providing the opening array 59, it is possible to prevent light from the adjacent adjacent microlens 55a from entering the respective openings 59a, and the extinction ratio can be improved.

(實施例12)(Embodiment 12)

除了於實施例9中將上述圖案形成裝置改變為實施例11的圖案形成裝置以外,係與實施例9同樣地作,使用所製造的圖案形成材料及積層體,評估顯像性、解像度、蝕刻性、硬化圖案的剝離性、遮蔽性、曝光速度。結果示於表3中。In the same manner as in Example 9, except that the above-described pattern forming apparatus was changed to the pattern forming apparatus of Example 11, the pattern forming material and the laminated body were used, and the developing property, the resolution, and the etching were evaluated. Peelability, shielding properties, and exposure speed of the sexual and hardened patterns. The results are shown in Table 3.

再者,作為上述黏結劑的上述甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):29/31/40)之I/O值係如實施例9所示為0.627,最短顯像時間係9秒,感光層之硬化所需要的光能量係3mJ/cm2Further, the I/O value of the above methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate/styrene copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 29/31/40) as the above-mentioned binder is as in Example 9. It is shown as 0.627, the shortest development time is 9 seconds, and the light energy required for the hardening of the photosensitive layer is 3 mJ/cm 2 .

(實施例13)(Example 13)

除了於實施例10中將上述圖案形成裝置改變為實施例11的圖案形成裝置以外,係與實施例10同樣地作,使用所製造的圖案形成材料及積層體,評估顯像性、解像度、蝕刻性、硬化圖案的剝離性、遮蔽性、曝光速度。結果示於表3中。In the same manner as in the tenth embodiment except that the pattern forming apparatus was changed to the pattern forming apparatus of the eleventh embodiment, the pattern forming material and the laminated body were used, and the developing property, the resolution, and the etching were evaluated. Peelability, shielding properties, and exposure speed of the sexual and hardened patterns. The results are shown in Table 3.

再者,作為上述黏結劑的上述甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):25/41/34)之I/O值係如實施例10所示為0.627,最短顯像時間係10秒,感光層之硬化所需要的光能量係3mJ/cm2Further, the I/O value of the above methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate/styrene copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 25/41/34) as the above-mentioned binder is as in Example 10. It is shown as 0.627, the shortest development time is 10 seconds, and the light energy required for the hardening of the photosensitive layer is 3 mJ/cm 2 .

(比較例1)(Comparative Example 1)

除了於實施例1中將作為上述黏結劑的上述感光性樹脂組成物溶液中之甲基丙烯酸/苯乙烯共聚物(共聚物組成比(質量比):29/71)改變為甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):18/50/32,質量平均分子量:47,300,酸價:117(mgKOH/g))以外,係與實施例1同樣地作以製造圖案形成材料及積層體。The methacrylic acid/styrene copolymer (copolymer composition ratio (mass ratio): 29/71) in the above photosensitive resin composition solution as the above-mentioned binder was changed to methacrylic acid/A in Example 1 The methyl acrylate/styrene copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 18/50/32, mass average molecular weight: 47,300, acid value: 117 (mgKOH/g)) was the same as in Example 1. A pattern forming material and a laminate are produced.

使用所製造的圖案形成材料及積層體,評估顯像性、解像度、蝕刻性、硬化圖案的剝離性、遮蔽性、曝光速度。結果示於表3中。Using the produced pattern forming material and the laminate, the developing property, the resolution, the etching property, the peeling property of the cured pattern, the shielding property, and the exposure speed were evaluated. The results are shown in Table 3.

再者,作為上述黏結劑的上述甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):18/50/32)之I/O值在如上述地算出時係0.569,最短顯像時間係25秒,感光層之硬化所需要的光能量係3mJ/cm2In addition, the I/O value of the above-mentioned methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate/styrene copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 18/50/32) as the above-mentioned binder is calculated as described above. It is 0.569, the shortest development time is 25 seconds, and the light energy required for the hardening of the photosensitive layer is 3 mJ/cm 2 .

(比較例2)(Comparative Example 2)

除了於實施例1中將作為上述黏結劑的上述感光性樹脂組成物溶液中之甲基丙烯酸/苯乙烯共聚物(共聚物組成比(質量比):29/71)改變為甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):25/45/30,質量平均分子量:35,000,酸價:163(mgKOH/g))以外,係與實施例1同樣地作以製造圖案形成材料及積層體。The methacrylic acid/styrene copolymer (copolymer composition ratio (mass ratio): 29/71) in the above photosensitive resin composition solution as the above-mentioned binder was changed to methacrylic acid/A in Example 1 The methyl acrylate/styrene copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 25/45/30, mass average molecular weight: 35,000, acid value: 163 (mgKOH/g)) was the same as in Example 1. A pattern forming material and a laminate are produced.

使用所製造的圖案形成材料及積層體,評估顯像性、解像度、蝕刻性、硬化圖案的剝離性、遮蔽性、曝光速度。結果示於表3中。Using the produced pattern forming material and the laminate, the developing property, the resolution, the etching property, the peeling property of the cured pattern, the shielding property, and the exposure speed were evaluated. The results are shown in Table 3.

再者,作為上述黏結劑的上述甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):25/45/30)之I/O值在如上述地算出時係0.655,最短顯像時間係10秒,感光層之硬化所需要的光能量係3mJ/cm2In addition, the I/O value of the above-mentioned methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate/styrene copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 25/45/30) as the above-mentioned binder is calculated as described above. It is 0.655, the shortest development time is 10 seconds, and the light energy required for the hardening of the photosensitive layer is 3 mJ/cm 2 .

(比較例3)(Comparative Example 3)

除了於實施例1中將作為上述黏結劑的上述感光性樹脂組成物溶液中之甲基丙烯酸/苯乙烯共聚物(共聚物組成比(質量比):29/71)改變為甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸2-乙基己酯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):40/30/15/15,質量平均分子量:50,200,酸價:261(mgKOH/g))以外,係與實施例1同樣地作以製造圖案形成材料及積層體。The methacrylic acid/styrene copolymer (copolymer composition ratio (mass ratio): 29/71) in the above photosensitive resin composition solution as the above-mentioned binder was changed to methacrylic acid/A in Example 1 Methyl methacrylate/styrene/2-ethylhexyl methacrylate copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 40/30/15/15, mass average molecular weight: 50,200, acid value: 261 (mgKOH/ In the same manner as in Example 1, except for g)), a pattern forming material and a laminate were produced.

使用所製造的圖案形成材料及積層體,評估顯像性、解像度、蝕刻性、硬化圖案的剝離性、遮蔽性、曝光速度。結果示於表3中。Using the produced pattern forming material and the laminate, the developing property, the resolution, the etching property, the peeling property of the cured pattern, the shielding property, and the exposure speed were evaluated. The results are shown in Table 3.

再者,作為上述黏結劑的上述甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯/甲基丙烯酸2-乙基己酯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):40/30/15/15)之I/O值在如上述地算出時係0.871,最短顯像時間係5秒,感光層之硬化所需要的光能量係3mJ/cm2Further, as the above-mentioned binder, the above-mentioned methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate/styrene/2-ethylhexyl methacrylate copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 40/30/15/15) The I/O value is 0.871 when calculated as described above, the shortest development time is 5 seconds, and the light energy required for curing the photosensitive layer is 3 mJ/cm 2 .

(比較例4)(Comparative Example 4)

除了於實施例1中將作為上述黏結劑的上述感光性樹脂組成物溶液中之甲基丙烯酸/苯乙烯共聚物(共聚物 組成比(質量比):29/71)改變為甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/丙烯酸2-乙基己酯/丙烯酸丁酯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):19/61/10/10,質量平均分子量:60,700,酸價:124(mgKOH/g))以外,係與實施例1同樣地作以製造圖案形成材料及積層體。In addition to the methacrylic/styrene copolymer (copolymer) in the above photosensitive resin composition solution as the above-mentioned binder in Example 1. Composition ratio (mass ratio): 29/71) changed to methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate/2-ethylhexyl acrylate/butyl acrylate copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 19/61/ In the same manner as in Example 1, except that 10/10, mass average molecular weight: 60,700, acid value: 124 (mgKOH/g), a pattern forming material and a laminate were produced.

使用所製造的圖案形成材料及積層體,評估顯像性、解像度、蝕刻性、硬化圖案的剝離性、遮蔽性、曝光速度。結果示於表3中。Using the produced pattern forming material and the laminate, the developing property, the resolution, the etching property, the peeling property of the cured pattern, the shielding property, and the exposure speed were evaluated. The results are shown in Table 3.

再者,作為上述黏結劑的上述甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/丙烯酸2-乙基己酯/丙烯酸丁酯共聚物(共聚合組成比(質量比):19/61/10/10)之I/O值在如上述地算出時係0.765,最短顯像時間係15秒,感光層之硬化所需要的光能量係3mJ/cm2Further, as the above-mentioned binder, the above methacrylic acid/methyl methacrylate/2-ethylhexyl acrylate/butyl acrylate copolymer (copolymerization composition ratio (mass ratio): 19/61/10/10) The I/O value was 0.765 as calculated above, the shortest development time was 15 seconds, and the light energy required for curing the photosensitive layer was 3 mJ/cm 2 .

由表3的結果可知,實施例1~13的圖案形成材料由於上述黏結劑的I/O值在0.300~0.650的範圍內而且酸價在130~250(mgKOH/g)的範圍內,故解像度、蝕刻性及遮蔽性優良,而且最短顯像時間係短的,顯像性優良,且硬化圖案的剝離性優良。又,使用具有複曲面的圖案形成裝置之實施例11~13,係比實施例1~10具有更優良的解像度,而且曝光速度較快。As is clear from the results of Table 3, the pattern forming materials of Examples 1 to 13 have an I/O value in the range of 0.300 to 0.650 and an acid value in the range of 130 to 250 (mgKOH/g). It is excellent in etching property and shielding property, and the shortest development time is short, the image forming property is excellent, and the peeling property of the hardened pattern is excellent. Further, Examples 11 to 13 using a pattern forming apparatus having a toric surface have better resolution than Examples 1 to 10, and the exposure speed is faster.

[產業上的利用可能性][Industry use possibility]

於本發明的圖案形成材料,藉由使上述感光層所含有的黏結劑之I/O值及玻璃轉移溫度皆在一定的數值範圍內,而使得解像度及遮蔽性優良,且顯像性亦優良,而且藉由抑制邊緣熔化的發生,故可適用於各種圖案的形成、配線圖案等的永久圖案之形成、彩色濾光片、柱材、肋材、間隔物、隔壁等之液晶構造構件之製造、全息照相、微機器、驗證的製造等,特別是可適用於高精細的配線圖案之形成。本發明之圖案形成裝置,由於具備本發明的上述圖案形成材料,故可適用於各種圖案之形成、配線圖案等之永久圖案的形成、彩色濾光片、柱材、肋材、間隔物、隔壁等之液晶構造構件之製造、全息照相、微機器、驗證之製造等,特別是適合使用於高精細的配線圖案之形成。本發明之圖案形成方法,由於使用本發明的上述圖案形成材料,故可適用於各種圖案之形成、配線圖案等之永久圖案的形成、彩色濾光片、柱材、肋材、間隔物、隔壁等之液晶構造構件之製造、全息照相、微機器、驗證之製造等,特別是可適用於高精細的配線圖案之形成。In the pattern forming material of the present invention, the I/O value and the glass transition temperature of the binder contained in the photosensitive layer are all within a certain numerical range, so that the resolution and the shielding property are excellent, and the developing property is also excellent. Moreover, by suppressing the occurrence of edge melting, it can be applied to the formation of various patterns, the formation of permanent patterns such as wiring patterns, the manufacture of liquid crystal structural members such as color filters, pillars, ribs, spacers, and partition walls. , holography, micro-machines, manufacturing of verification, etc., in particular, can be applied to the formation of high-definition wiring patterns. Since the pattern forming apparatus of the present invention includes the pattern forming material of the present invention, it can be applied to formation of various patterns, formation of permanent patterns such as wiring patterns, color filters, pillars, ribs, spacers, and partition walls. The manufacture of liquid crystal structural members, holograms, micro-machines, verification manufacturing, and the like are particularly suitable for use in the formation of high-definition wiring patterns. Since the pattern forming method of the present invention uses the pattern forming material of the present invention, it can be applied to formation of various patterns, formation of permanent patterns such as wiring patterns, color filters, pillars, ribs, spacers, and partition walls. The manufacture of liquid crystal structural members, holograms, micro-machines, verification manufacturing, and the like are particularly applicable to the formation of high-definition wiring patterns.

Claims (14)

一種圖案形成材料,其特徵為在支持體上至少具有感光層,該感光層包含黏結劑、聚合性化合物及光聚合引發劑,該黏結劑的I/O值係0.350~0.650,且酸價係130~250(mgKOH/g),而且該黏結劑含有共聚物,該共聚物含有30質量%以上的構成I/O值為0.35以下的均聚物之單體。 A pattern forming material characterized by having at least a photosensitive layer on a support, the photosensitive layer comprising a binder, a polymerizable compound and a photopolymerization initiator, and the I/O value of the binder is 0.350 to 0.650, and the acid value is 130 to 250 (mgKOH/g), and the binder contains a copolymer containing 30% by mass or more of a monomer constituting a homopolymer having an I/O value of 0.35 or less. 如申請專利範圍第1項之圖案形成材料,其中黏結劑的I/O值係0.350~0.630。 For example, in the pattern forming material of claim 1, wherein the I/O value of the bonding agent is 0.350 to 0.630. 如申請專利範圍第1項之圖案形成材料,其中黏結劑的酸價係150~230(mgKOH/g)。 The pattern forming material according to claim 1, wherein the acid value of the binder is 150 to 230 (mgKOH/g). 如申請專利範圍第1項之圖案形成材料,其中黏結劑包含共聚物,該共聚物具有來自苯乙烯及苯乙烯衍生物中至少一者的構造單位。 The pattern forming material of claim 1, wherein the binder comprises a copolymer having a structural unit derived from at least one of styrene and a styrene derivative. 如申請專利範圍第1項之圖案形成材料,其中聚合性化合物含有具胺甲酸酯基及芳基中至少一者的單體。 The pattern forming material according to claim 1, wherein the polymerizable compound contains a monomer having at least one of a urethane group and an aryl group. 如申請專利範圍第1項之圖案形成材料,其中光聚合引發劑包含由鹵化烴衍生物、六芳基二咪唑、肟衍生物、有機過氧化物、硫化合物、酮化合物、芳香族鎓鹽及金屬茂類中所選出的至少一種。 The pattern forming material according to claim 1, wherein the photopolymerization initiator comprises a halogenated hydrocarbon derivative, a hexaaryldiimidazole, an anthracene derivative, an organic peroxide, a sulfur compound, a ketone compound, an aromatic onium salt, and At least one selected from the group of metallocenes. 一種圖案形成裝置,其特徵為具備圖案形成材料,其中該圖案形成材料係在支持體上至少具有感光層,該感光層包含黏結劑、聚合性化合物及光聚合引發劑,該黏結劑的I/O值係0.350~0.650,且酸價係130~250(mgKOH/g),而且該黏結劑含有共聚物,該共聚物 含有30質量%以上的構成I/O值為0.35以下的均聚物之單體,且至少具有可照射光的光照射機構,及將來自該光照射機構的光作調變、對該圖案形成材料的感光層進行曝光的光調變機構。 A pattern forming device characterized by comprising a pattern forming material, wherein the pattern forming material has at least a photosensitive layer on a support, the photosensitive layer comprising a binder, a polymerizable compound, and a photopolymerization initiator, and the I/ of the binder The O value is 0.350 to 0.650, and the acid value is 130 to 250 (mgKOH/g), and the binder contains a copolymer, and the copolymer 30% by mass or more of a monomer constituting a homopolymer having an I/O value of 0.35 or less, and having at least a light irradiation mechanism capable of irradiating light, and modulating light from the light irradiation means to form the pattern A light modulation mechanism that exposes the photosensitive layer of the material. 一種圖案形成方法,其特徵為至少包括對圖案形成材料的感光層進行曝光,其中該圖案形成材料係在支持體上至少具有感光層,該感光層包含黏結劑、聚合性化合物及光聚合引發劑,該黏結劑的I/O值係0.350~0.650,且酸價係130~250(mgKOH/g),而且該黏結劑含有共聚物,該共聚物含有30質量%以上的構成I/O值為0.35以下的均聚物之單體。 A pattern forming method comprising at least exposing a photosensitive layer of a pattern forming material, wherein the pattern forming material has at least a photosensitive layer on a support, the photosensitive layer comprising a binder, a polymerizable compound, and a photopolymerization initiator The binder has an I/O value of 0.350 to 0.650 and an acid value of 130 to 250 (mgKOH/g), and the binder contains a copolymer having a constituent I/O value of 30% by mass or more. A monomer of a homopolymer of 0.35 or less. 如申請專利範圍第8項之圖案形成方法,其中對於感光層,以藉由具有對來自光照射機構的光作受光及出射的n個圖素部之光調變機構,將來自該光照射機構的光作調變後,通過具有可校正因該圖素部的出射面之畸變所致的像差之非球面的微透鏡所排列成的微透鏡陣列之光來曝光。 The pattern forming method of claim 8, wherein the photosensitive layer is provided with a light modulation mechanism having n pixel portions for receiving and emitting light from the light irradiation mechanism. After the light is modulated, it is exposed by light having a microlens array in which aspherical microlenses capable of correcting aberrations due to distortion of the exit surface of the pixel portion are arranged. 如申請專利範圍第8項之圖案形成方法,其中曝光係基於形成的圖案資訊來產生控制信號,使用對應於該控制信號而調變的光來進行。 The pattern forming method of claim 8, wherein the exposure is based on the formed pattern information to generate a control signal, and the light is modulated using the light corresponding to the control signal. 如申請專利範圍第8項之圖案形成方法,其中曝光係在藉由光調變機構將光調變後,通過具有可校正因上述光調變機構的圖素部的出射面之畸變所致的像差之非球面的微透鏡所排列成的微透鏡陣列來進行。 The pattern forming method of claim 8, wherein the exposure is modulated by the light modulation mechanism, and the distortion is caused by the distortion of the exit surface of the pixel portion that can be corrected by the light modulation mechanism. The microlens array in which the aspherical microlenses are arranged is performed. 如申請專利範圍第11項之圖案形成方法,其中非球面係複曲面。 The pattern forming method of claim 11, wherein the aspherical surface is a toric surface. 如申請專利範圍第8項之圖案形成方法,其中在曝光進行後,進行感光層的顯像。 The pattern forming method of claim 8, wherein the developing of the photosensitive layer is performed after the exposure is performed. 如申請專利範圍第13項之圖案形成方法,其中在顯像進行後,進行永久圖案的形成。The pattern forming method of claim 13, wherein the permanent pattern is formed after the development is performed.
TW102140681A 2004-11-30 2005-11-29 Pattern-forming material, pattern-forming device, and pattern-forming method TWI514076B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2004347638A JP4500657B2 (en) 2004-11-30 2004-11-30 Pattern forming material, pattern forming apparatus and pattern forming method

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201407283A TW201407283A (en) 2014-02-16
TWI514076B true TWI514076B (en) 2015-12-21

Family

ID=36564966

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW102140681A TWI514076B (en) 2004-11-30 2005-11-29 Pattern-forming material, pattern-forming device, and pattern-forming method
TW094141826A TWI460541B (en) 2004-11-30 2005-11-29 Pattern-forming material, pattern-forming device, and pattern-forming method

Family Applications After (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW094141826A TWI460541B (en) 2004-11-30 2005-11-29 Pattern-forming material, pattern-forming device, and pattern-forming method

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (1) JP4500657B2 (en)
KR (3) KR101528784B1 (en)
CN (1) CN101103310B (en)
TW (2) TWI514076B (en)
WO (1) WO2006059532A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2006208730A (en) * 2005-01-27 2006-08-10 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Pattern forming material, apparatus, and method
JP4942969B2 (en) * 2005-09-16 2012-05-30 富士フイルム株式会社 Pattern forming material and pattern forming method
TWI546574B (en) * 2011-06-01 2016-08-21 Jsr股份有限公司 Coloring composition, color filter and display element
CN103918021B (en) * 2012-09-18 2016-05-25 深圳市柔宇科技有限公司 Large scale display screen and manufacture method thereof
JP7308014B2 (en) * 2017-02-23 2023-07-13 旭化成株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition and photosensitive resin laminate
JP6968633B2 (en) * 2017-09-07 2021-11-17 東京応化工業株式会社 Photosensitive composition and photopolymerization initiator used therein
KR20200112551A (en) * 2019-03-22 2020-10-05 주식회사 엘지화학 Stripper composition for removing photoresist and stripping method of photoresist using the same
WO2021029039A1 (en) * 2019-08-14 2021-02-18 昭和電工マテリアルズ株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive element, method for forming resist pattern, and method for producing printed wiring board
JP7437212B2 (en) * 2020-03-26 2024-02-22 株式会社オーク製作所 Exposure equipment and exposure method
KR102325273B1 (en) * 2021-05-07 2021-11-10 황록연 Method for manufacturing spacer in lens for camera and spacer manufacturing therefrom

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2001318461A (en) * 2000-05-11 2001-11-16 Nichigo Morton Co Ltd Photosensitive resin composition and photosensitive film using the same
JP2004317851A (en) * 2003-04-17 2004-11-11 Hitachi Chem Co Ltd Photosensitive resin composition and photosensitive element, method for manufacturing resist pattern and method for manufacturing printed wiring board using the same

Family Cites Families (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE3931467A1 (en) * 1989-09-21 1991-04-04 Hoechst Ag POLYMERIZABLE MIXTURE BY RADIATION AND METHOD FOR PRODUCING A SOLDER STOP MASK
JPH04240854A (en) * 1991-01-25 1992-08-28 Hitachi Chem Co Ltd Photosensitive resin composition and photosensitive element using same
JPH07199458A (en) * 1993-07-22 1995-08-04 E I Du Pont De Nemours & Co Multilayer, optical-image-forming and aqueously processable element for printed circuit
JP3239881B2 (en) * 1998-11-16 2001-12-17 キヤノン株式会社 Optical system and projection device using the same
JP2001159817A (en) * 1999-12-03 2001-06-12 Hitachi Chem Co Ltd Photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive element using same, method for producing resist pattern and method for producing printed wiring board
JP4096682B2 (en) * 2002-10-04 2008-06-04 三菱化学株式会社 Blue-violet laser photosensitive composition, and image forming material, image forming material, and image forming method using the same
JP4448707B2 (en) * 2003-02-06 2010-04-14 富士フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive planographic printing plate
JP2004335639A (en) * 2003-05-06 2004-11-25 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Projection aligner
JP4244156B2 (en) * 2003-05-07 2009-03-25 富士フイルム株式会社 Projection exposure equipment
JP4450689B2 (en) * 2003-07-31 2010-04-14 富士フイルム株式会社 Exposure head
JP4708785B2 (en) * 2003-12-26 2011-06-22 富士フイルム株式会社 Image exposure method and apparatus

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2001318461A (en) * 2000-05-11 2001-11-16 Nichigo Morton Co Ltd Photosensitive resin composition and photosensitive film using the same
JP2004317851A (en) * 2003-04-17 2004-11-11 Hitachi Chem Co Ltd Photosensitive resin composition and photosensitive element, method for manufacturing resist pattern and method for manufacturing printed wiring board using the same

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2006059532A1 (en) 2006-06-08
CN101103310B (en) 2012-03-14
KR101338091B1 (en) 2013-12-06
KR101528784B1 (en) 2015-06-15
KR20150009609A (en) 2015-01-26
JP2006154556A (en) 2006-06-15
CN101103310A (en) 2008-01-09
TW201407283A (en) 2014-02-16
KR101516613B1 (en) 2015-05-04
JP4500657B2 (en) 2010-07-14
KR20070084581A (en) 2007-08-24
TW200627067A (en) 2006-08-01
KR20130101590A (en) 2013-09-13
TWI460541B (en) 2014-11-11

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI514076B (en) Pattern-forming material, pattern-forming device, and pattern-forming method
TWI432901B (en) Pattern forming material and pattern forming process
TWI400563B (en) Pattern-forming composition, pattern-forming material, pattern-forming device, and pattern-forming method
TWI375127B (en) Pattern-forming material, pattern-forming device and pattern-forming method
JP2006011371A (en) Pattern forming method
JP2006220863A (en) Pattern formation material, pattern formation apparatus and pattern formation method
JP2006243546A (en) Pattern forming material, pattern forming apparatus, and pattern forming method
KR20060134145A (en) Pattern forming process and pattern
JP2006284842A (en) Pattern forming method
JP4546393B2 (en) Pattern forming material, pattern forming apparatus and pattern forming method
JP2005258431A (en) Pattern forming process
KR20060111692A (en) Pattern forming process
JP2006184840A (en) Pattern forming material, and apparatus and method for forming pattern
JP2005249970A (en) Pattern forming material, pattern forming apparatus and pattern forming method
CN101142525A (en) Pattern formation material, pattern formation device, and pattern formation method
JP4942969B2 (en) Pattern forming material and pattern forming method
JP4549891B2 (en) Pattern forming material, pattern forming apparatus and pattern forming method
JP2006267296A (en) Photosensitive transfer sheet, photosensitive layered body, image pattern forming method and wiring pattern forming method
KR20060130238A (en) Pattern forming process
JP2007003661A (en) Pattern forming method
JP2006208734A (en) Pattern forming method
JP2007327979A (en) Pattern forming material, pattern formation apparatus, and pattern forming method
JP2005286308A (en) Pattern forming method
JP2006308701A (en) Pattern forming material, pattern forming apparatus and pattern forming method
JP2006350038A (en) Pattern forming method